A Grammar and Dictionary of Indus Kohistani: Volume 1 Dictionary 9783110197303, 3110179474, 2005012901, 9783110179477

Citation preview

A Grammar and Dictionary of Indus Kohistani Volume 1: Dictionary

≥

Trends in Linguistics Documentation 21-1

Editors

Walter Bisang Hans Henrich Hock Werner Winter (main editor for this volume)

Mouton de Gruyter Berlin · New York

A Grammar and Dictionary of Indus Kohistani Volume 1: Dictionary

by

Claus Peter Zoller

Mouton de Gruyter Berlin · New York

Mouton de Gruyter (formerly Mouton, The Hague) is a Division of Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin.

앝 Printed on acid-free paper which falls within the guidelines 앪 of the ANSI to ensure permanence and durability.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Zoller, Claus Peter. A grammar and dictionary of Indus Kohistani / by Claus Peter Zoller. p. cm. ⫺ (Trends in linguistics. Documentation ; 21-1) In English and Indus Kohistani. Includes bibliographical references and indexes. ISBN 3-11-017947-4 (hardcover : alk. paper) 1. Indus Kohistani language ⫺ Grammar. 2. Indus Kohistani language ⫺ Dictionaries. I. Title. II. Series. PK7045.M3Z65 2005 491.4199⫺dc22 2005012901

Bibliographic information published by Die Deutsche Bibliothek Die Deutsche Bibliothek lists this publication in the Deutsche Nationalbibliografie; detailed bibliographic data is available in the Internet at ⬍http://dnb.ddb.de⬎.

ISBN 3-11-017947-4 ” Copyright 2005 by Walter de Gruyter GmbH & Co. KG, D-10785 Berlin All rights reserved, including those of translation into foreign languages. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher. Printed in Germany.

Contents

Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map of Indus Kohistan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vii ix

1. 1. 1.1. 1.2. 1.3. 1.4. 1.5. 1.6. 1.7. 1.8. 1.9. 1.10. 1.11.

Introduction . . . . . . . Indus Kohistani . . . . . . Language name . . . . . . The term Dardic . . . . . . Dialects of Indus Kohistani History of research . . . . Own research . . . . . . . Language setting . . . . . A diachronical sketch . . . A diatopical sketch . . . . Dardic and Nuristani . . . Borrowings and substrata . On place names . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 1 2 2 3 5 6 8 10 12 13 16 18

2. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 10.1. 10.2. 11.

Technical aspects of the dictionary . . Introductory remarks . . . . . . . . . . On phonology and tonology . . . . . . Some pitch accent rules . . . . . . . . . Further technical details . . . . . . . . . The verbal paradigms . . . . . . . . . . Remarks on different alphabetical orders Remarks on the transcription . . . . . . Alphabetic order . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transliteration of Pashto words . . . . . Abbreviations and symbols . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Languages and dialects . . . . . . . . . Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

21 21 22 26 28 30 33 34 35 37 37 37 40 43

3.

References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

vi

Contents

4.

Indus Kohistani–English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.

English–Indus Kohistani . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

6.

Old Indo-Aryan–Indus Kohistani . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

Appendices . . . . . . . . . . . . A. Selected numerals . . . . . B. Days of the week . . . . . C. Months of the year . . . . D. Place names near the Indus E. Place and clan names . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

61

499 499 500 501 502 504

Acknowledgements

This grammar of Indus Kohistani is the result of a project conducted within the framework of the joint Pakistani-German research project Cultural Area Karakorum. The research project was financed by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG, German Research Council) and by the Gesellschaft f¨ur Technische Zusammenarbeit (GTZ, Society for Technological Cooperation). My thanks go to both, especially to the DFG for its generous funding of my research over an extended period of four years. Being a guest of the people of Indus Kohistan turned out to be an exciting and challenging experience. In the first place, this was due to the circumspection and dependability of my main language consultant Khangir Khan from the village of Jij¯al. Our work on the grammar was, however, significantly supported by his brother Zaman Khan and by Juma Khan from Jij¯al. We received additional help from Sher Mohammad Khan and Sher Afzal from the village of Bas¯ın near Gilgit, and from Yar Mohammad and Mashruf Khan from the village of Pari Bangla below Gilgit. My thanks also go to Akhtar Khan, main language consultant for Bhat.¯ıse (Bat.er.a), to Muhammad Zaman from the village of Hil above Batgram, language consultant for Gab¯ar (Gowro), and to Sarwar Khan and Muhammad Ghulam, language consultants for Sh¯at.o¯ t.¯ı. Muhammed Manzar Zarin from Rawalpindi was the good spirit in the background who secured the smooth continuation of our work. Working with the musicians and storytellers of Indus Kohistan was always especially pleasurable for me. I am thankful to the singer Hazrat Ali and the Dom Sidak, both from the village of Jij¯al. Georg Buddruss – the head of this project, mentor and friend – introduced me to the Dardic languages. He was my consultant whenever I faced a special problem, and his unerring judgement saved me from various wrong interpretations of the data collected. Any remaining errors are, of course, exclusively my responsibility. I also received assistance, important suggestions and technical support for the speech analyzer from Joan L. G. Baart and Carla Radloff in Islamabad. During decisive periods of the project I received help from Irmtraud Stellrecht and from members of the German Embassy in Islamabad. It is thanks to Werner Winter that this grammar can be published at Mouton de Gruyter. I am especially grateful to him for undertaking the painstaking task of proofreading a dictionary. Over many months Christoph Eyrich helped

viii

Acknowledgements

me with much expertise and patience in bringing the LATEX computer files of this grammar into the present shape. My thanks go also to Birgit Sievert and Wolfgang Konwitschny from Mouton de Gruyter. Nils Harms prepared the map of this book. Despite this broad support, the project could hardly have been completed without my wife and children, who decided to accompany me to Pakistan. It was not an easy decision for them, but they did not regret it.

Indus Kohistani language area to the west of the river Indus

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.

Indus Kohistani

Indus Kohistani is a major language of the Dardic group of Indo-Aryan languages. It is spoken in District Kohistan of the North-West Frontier Province along the west bank of the Indus and in the side-valleys leading from the west into the valley of the Indus. The language is spoken by around 220.000 people (Hallberg 1992). Aside from large communities of Indus Kohistani speakers in the big cities of Pakistan, there are two language enclaves outside District Kohistan: one in the Tangir valley and called Kanyawali by Buddruss (Buddruss 1959) and the other, discovered by this author, was formerly spoˇ at.o¯ t. in the Rondu gorge. The speakers of S¯ ˇa.to¯ .t¯ı are now, ken in the village S¯ however, dispersed over several villages below Gilgit as a result of religious clashes in 1988. To the south and south-west of Indus Kohistani, Pashto is spoken. Pashto is also the old lingua franca all over northern Pakistan but is losing now its importance due to the increasing impact of Urdu. There are several villages with Pashto speakers within Indus Kohistan in the Bankhar. settlement area, and one in the valley of Dub¯er. The east bank of the Indus forms the western boundary of the Shina speaking area. It is also the home of three small languages, the number of which varies between a few hundred and a few thousand. They are Bhat.¯ıse (or Bat.er.a in Pashto) in the south opposite Besham, Gab¯ar (or Gowro) opposite Jij¯al, and Chilisso in the Jalk¯ot. village area. All three are heavily influenced by Indus Kohistani and Kohistani Shina. They are possibly language enclaves of other Dardic languages yet to be identified. In fact, the southern mountains between the Indus in the east and the Kunar valley in the west are so to speak sprinkled with numerous small language enclaves (see below 1.7.). All over District Kohistan, in fact over the greater part of northern Pakistan one finds the community of the Gujars. The Gujars speak an IndoAryan language akin to Punjabi. Traditionally they have been following a semi-nomadic lifestyle, but many of them have meanwhile settled down in villages in the upper reaches of the valleys.

2 1.1.

Introduction

Language name

The speakers of Indus Kohistani have actually no name for their language. I follow here Hallberg and Hallberg (1999) in calling the language Indus Kohistani. This designation has the advantage of indicating a certain linguistic closeness to Kalam Kohistani (i.e. Gawri, spoken in the upper reaches of the Swat valley) and Dir Kohistani (spoken in the upper reaches of the Panjkor.a valley). Moreover, speakers of Indus Kohistani accept this designation in an English-language context. Whereas the dialect forms spoken in the upper Dir valley are linguistically very close to Kalam Kohistani, the differences between the latter and Indus Kohistani are considerable, and it has yet to be investigated whether the two derive historically from a common ProtoKohistani or whether the similarities are due to diffusion. When asked for the name of their language, the Kohistanis sometimes say that it is called k¯ost2y˜ (lit.: ‘(language) of the mountaineous region’). This, however, sounds artificial and is virtually the same as kostyo
used by the speakers of Shina on the east bank of the Indus when asked the same question (Schmidt and Kohistani 1998) or Kohistani for Gawar-Bati (Cacopardo and Cacopardo 2001: 231). Biddulph’s claim (1880: 12) that the Indus Kohistanispeaking people “call themselves Mayon” (in later literature the word appears in the form of Grierson’s designation Maiya  [1919]) could not be verified by later researchers (see Hallberg and Hallberg 1999: 2). The same holds true for Leitner’s Sh´uthun (see Hallberg and Hallberg loc. cit.). When the Kohistanis speak in an informal way about their language, they use expressions like “our language”, “the language of this side of the river”, etc. It is also common practice to name one’s language according to one’s settlement area. Thus, Jij¯al¯ı is the variety of Indus Kohistani spoken in the Jij¯al settlement area, and Seois is the variety of Indus Kohistani spoken in the Seo settlement area. The same seems to hold true for many other dialects of the Kohistani sub-group. Perhaps it must be seen in connection with the fact that hardly any proper names of rivers and mountains are in use in Kohistan.

1.2.

The term Dardic

The first person of modern times to make reference to the Dards and Dardic language was Izzet Ullah in the Quarterly Oriental Magazine of Calcutta in 1825 (Clark 1977: 329f.). Ullah was an assistant of William Moorcroft, an

Indus Kohistani

3

explorer and veterinary surgeon of the East India Company, and it seems that for him the Dards were a people living in the Astor or Chilas area. Some decades later, however, the use of the terms Dard and Dardic was greatly expanded by G. W. Leitner to include peoples and languages of a much larger area. This was done in scholarly reverence to Sanskrit, Greek and Roman sources (Jettmar 1975: 19) by assuming that Latin dardæ and Sanskrit darada both referred to the same people(s) living in the mountains to the west of Kashmir. There have been claims that the word Dard was still used in the 19th century by Kashmiris to designate their north-western neighbors (Jettmar loc. cit., see also Biddulph 1880: 157 and Drew 1875: 393–461). Bellew (1880: 90) writes about the Dadikai of Herodot, “Others, again, have considered them to be represented by the hill people located north of the Gandarians, and formerly called darada, a name which is still known to, but not in common use amongst, that people, though it is still the patronymic of the natives of Chilas, on the other side of the Indus, who style themselves D´ard.” Moreover, Biddulph (1880: 12) claims that the Indus Kohistani-speaking people on the right bank of the Indus “apply the name of Dard to the people living on the left bank of the river.” Although I asked many times many people in different areas of ‘Dardistan’ whether they knew the word, the answer was always negative. The scholarly background of this term is confused by van Driem (2001: 1079) who first correctly points out Grierson’s term Pai´sa¯ c¯ı (which Grierson used as a cover term both for Nuristani and Dardic) but then draws the surprising conclusion that “Grierson’s term Dardic still survives” (loc. cit.). Equally irritating is van Driem’s statement that “The Dards had fled into the mountains of Kashmir in face of the Kus.a¯ n.a incursions in the first century, were exposed to Buddhism during the Kus.a¯ n.a period until the coming of the Huns in the Vth century” (ibid.). The syntax of his sentence is wrong, the whole statement is made up, and Buddhism (and Hinduism) flourished in the area even after the coming of the Huns.

1.3.

Dialects of Indus Kohistani

There are two main dialects. One variety is spoken in the Dub¯er and in the Khandi¯a valley,1 and the other along the west bank of the Indus and in the valleys in-between and in the Bankhar. settlement area which branches off from the Dub¯er valley near its lower end. The main difference between the two di-

4

Introduction

alects consists in the different historical development of the Old Indo-Aryan (OIA) affricates. Whereas the variety of the Dub¯er and Khandi¯a valley has preserved them as palatal affricates, there is a strong tendency to pronounce them as dental affricates in the other variety. For instance, Vedic cat´urah. ‘four’ is pronounced as cˇ o¯ r in the Dub¯er and Khandi¯a valley but as c˙ 2ur in the Indus valley. According to Leitner (1893), the former variety is called Bunz´ari and the latter Mani, and according to Jettmar (1983) and Fussman (1989a: 49) they are called Manzari and Mani. These designations could not be confirmed by later researchers, but Hallberg and I were told independently from each other by some speakers that the names actually refer to two clans. However, a survey of the clan names of Indus Kohistan conducted by one of my language consultants (see appendices) does not contain any of these names. If one recalls what I said above about language designations, it appears very unlikely that speakers of Indus Kohistani use dialect designations based on tendencies of historical phonology. The issue is again confused by van Driem who formulates, “The Maiya  are also known as the ‘East Kohistani’, the Mani or the Manzari” (2001: 1095, italics by this author). He uses Mani and Manzari as synonyms, and his use of Maiya  in the plural was apparently motivated by his unconscious equation of the final vowel of this word with the Hindi plural of feminine nouns ending in -¯ı. The variety of Indus Kohistani spoken in the Indus valley contains also a substantial number of words with affricates which have not undergone the aforementioned sound shift. As a rule, they are not borrowings from neighboring Shina (where this sound shift occurs quite rarely). The appropriate context in which this sound shift has to be seen is, indeed, not the comparatively small area of Indus Kohistani but the whole of northern Pakistan and eastern Afghanistan. The historical implications of this depalatalization tendency are discussed in detail in the grammar, but the issue will be taken up once more below (see 1.9.). There are only small dialectal variations within the two main dialects (see the word list percentages matrix in Hallberg and Hallberg 1999: 7). It is, however, a fact that despite the apparent minimal differences, speakers of one settlement area are able within minutes to locate the home of speakers unknown to them of the same dialect variety but from a different settlement area. Both the varieties of Indus Kohistani spoken in Tangir (Kanyawali) and ˇ at.o¯ t.¯ı) closely agree with that spoken along the Indus. There south of Gilgit (S¯ are some indications that the ancestors of the speakers in Tangir hail from the

Indus Kohistani

5

Bankhar. settlement area in the south of Indus Kohistan. There is, for instance, the name Bankhar.¯ı for the Kohistani village in Tangir which is practically the same as that of the Bankhar. settlement area. According to their own tradition, they migrated to Tangir in the 19th century. On the name Kanyawali ˇ at.o¯ t.¯ı left their ansee below the section ‘language setting’. The ancestors of S¯ cient home probably earlier than those of Tangir. This is suggested by two ˇ at.o¯ t.¯ı has abandoned the Indus Kohistani system of pitch accents and facts: S¯ taken on the Shina system (that is why the speakers of Indus Kohistani say ˇ at.o¯ t.¯ı lacks the ˇ at.o¯ t.¯ı sounds “funny”) which Kanyawali has not done;2 S¯ that S¯ ‘new’ phonemes q and G (typically found in loans from Persian and Arabic) although they were extant in Indus Kohistani already in the 19th century (Leitner 1893).

1.4.

History of research

The first word list containing Indus Kohistani was published in 1893 by G. W. Leitner. Although it doesn’t correspond to modern linguistic standards it is remarkable in showing that the language, at least the pronunciation of its vocabulary, has hardly changed since then. The book on “The tribes of the Hindoo Koosh” published already in 1880 by John Biddulph, the first political agent of the British crown in Gilgit, contains short lists from two of the three aforementioned language enclaves in Indus Kohistan, namely on Chilisso and Gowro. Biddulph had not visited the area and gained his knowledge from informants in Gilgit. The same holds true for the data published in Grierson (1919, VIII/2, p. 522ff.). The first westerner to enter the Indus Kohistani language area was Aurel Stein in 1941 who, however, did not collect linguistic data. This was again done by Fredrik Barth who published together with Morgenstierne a word list (1958) which, however, contains many mistakes. The first modern in-depth study is Buddruss’ monography on Kanyawali (1959). I had opportunity for a very moving encounter with his then language consultant Mohammed Hussain in September 1998 in the village Bankhar.¯ı. I used the opportunity to recheck the data collected by Buddruss. Although fourty years had passed since then, I could not detect any significant changes. Since Buddruss could spend just one week in the field, his inventory of phonemes for Kanyawali is not complete (see Hallberg and Hallberg 1999: 19, fn. 26). Word lists and some text specimens were subsequently published by Hallberg (1992). These were followed by a monography on the Indus Kohistani dialect of Seo (Hallberg and Hallberg 1999).

6 1.5.

Introduction

Own research

I began working on Indus Kohistani in May 1997, and my field research ended in March 2001. Through the good offices of Ruth L. Schmidt from Norway I came in contact with Manzar Mohammed Zarin in Rawalpindi. Zarin, a highly respected expert on Kohistani Shina and the regional traditions of District Kohistan, hails from the Jalk¯ot. settlement area (where Shina is spoken), but has close contacts also with speakers of Indus Kohistani. He accompanied me on my first trip to Indus Kohistan. These were tense days as I had heard many deterrent stories about ‘Yaghestan’ (‘land of the independent ones’) and its bloodfeuding inhabitants, and how other researchers had to flee from the area. Colleagues also warned me that my chances for a successful completion of my research were not too good. However, with the help of Zarin’s diplomatic skills I was able to build up good and lasting contacts with many Kohistanis. Quite a number of them have become my close friends. Indus Kohistan has been called the most difficult corner in the world for travel (Jettmar 1975: 22). Before the construction of the Karakorum Highway (1966–1978), people travelling along the Indus from one settlement area to the other had to follow paths at dizzy heights which were too dangerous to be used by animals. There were sections where the travellers had to insert rods into crevices as kind of ladders. With the Highway travelling has become easier, but field research is still not without hardship. Entering the side-valleys with the jeep or on foot is still a risky enterprise, but an enterprise leading through overwhelming landscape. On my first journey I visited all the side-valleys of Indus Kohistan and introduced myself to the local chiefs, and I met Khangir Khan from the Bhadar clan of Jij¯al who became my principal language consultant till the end of my field research. Khangir Khan turned out to be a prudent and conscientious consultant who, moreover, was able to sit almost endlessly together with me when we worked with the speech analyzer over long months on the many tricky problems of the Indus Kohistani pitch accent system. I began my research on Jij¯al¯ı, Gab¯ar (also called Gowro) and Bhat.¯ıse (also called Bat.era). My main language consultant for Gab¯ar was Muhammad Zaman and for Bhat.¯ıse it was Akhtar Khan. Unfortunately, work on these two language had to be put to the background after some time, as work on Jij¯al¯ı, especially on its pitch accent system, turned out to be very demanding and time consuming. Nevertheless, all words collected in the two languages have been incorporated into this dictionary. It was not possible to analyze their ac-

Indus Kohistani

7

cent systems with the speech analyzer, but each word was checked whether or not it had a parallel in Jij¯al¯ı. The speakers of Indus Kohistani belong all to the Sunni community of Muslims. During the past decades their culture has been strongly influenced by the lifestyle of the Pashtuns. For instance, pardah and gender segregation have been tightened up in the recent past. With the single exception of an interview of a few hours with an elderly lady from the village of Mahar¯ın (where Gab¯ar is spoken) all data presented in this book are from male speakers. I am nevertheless sure that the language of female and male Kohistanis does not display significant differences. Although I could not work with female speakers, I had opportunity to observe their conversations. I owe this to the very unusual honouring that my Kohistani friend Said Faqir allowed me as a non-family member to stay within his family precincts. But my field research was also influenced in other ways by the cultural conditions of Kohistan District. Since many clans of the area are engaged in bloodfeuds with other clans, I had to adapt to the specific situation of the Bhadar clan with whom I am associated. Several times it so happened that when I told my Kohistani friends of my intention to visit a certain place, I got the answer that this was not possible because “there are not our own people” and that my security could not be guaranteed. Of course, I always accepted this. In 2000 an old bloodfeud involving the Bhadar clan flared up again. This made it impossible for me to come again to Khangir Khan’s village. For a good description of the social systems, the traditional lifestyle of transhumance, and the backgrounds for the bloodfeuds see Zarin and Schmidt 1984. Aside from studying the Indus Kohistani language I also worked on the oral traditions. This again was a delicate task. Many of the traditional musicians, called D.o¯ m, had been expelled from the area in the 1970s by zealous guardians of the religion. In fact, nothing was known about their oral traditions. After one year, during which I occasionally alluded to my interest in oral traditions, I felt sufficiently integrated and started to contact D.o¯ ms. Later on I was able to record many songs and stories as well as the popular epic of Prince Bahr¯am. It was, however, not possible to record sung performances accompanied by musical instruments within Indus Kohistan. Performances of this type are officially branded as sin. So I had to take the musicians either up to Gilgit or down to Islamabad. I organized twice public performances in Islamabad, once at Lok Virsa (the Pakistan National Institute of Folk Heritage), and once at the German embassy. This had a stimulating effect on the

8

Introduction

subdued love of the Kohistanis for their old traditions. I hope one day a more tolerant atmosphere will allow those traditions to be cultivated again in a way they deserve. The D.o¯ ms of Kohistan District do not entertain close connections with the D.o¯ ms of Hunza and Nager. Still both might belong to the same immigration wave. The D.o¯ ms of Hunza and Nager have preserved their inherited language (which is, however, acutely threatened), whereas the D.o¯ ms of Kohistan District speak usually Shina (sometimes also Indus Kohistani). Less threatened than the oral traditions of the D.o¯ ms of Kohistan District are the traditions of story telling, especially of fairy tales. The fairy tales, which resemble the Persian d¯ast¯ans, are very popular in Indus Kohistan. It is not difficult to find good story tellers. A selection from the collection I made will be soon published.

1.6.

Language setting

To this day, the Dardic languages are classified by combining historical with geographical features. This is not surprising because, as I will point out below in the next section, the linguistic situation of northern Pakistan is best described with the punctated equilibrium model of Dixon as a case of language splitting while maintaining geographical contiguity. A combined classification is, for instance, provided by Richard Strand (see his webpage). The Kohistani subgroup is divided by him into a western and an eastern branch with Indus Kohistani belonging to the latter, but his further subdivisions within this sub-group are not always correct. He also mentions Dami¯a-b¯as.a¯ or Dam¯el¯ı, which has both Nuristani and Kohistani features (see also Morgenstierne 1942b). This gives rise to speculation on a former direct geographical contact between Nuristani and Kohistani. Whether the language of Wot.ap¯ur and Kat.a¯ rqal¯a (see Buddruss 1960) is also related to Kohistani is not clear. Recent additional information has helped to develop a more exact picture. I owe most part of the information of this and the next paragraph to Joan Baart and his language consultant Muhammad Zaman. In the upper Swat valley Gawri i.e. Kalam Kohistani is spoken (Baart 1997, 1999). There are two slightly different dialects in two valleys with the main settlements Utr¯or. and ¯ . u¯ . But there are also other languages. Baart (1997: 1f.) mentions besides Us Pashto and Gujari also Khowar. Khowar is locally called ’g¯okh¯a ‘language of Gok, i.e. Chitral’ or in Pashto qaˇs’q¯ar¯ı. South of Kalam in the village

Indus Kohistani

9

of Ariani there is another dialect called D¯ac.v¯a. Further south, from around Bahrain till Madyan, Torwali is spoken. In Madyan the long Chail valley, which stretches from east to west, leads into the Swat valley. Chail Kohistani is a dialect of Torwali. Among the dialects of the Swat valley area it is, to my knowledge, the one closest to Indus Kohistani (although mutual comprehension is not possible). Higher up comes the Bishigram settlement area. Ushojo is spoken there. Ushojo is a Kohistani language with Shina elements. More cannot be said at the moment about this language. According to local tradition, the ancestors of the speakers of Ushojo had left Kolai (in District ¯ . u¯ where they Kohistan), where a form of Shina is spoken, and migrated to Us married speakers of Khowar. From there they came to their present settlements. In Bishigram live also the so-called Gurnewals who speak a dialect of Torwali, as well as speakers of qaˇs’q¯ar¯ı (Khowar) and Pashto. In a nearby side-valley live the speakers of Khilliwal, a form of Indus Kohistani. Fredrik Barth (1956: 15) is not right in claiming that the word is not a proper name but merely means ‘villager’. In fact, either this term or Khil¯osˇ or Khaniaw¯al is used in Swat Kohistan to refer to a speaker of Indus Kohistani, usually to a speaker of Indus Kohistani who has settled in Swat Kohistan. The expression Khaniaw¯al (as well as the language name Kanyawali) is derived from the Khandi¯a valley. Also Khil¯osˇ is probably related with this valley. Indus Kohistani kh´ıl means ‘fallow land’ and there is a village of the same name in the Khandi¯a valley. Finally, there are also speakers of Iranian Badeshi or Badakhshani who claim to have come from Badakhshan in Afghanistan. West of the Swat valley is the Panjkor.a valley with further variants of Kohistani. The dialect in the uppermost villages is very close to Gawri i.e. Kalam Kohistani. Further down, in the R¯ajk¯ot. settlement area, R¯ajk¯ot.¯ı is spoken, apparently a dialect of D¯ac.v¯a. It still can be understood by speakers of Gawri. Further down is K¯alk¯ot.. There are two dialects within one and the same village. One is called K¯alk¯ot.¯ı or Goedij¯a, the other Dar¯ak¯ı or Dar¯ag¯ı. There are different opinions of how closely related the latter is with Gawri, but K¯alk¯ot.¯ı (resp. Goedij¯a) seems to be related with Phal¯ur.a (resp. Pal¯ula), ˇ at.o¯ t.¯ı (the Indus Koa dialect of Shina spoken in Chitral. Interestingly, like S¯ histani language enclave south of Gilgit), K¯alk¯ot.¯ı has apparently given up its Shina-type pitch accent system and adopted the Gawri tone system of its immediate surroundings. This amazing patchwork of languages and dialects shows that language enclaves are a regular and typical feature on the language map of the southern mountains of northern Pakistan. Apparently, there has always been a high

10

Introduction

degree of mobility among the people. Resettlements were and are frequently caused by bloodfeuds. Allegiance to powerful chiefs in the new settlements created perhaps sometimes language enclaves with several different linguistic roots, as in case of Ushojo. Of course, resettlement is not identical with the emergence of a new language enclave. This is quite unlikely to happen when individual families migrate or individuals, who are involved in a bloodfeud, seek asylum in a distant settlement. I met families from Indus Kohistan who had settled as far north as Hunza. They still speak Indus Kohistani at home, but Indus Kohistani will not survive there for long.

1.7.

A diachronical sketch

The Dardic languages are the modern successors of Middle Indo-Aryan (MIA) G¯andh¯ar¯ı and other unknown MIA languages more or less closely related with G¯andh¯ar¯ı. They are certainly not the successors of MIA languages like ´ M¯agadh¯ı, Saurasen¯ ı, Mah¯ar¯as.t.r¯ı, etc. It is thus inexact when Morgenstierne says that “There is not a single common feature distinguishing Dardic, as a whole, from the rest of the Indo-Aryan languages. . . Dardic is simply a convenient cover term to denote a bundle of aberrant Indo-Aryan hill languages” (1961: 139). A similar view is taken by Fussman (1972: 12) who says that the term “n’implique pas, pour l’instant, que les parlers dardes aient une origine commune, diff´erente de celle des autres parlers I-A” (i.e. indo-aryen). The common feature distinguishing the Dardic languages from the other New Indo-Aryan (NIA) languages is the preservation of the three OIA sibilants s, s´, s.. Despite some earlier reports to the contrary, all Dardic languages have preserved these three sibilant.3 It is also not clear in which sense Dardic languages are supposed to be “aberrant” in contrast to, as apparently implicated by Morgenstierne, the Nuristan languages. One cannot, of course, exclude the possibility that speakers of IA languages not deriving from G¯andh¯ar¯ı, or a related language that also preserved the three sibilants, migrated into the north Pakistan mountains in the past. But since the non-G¯andh¯ar¯ı IA languages had their number of sibilants reduced from three to one already in pre-Christian times (with the exception of the West Pah¯ar.¯ı languages many of which have retained two sibilants), such migrations must be either traceable or they are mere speculation. Clear cases for the former are Gujari and D.omaak´ı. Gujari has one sibilant and D.omaak´ı, like many Gypsy languages, has two in its inherited vocabulary. The third sibilant s. is found only in loans from neigh-

Indus Kohistani

11

boring Shina and Burushaski. We thus get a family tree with successive bifurcations: Proto-Nuristani branched off at a pre-OIA (probably Proto IndoIranian [PII]) stage from the rest of Iranian and Indic, and Proto-Dardic at a post-OIA stage from the rest of Indic (see below 1.9.). It is possible that there was again a later bifurcation which led to modern West Pah¯ar.¯ı and Gypsy. Whereas we thus get a fairly clear picture of the most important steps in the unfolding of Indo-Iranian which is framed by a huge geographical space and a great time-depth, the picture within the much smaller frame of the Dardic languages looks very different. It is at the present stage of our knowledge only possible to outline for them an extremely rough family tree model. The historical relationship among the subgroup of the Kohistani languages, for instance, is still an enigma. Besides the fact that still many Dardic languages are only imperfectly studied, there is another reason for this. The history of the Dardic languages can be best understood, I think, with Dixon’s punctated equilibrium model (1997: 67ff.). This model integrates the family tree and the linguistic area (wave) models. He says (p. 73), “During a period of punctuation new languages will develop at a steady rate. As the period of punctuation comes to an end, it can be modelled by a family tree diagram. As a new period of equilibrium sets in, the original genetic relationships of the family tree diagram will become progressively blurred, due to the diffusion of linguistic features throughout the equilibrium period.” Dixon further distinguishes two types of language splitting, namely language splitting under geographical separation and language splitting while maintaining geographical contiguity (op. cit. p. 59ff.). Whereas the former is typically a gradual process linked with the increasing geographical distance between the divided groups, the latter is typically characterized by periods of gradual dialect divergence followed by sudden splits which are again followed by a gradual further divergence of languages. The latter type of language splitting, which seems to reflect the scenario of the Dardic languages, is, according to Dixon, invariably motivated by political reasons (op. cit. p. 62): “In the ‘geographically contiguous’ situation. . ., each group is fully aware of the other, and the sudden escalation of diverging dialects into distinct languages is primarily a political move, to institutionalise political self-identity and demonstrate antipathy towards the other group.” I have pointed out above the high mobility of population groups in northern Pakistan, and I will quote some examples below in section 1.9 which will show that speakers of Indus Kohistani must have had knowledge also in the more distant past about the Northern Areas.

12 1.8.

Introduction

A diatopical sketch

The initial punctuation creating the Proto-Dardic languages was followed by long equilibrium periods. The equilibrium periods were certainly punctuated time and again leading, for instance, to the different Kohistani languages. However, since these processes happened within a frame of geographic contiguity, they resulted in a continuous diffusion of linguistic features. The history of the Dardic languages thus resembles the situation of the indigenous languages of Australia (see Dixon op. cit., p. 89ff.), even though the temporal and geographic dimensions of the former are much smaller than those of the latter. The diffusion of linguistic features in the Dardic realm is exemplified by the following traits: (a) language boundaries and boundaries of isoglosses are frequently not identical; (b) there are a number of linguistic features distinguishing within Dardic a central (or progressive) from a peripheral (or conservative) area. (a) The distribution of the number of aspirated stops from east to west is like this: Shina of Gilgit has the three phoneme classes t, th, d; Kohistani Shina, Indus Kohistani and Chail Kohistani have four (t, th, d, dh); Kalam Kohistani (Gawri) and upper Dir Kohistani have again three (t, th, d); Dar¯ag¯ı has (almost) just two (t, d).4 One observes a gradual increase and decrease of the number of aspirated stops from east to west rather than clear boundaries coinciding with language boundaries. It is probably not surprising that Dar¯ag¯ı closely resembles the Nuristani languages in terms of loss of aspiration when we recall the mixed Kohistani-Nuristani character of Dameli which is spoken to the north-west of Dar¯ag¯ı in southern Chitral. This observation stresses the diatopical character of the occurrence of aspirated stops against the previous claim that Nuristani shows here an ancient Iranian feature. Tikkanen (1988: 308) has formulated the same thought even more pointedly by saying that the loss of aspiration in Proto-Dardic and Nuristani is due to a substratum influence. In other words, the loss of aspiration in Nuristani must not be understood as a development shared with Old Iranian because “even Old Iranian maintained the distinction between voiceless non-aspirates and voiceless aspirates by turning the latter into fricatives” (Tikkanen, loc. cit.). This tilt from east to west from four towards two aspirated phoneme classes becomes reversed further north-west and west. Kalas.a and Pashai again have four, though the aspiration of the mediae in Pashai seems to be rapidly

Indus Kohistani

13

vanishing (Morgenstierne 1926: 88f.). Khowar and Wot.ap¯ur¯ı have three, but the number of aspirated stops in comparison with the non-aspirated counterparts is much less than, for instance, in Indus Kohistani or Punjabi. The diatopical rather than diachronical nature of this distribution is further illustrated by Iranian Parachi which has again four stop classes t, th, d, dh, though the number of aspirated stops is quite small (Morgenstierne op. cit., p. 18ff.; Nawata 1983: 3). An almost identical relief emerges with regard to vowel palatalization. OIA s¯ur¯ı- ‘sun’ appears in the following forms from east to west: Shina s´uuri; Indus Kohistani of Seo suri; Gab¯ar (Gowro) su ri ; Indus Kohistani of Jij¯al su ıri ; Kalam Kohistani s¯ır; Dir Kohistani s¯ı; Kalas.a s¯uri; Pashai sur; but Wot.ap¯ur¯ı again sir. (b) More examples would only illustrate the same phonological tendency with a kind of gravitational center in the Dir and Kalam Kohistani language area surrounded by peripheral, that is phonologically more conservative, languages like Kalas.a, Khowar and Shina. This (admittedly inexact) bipartition is again reflected in the use of two different vigesimal systems. For instance, the figure forty-three is either expressed as ‘three plus two times twenty’ or as ‘two times twenty plus three’. The former pattern is found in all Kohistani languages, the latter in the languages surrounding them, e.g. in Shina, Khowar, Kalas.a, Pashai and Wot.ap¯ur¯ı. Since the above examples illustrate a parallelism of phonological and morphological features one can assume a fairly early separation of the ProtoKohistani languages from the other Proto-Dardic languages.

1.9.

Dardic and Nuristani

The results of my field research on Indus Kohistani do not at all question the status of the Nuristani languages as a third branch of Indo-Iranian. On the contrary, it is possible to further support Morgenstierne’s arguments. Several times Morgenstierne has pointed out (see e.g. 1973c: 339) that Nuristani, as ´ and nonIranian, has preserved the difference between PIE palatalized *ks palatalized *ks. In Old Iranian (OIr.) this difference appears as a contrast between sˇ and xˇs. In Nuristani it is realized as c˙ versus cˇ /c..5 Dardic, being Indic, has not preserved the distinction and represents both as c.. See the fol-

14

Introduction

lowing correspondences in the first table, all deriving from words containing an original palatalized consonant cluster.6 Meaning bear belly; flank (of body) carve, cut right

OIA r.´ks.akuks.´ıt´aks.ati d´aks.in.a-

Nuristani i˙c ku˙c ta˙cda˙cu¨ (˜e)

Dardic c.h ku´ıc.hi tac.hdac.ho


On the other hand, Nuristani coincides with Dardic in the representation of PIE *ks: Meaning knife, razor honey

OIA ks.ur´am¯aks.ik´a-, *m¯aks.a-

Nuristani c.ur¯ı mac.’i

Dardic c.h u¨ r mA
s.

It is very unlikely that the Nuristani words containing *ks should all have been borrowed from Dardic, especially in the light of words like wuˇc@w‘sneezes’ (OIA *viks.uvati) for which Dardic parallels are missing. ´sa- which For Nuristani i˙c ‘bear’ one has to reconstruct Proto-Nuristani *r.kˇ led to *r.cˇ sˇa- and *iˇca- until the present form. ´ This shows that Nuristani has preserved the distinction between PIE *ks and *ks as a contrast between an Iranian type of RUKI and an Indic type of RUKI. What is even more interesting is the fact that this old contrast, which has been preserved in Old Iranian as a contrast between a consonant cluster and a single consonant, is changed in Nuristani into a contrast between two classes of affricates differentiated by place of articulation. This is neither Old Iranian nor Old Indo-Aryan. Languages with three sibilants and three affricates differentiated by place of articulation are characteristic of a linguistic area which is shared by Nuristani, Dardic, Burushaski and some East Iranian languages. ´ It is natural to assume that Proto-Nuristani *ˇc (reflecting PIE *k´ and *ks) did not change into a dental affricate already at the time of Old Iranian but at a later time. The *ˇc which developed from the palatalized *k´ was the precursor for Old Iranian s, Old Indo-Aryan s´ and Nuristani c˙ . Since Nuristani ´ and *ks as Old Indo-Aryan and Dardic also preserves the occlusion of *ks do, whereas Old Iranian loses the occlusion, there is no reason to separate ´ and *ks, and treat it as the Nuristani development of *k´ from that of *ks

Indus Kohistani

15

the Proto-Aryan precursor of Iranian (Mayrhofer 1984). The depalatalization change from Proto-Nuristani *ˇc to c˙ is, in fact, again an areal phenomenon. This change is very common in Indus Kohistani, but also fairly prominent in Dardic Kalas.a, Wot.ap¯ur¯ı and Iranian Pashto, and found to a lesser degree in various other Dardic languages and Burushaski (in its IA loans). It is difficult to ascertain its age as one has to assume a gradual spread. It was known in Saka, also G¯andh¯ar¯ı seems to have had a dental affricate in a few words.7 The development of PIE *´g, g´ h, g´ w, g´ wh also does not show a particular closeness of Nuristani to the Iranian branch. Iranian has preserved the opposition between the palatalized and the velarized mediae as a contrast between dental and palatal fricative/affricate (see Avestan zyam ‘Winter’ versus y a‘(bow)string’) but has lost the aspiration opposition. Conversely, Old IndoAryan has retained the aspiration opposition (in the form j versus h) and lost the opposition between palatalized and velarized mediae. Since Nuristani has preserved neither the one nor the other opposition (see Nuristani jim ‘snow’ and j¯ı ‘(bow)string’), it is neither especially close to Iranian nor to Indic. Thus the conclusion suggests itself that Proto-Nuristani continued for some time a third kind of opposition, namely *j versus *jh. Pashto follows Nuristani (Pashto zˇimai ‘winter’ and zˇa¯ı ‘bow-string’) and thus shares with it a regional characteristic. Since Nuristani has preserved the feature [+palatal] from PIE *´g and *´gh it is also for this reason unlikely that Nuristani c˙ should have lost its palatal feature at a very early stage. The change from a palatal to a dental voiced affricate or fricative is again a regional feature (and parallel to the aforementioned depalatalization process of voiceless affricates) and found in Pashto, and various Nuristani and Dardic languages. The Iranian loanwords in Nuristani are, according to Buddruss, due to a very early Iranian influence (see Degener 1998: 7). This is not at all surprising when we consider that especially Khowar but also various other Dardic languages and Burushaski contain old borrowings from some Iranian source(s). See also Kuiper 1976 on the early contacts between Old East Iranian and Old Indo-Aryan. We thus can confirm the theses of Morgenstierne and Buddruss that Nuristani forms a third branch of Indo-Iranian. It differs from both in its treatment ´ and related clusters, in the way of how it lost of PIE *k´ and of the PIE *ks, ks aspiration, and in a probably particular way of treatment of PIE *´g, g´ h, g´ w, g´ wh. The fact that Nuristani shares some of these developments with Dardic was perhaps partly caused by some substratum influence.

16 1.10.

Introduction

Borrowings and substrata

The vocabulary of Indus Kohistani derives basically from Old Indo-Aryan. Very roughly estimated, it shares about two third of its inherited vocabulary with Kalam Kohistani and at least one third with Shina. The bulk of borrowings from Arabic and Persian is recent, although the rate of borrowings has perhaps already increased after the Pashtuns conquered the middle Swat valley in the first half of the 16th century (Jettmar 1975: 203) and started missionizing Kohistan. Presently Indus Kohistani contains around 15% PersoArabic vocabulary, the bulk of which it shares with Pashto. There might be an additional 10% of genuine Pashto words in Indus Kohistani or shared words with unknown etymology. There are a few Iranian words which seem to belong to an older layer of borrowing, but it is presently not possible to trace their exact source(s). One example is Indus Kohistani h2b2y˜ ‘co-wife’ (also Dameli a’b¯en.i, Phalura abh¯en.i, and Shughni ab¯ın). It derives from OIr. ha-paTn¯ı, but Pashto bin ‘cowife’ cannot be the immediate source of borrowing. Indus Kohistani shares also not much less than 10% of its vocabulary with Burushaski (not including the IA words). Whether this fairly high amount, taking into consideration the present big geographical distance, is an indicator that both languages were in the past geographically closer, is not yet quite clear. But this is the opinion of Tikkanen (1988: 305), and below I will list some arguments in its favor. On the other hand, it appears that at least part of this shared vocabulary reflects a common substratum. Two examples: Indus Kohistani 2mt2m ‘greedy; stingy’, Burushaski amt´am, Shina of Chilas a´ mtham; Indus Kohistani k2m´ukh ‘ice’, Burushaski g˙ am´u, Shina gam´uk, Khowar kabukh, Kashmiri khamb¨uru¨ (the latter with the special meaning ‘a large piece of ice from the heavens’). There are indications that the country of the Burushaski speakers was not unknown to the speakers of Indus Kohistani also in the more remote past. First, the Indus Kohistanis have a unique Indus Kohistani word for the Burushaski language: goˇsv¯ar . The word is contracted from (originally Iranian) guˇspu r ‘a member of the noble families of the Northern Areas’ plus a derivation from OIA *vari- ‘speech’ which is not (anymore) used independently in Indus Kohistani. Although some Kohistanis were of the opinion that this word originally was used to designate “Chitrali”, i.e. Khowar, the first component of the word seems to be otherwise limited to Burushaski (gu´sp´ur) and Shina (gu´sp´uur).

Indus Kohistani

17

Second, the speakers of Indus Kohistani have their own word for the wellknown Kargah Buddha figure a few kilometres west of Gilgit: bi˙cku
bal2
y. The second word means ‘witch’. In this it corresponds with the Burushaski designations of the figure as d.ac.h´eni, d.ac.he´eni or yac.he´eni ‘witch’ (according to Berger contamination of OIA yaks.a´ - and d.a¯ k´ın¯ı-). In Shina the figure is called Deonee ‘female demon’ (Biddulph 1880: 112), obviously a derivation from OIA d.a¯ k´ın¯ı ’female attendant on K¯al¯ı’. The first part of the Kohistani expression is perhaps a compound where the first component bi˙c- might be compared with Northwest Prakrit b¯ut¨asa[tv¨a] ‘Bodhisattva’ (see Emmerick and Skjærvø 1997: 118). The second component of the compound might derive from OIA *d.a¯ kkin¯ı- (Turner 5542) with same meaning as d.a¯ k´ın¯ı. This would explain the vowel of bi˙c- as a typical case of Indus Kohistani vowel leftshift. The final -u
is the common Indus Kohistani diminutive suffix. A basic meaning ‘Bodhisattva-witch-witch’ is not at all unlikely, as various Dardic languages abound in synonym compounds. Indus Kohistani contains a fair number of words of unknown origin. Some of them it shares with other languages of the area, to others no parallels are ˇ at.o¯ t.¯ı and Seois o` khut or ’¯okhut ‘toknown to me. An example for the latter is S¯ morrow’. In other cases one can trace parallels covering quite big areas. For instance: Indus Kohistani d.u´ n˙ g ‘deep (as water)’, Kangri dialect of Punjabi d.u˙nggh´a ‘deep’, Bangani d.u˙ngO . Somehow related appear also Sawi .tung¯ı and Kalam Kohistani d.ugur ‘deep’. Turner mentions also d.u¯ gh¯a ‘deep’ in the Aw¯an.k¯ar¯ı dialect of Lahnd¯a as a case of metathesis of a derivation from OIA g¯ud.h´a- (4223), but it is unclear whether the above examples, which almost all contain a nasal consonant, belong to the same lemma. Fussman regards the existence of a substrate in the G¯andh¯ar¯ı-speaking area as quite possible (1989b: 446 fn.), and Tikkanen, who discusses the possible existence of ancient substrata in northern Pakistan, notes that “there are also some indications of one or more ancient unidentified substrata in the Hindukush and the Upper Indus region” (1988: 304). Discussing the question of a possible Dravidian influence, Tikkanen states (p. 317) that “there are no demonstrable ancient Dravidian loan-words in the (north)western Aryan languages.” From the Indus Kohistani point of view I basically agree with him, even though there are a few words of possible Dravidian origin without known parallels outside the Dardic language area. See, for instance, Indus Kohistani gut.u` m ‘deep’ and gut.u`ımi ‘deep place in ˇ at.o¯ t.¯ı gut.u` mo ‘deep’, Burushaski g˙ ut.u´ m, Shina gut.u´ mo, and water, river’, S¯ perhaps Khowar kulum ‘deep’. Cf. Tamil kut..tam ‘depth, pond’ (DED 1389).

18

Introduction

Note also Bhat.¯ıse p¯a.t^ ‘bark of a tree’, cf. Tamil pat..tai ‘bark of tree’ (DED 3205). In the introduction to this dictionary I cannot comment on the various phonological, morphological and syntactic patterns discussed by Tikkanen under the heading of substrata (this will be done in the grammar), but have to confine myself to the vocabulary. I therefore can only refer to his opinion of an Austroasiatic influence upon Indo-Aryan and Nuristani (see, for instance, 1988: 319). In comparison with the very slight (if it at all exists) Dravidian influence upon Dardic, the situation with a possible Austroasiatic influence even on the vocabulary looks quite different. Nevertheless, one has to keep in mind the possibility of chance similarities which is especially high as long as there doesn’t exist an etymological dictionary of the Austroasiatic languages of South Asia. It also cannot be ruled out that at least some of the parallels quoted in this dictionary are ultimately either Indo-Aryan words or words from unknown and extinct languages, having survived only in peripheral regions. And it remains to be seen whether certain regular allomorphic tendencies in the formation of “expressive” words reflect Austroasiatic morphological patterns. Cf. for instance Indus Kohistani khar.2cˇ ‘given way (with the knee)’, Burushaski khad.a´ n˙ man´- and qhud.a´ p man´-, Shina khar.a˙n, and Santali khar.at-khor.et ‘limpingly, haltingly’. Or Indus Kohistani kh´ucˇ (-khuˇc) ‘a shout for calling a dog’, Wakhi kuˇc-kuˇc ‘interj. pour appeler a` soi des chiots, des chiens’, and Santali khu´c khu´c ‘said to encourage a dog’. Tikkanen mentions the word for ‘cat’ Proto-Austroasiatic *pusi/u (p. 320, fn. 24) which is indeed widespread in the Northwest and quoted by Turner as *pu´ss´¯ı- (8298). Further examples: Pashai dra˙ng ‘steep’, Santali dara˙ng ‘steep, a precipice’; Indus Kohistani cˇ o¯ p´ur. ‘cockroach’, Santali capr.a ‘cockroach’; Indus Kohistani d.h`oph ‘hill’, Santali d.hopo ‘hillock’. Indus Kohistani (as well as other Dardic languages) has a distinctive preference for synonym compounds (e.g., ‘woman’ basically meaning ‘daughtergirl’). It is not yet clear whether this indicates influence from a substrate, but a number of etymological interpretations suggested in the dictionary have this observation as a background.

1.11.

On place names

It is almost certain that there are layers of place names which must be older than the split of G¯andh¯ar¯ı into the Proto-Dardic languages. One finds, for

Indus Kohistani

19

instance, village and town names ending in -gr¯am (< OIA gra
ma- ‘village’) in a strip extending from south of Indus Kohistan in Hazara through the Swat and Dir valley into Chitral (and further into eastern Afghanistan), and even in the north in the Yarkhun valley (Miragr¯am) and in Nager (Har´ei Gir´am, a village in Uyum Nager). Names of towns and villages like Bat.gr¯am in Hazara and Kot.egr¯am in Swat do not reflect the modern pronunciations of the words for ‘village’. Etymologically related place names ending in -g¯am and -gra  (which are perhaps younger than those ending in -gr¯am) are also found within the same area at least as far north as the Shandur Pass (there is a village Pharg¯am). The word gir´am ‘scattered settlement’ has even been borrowed into Burushaski, but it is striking to see that the word is found only in the eastern Shina dialects with the Astor valley roughly as the western border. From the Astor valley along the Indus and down through Indus Kohistan to Hazara no village names occur with this ending. Village and town names ending in -pur (< OIA p´ura- ‘town’) are certainly much rarer than the preceding ones ending in ‘village’. Perhaps they are confined to the northern and eastern sections of north Pakistan. Among them are Jalipur (between Chilas and Bunji), Gul´apur (near Punyal), Laspur (near Shandur Pass) and Giddarpur (north-west of M¯anserah). Village and town names ending in -(i)¯al ‘place, settlement’ (< ?) are very common in Indus Kohistan (also in the side-valleys, see appendix) and further up the Indus and Gilgit valley. They are also found in the Swat (Chupri¯al) and the Nilam valley (Dudhni¯al). Geographically not structured appear to be the numerous place names with a suffix meaning ‘fort’, e.g. -k¯o.t and -¯o.t (< OIA kot..ta- ‘fort’), and -gar. (< OIA *gad.ha- ‘fort’). Place names ending with Arabic -qil¯a are of course of more recent origin. Perhaps worth mentioning here is R¯ani-k¯o.t ‘fort of the queen’ which is the old place name of the Bhat.¯ıse settlement area opposite Besham, because it has a parallel So´ni-k´oot. ‘fort of the queen’, a village name in the Shina language, but located in Chalt in Hunza. Geographically also unstructured appear to be place names with -kh¯ar. (< OIA *khad.d.a-) or -g¯a ‘river’, -gali ‘mountain pass’ (< OIA *gal¯ı-), and -d(h)¯ar ‘mountain range’ (< OIA dha
r¯a-). Many areas of northern Pakistan have additional suffixes in place names which appear to be regionally limited. This holds true also for the Burushaski language area. I have no explanation why such regionally limited suffixes are not found in Indus Kohistan. Aside from the widespread ending -(i)¯al

20

Introduction

and the aforementioned R¯ani-k¯o.t, the only transparent and recurring place names are names referring to geographical features or to constructions (e.g. ‘ridge’, ‘valley’, ‘river’, ‘tree’, ‘mill’, ‘bridge’, etc.). I have mentioned above the absence of village names with the suffix ‘village’ in the area between Astor valley and the southern end of Indus Kohistan.8 It is now interesting to see that one finds roughly in the area covered by the western Shina dialects and by Burushaski several place suffixes which are either limited to this area or especially typical for it. The suffix -´sal is especially common in the Burushaski language area ´ so´ s´al, etc.) but seems to be extant also far (e.g. B´eri´sal, B´oo´sal, Bor´os´al, Gu´ down the Indus in the village name Dud¯ısh¯al (Indus Kohistani pronunciation d.o¯ d.sˇa l) between Sazin and Chilas. Also the place name and suffix -bar ‘ravine’ seems to be especially common in the Burushaski language area (e.g. Bar, T´almu´si Bar, H´ıspar, etc.) but is also found further down the Indus in the village name (Indus Kohistani pronunciation) kh2yn.d.˚-b2y` ri (lit.: ‘mountain-ravine’) between Dud¯ısh¯al and Chilas. If -´sal and -bar are indeed Burushaski suffixes,9 then this would be a strong indication for the language’s former greater extension to the southwest. A typical Dardic place suffix is Indus Kohistani dha s, Shina d´aas, Khowar d¯as ‘wasteland, plain’ which also appears in numerous Burushaski place names as the suffix -das. It is again strange that, although the Indus Kohistani pronunciation is closest to the original OIA dha
sas-, it is not found in place names inside Indus Kohistan.

Chapter 2 Technical aspects of the dictionary

1.

Introductory remarks

The dictionary contains around 8.000 lemmata. The vast majority are lemmata of the Jij¯al¯ı (J) variety of Indus Kohistani. A minority comprises lemˇ at.o¯ t.¯ı (S) ˇ variety (plus a few from the Seo (S) variety) of Indus mata from the S¯ Kohistani and from the adjacent languages Gab¯ar (G) (also called Gowro) and Bhat.¯ıs¯e (B) (also called Bat.e¯ r.a¯ ). There are cross-references between identical, similar or in other ways related lemmata of these four tongues in case they are alphabetically located in different places. However, they are ordered by a hierarchical principle: a B lemma and a related G and Sˇ lemma (located, however, at a different place) might all contain the statement “same as J xyz.” In this case, the etymology of the lemma (if known) is only mentioned under the J lemma. Moreover, the J lemma usually does not contain a reverse crossreference to one or more of the other three tongues. In case the etymological relationship between the different words or between a lemma and a possible source of origin or borrowing is not certain, usually the expression “Cf. xyz” is employed. Many lemmata are supplemented with parallels from other dialects of Indus Kohistani, from other Dardic, from Nuristani, Indo-Aryan, Iranian, Dravidian and Munda language. Numerous parallels have also been quoted from Burushaski. This helps the reader to get acquainted with the multi-layered linguistic background of Indus Kohistani. A detailed historical analysis of these data is, however, part of the grammar. Most parallels are from sources quoted in the references. Additional information on parallels in Pashto and Shina came from native speakers and from experts, in the first place from Georg Buddruss. Those cases where language consultants could not provide an exact pronunciation but only say to be sure that a certain word is also used by speakers of Kohistani Shina or of the Pashto variety spoken close to Indus Kohistani, appear in the dictionary formulated as “also Sh.” or “also Psht.” The lemmata have been, wherever possible, provided with information about their etymology or source of borrowing. In case of IA words decisions, whether a word is inherited or borrowed from another Dardic or other IA language, are of course based on insights into the historical phonological de-

22

Technical aspects of the dictionary

velopments of Indus Kohistani and other Dardic languages. An outline of the developments in Indus Kohistani will be provided in the grammar. However, I have to point out here that in some cases the lines of development of sounds or sound groups are quite clear, whereas in other cases (e.g. in the development of the nasal consonants and of NC clusters) the picture is very inconsistent. As a result, there are always words about which it is very difficult to say whether they are inherited or borrowed. Parallels to lemmata have, as a rule, only been quoted when an etymology for them has not been suggested in the literature. An exception are all those cases where I regarded the quoted parallels especially interesting due to the following reasons: the words show particular phonological, morphological or semantic correspondences or differences or the words belong to a group with parallels in other languages which have not yet been pointed out.

2.

On phonology and tonology

It is the J variety which has been completely phonologized and tonologized. ˇ G The phonological analysis of the three other languages and dialects (S, and B) has been conducted less thoroughly, although a final analysis would generally show only minor differences. However, this does not hold true of the B vowel system. Phonetically it is the most complicated one among the four tongues with a large number of allophonic realizations of the vowel phonemes. Although I have analyzed the basic mechanisms of the allophonic variations, the results could not yet be incorporated into the dictionary. See below 2.7 on the transcription conventions. Among field researchers the difficult nature of vowel systems of many Dardic languages is well-known. In the grammar I will discuss the possible central role of the pharyngeal feature opposition between advanced tongue root (ATR) and retracted tongue root (RTR). This opposition appears not only to bear on certain vowel phonologization processes but perhaps also (together with other pharyngeal and with laryngeal features) on the historical development of Dardic tone and pitch accent systems. The majority of the lemmata of the Sˇ variety of Indus Kohistani in this dictionary are tonologized with the help of the speech analyzer. The lemmata from B and G have not been analyzed in this way. This means the following: in the majority of cases, accent marking of the G words only indicates the place of the accent. It does not indicate whether the accent is rising or falling.

On phonology and tonology

23

In case of the B words, many of the have been marked either with the rising or the falling accent. This marking, however, was never checked with the speech analyzer. However, since B and G appear to have similar cases of accent shift under specific conditions (a synopsis of the rules for J is given below in section 2.3.), it is to be expected that the accent systems of B and G are quite similar to those of J. One finds in the dictionary that I have placed in many B words the accent on the consonant preceding a vowel. Though it is naturally the following vowel which is the tone-bearing segment, a major difference on the tonetic level between the dialects and languages of Kohistan District consists in different degrees of peak-delay (see also next paragraph). Although the role of peak-delay in historical tonologization processes in Dardic languages is still an unresolved question, it has become clear that this is one of the features which causes to make the “intonation” of neighboring dialects sound “strange” or even “funny” in the ears of native speakers. Since B appears to have a shorter peak-delay than J and since, in contrast to J, this early onset of the accent contour frequently even has a phonetic effect on the preceding consonant (the exact nature of which has yet to be analyzed), I opted for this way of presenting accent in B. I had to decide whether to dedicate the available time for tonological analˇ B or G. I chose Sˇ in the hope to learn from this language ysis in the field to S, enclave something about tonogenesis in Indus Kohistani. However, the surprizing result, mentioned already above, was to find that Sˇ had adopted the Shina accent system and given up its old Indus Kohistani system. Meanwhile we know that this is not an isolated case among the language enclaves and minor languages in northern Pakistan. However, I think that on a tonological level the Indus Kohistani and the Shina accent systems are very similar. On the tonetic level the major differences appear to be different degrees of peak-delays and apparently also different tonetic realizations of the rising and the falling accent contours.10 Consequences of these differences are differing rules for accent shift and the phenomenon of accent spread onto a following word under certain conditions which is found in Shina but not in Indus Kohistani (see Radloff 1999: 73ff.). There are also a number of common words shared by Indus Kohistani and Shina but with different accents. This kind of difference, in case it can be explained at all, appears to be sometimes connected with features like vowel length, aspiration, etc. The J lemmata have been thoroughly analyzed with the speech analyzer. A speech analyzer is a very useful addition in tonological analysis, though it does not replace a sensitive ear. It helps to solve many problems, but it

24

Technical aspects of the dictionary

does not solve all. The most important feature of a speech analyzer in tonal analysis is its faculty to present pitch graphs by transforming acoustic wave forms into F0 contours. In order to achieve reliable results it is important to use a constant frame for the words to be analyzed. Thus my language consultants permanently used sentence patterns like “this is X” or “we call this X.” Most of the J words were analyzed several times in this way, a large part of them even with several native speakers. Moreover, the tonal analysis of a selection of words has been independently compared by another linguist with his own records made from Indus Kohistani. He ascertained a very high degree of agreement between his and my analysis. The existence of many minimal pairs proves that Indus Kohistani has two pitch accents, one rising and the other falling. It may have been noted that I use the term pitch accent in case of the languages and dialects of Kohistan District and in case of Shina, but that I speak of tones in connection with Kalam Kohistani. It is useful, on the one hand, to distinguish between tone languages like Kalam Kohistani (which has five tonemes) and pitch accent languages like Indus Kohistani (which has two emically distinctive tones). The difference between the two languages in this regard is that Kalam Kohistani has basically two tonemes from among its inventory of five tonemes associated with a morpheme, whereas Indus Kohistani has basically one pitch accent associated with a morpheme. On the other hand, it has been frequently pointed out that there is no absolute division between tone and accent languages (see Yip 2002: 4), which, however, is quite clear between them and non-tone languages. Baart estimates (see his internet article “Tonal features in languages of northern Pakistan”) that from among the thirty or so languages of northern Pakistan there are thirteen with reported tones (or distinctive accents) and five with suspected tones. This means that probably more than half of these languages have tones. This is a lower percentage than the percentage of tone language worldwide, which is estimated to be between 60 and 70 per cent (Yip 2002: 1), but it is certainly much higher than the average percentage of tone languages within the Indo-Aryan and Iranian languages. A major problem in the analysis of the Indus Kohistani accent system is to determine whether the Tone-Bearing Unit (TBU) is the syllable or the mora. The answer to this problem will decide whether on a level more abstract than the tonemic level with the two distinctive accents only a monotonic H or a ditonic H and L tone will have to be established. A final treatment of this question will be undertaken in the grammar, but some preliminary decisions

On phonology and tonology

25

had to be made in order to decide on the graphemic representation. For Shina, whose accent system is close to Indus Kohistani, Radloff and Baart favor a monotonic interpretation which associates the accent with the mora. With that they continue an approach which started with Berger for Burushaski and which was continued by Buddruss for Shina. The basic concept is to say that a word with a long vowel consists of two morae. Depending on whether the accent H is located on the first or on the second mora, the tonetic output will either be a falling or a rising accent contour (Radloff 1999: 63ff.). Thus Shina t´ıino ‘sharp’ has a falling accent and to´om ‘own’ has a rising accent. In polysyllabic words H is associated with one mora of one syllable, whereas the other syllables are automatically associated with L. The main reason why I gave up the above writing conventions has to do with the fact that in Indus Kohistani the tonetic contrast between rising and falling accent is partially neutralized on syllables with a short vowel under conditions described in the next section. It is, for instance, not neutralized when the syllable ends with an l: kul ‘grain’ has a falling accent and kul ‘people’ has a rising one. In graphemic mora representation this had to be written as k´ul ‘grain’ and kul´ ‘people’. Though there is no reason to say that on an abstract level H cannot be either associated with a vowel or a consonant, the medium of tonetic realization is in both cases the vowel only. Another problem is this: Indus Kohistani has both short and long monophthongs and diphthongs. With a moraic interpretation, long diphthongs had to be regarded as trimoric. But since the two accents show the same behavior with long monophthongs as they do with long diphthongs, the long vowel of a monophthong had to be regarded as a complex unit and the long vowel of the long diphthong as a simple unit. This is highly undesirable. And another problem is this: words of the form CV have always the falling accent in Indus Kohistani (see next section). Thus the words be ‘we’ and na ‘not’ both have a falling accent. Both words have under certain conditions allomorphs with long vowels. Then, however, b¯e has still a falling accent, whereas n¯a has a rising accent. There is, at first sight, no way to graphically express this underlying accent difference between be and na when a monotonic way of notation is used. Although autosegmental phonology does provide solutions to problems of this kind, it should be clear by now that the complicated ways of representation it requires are part of a phonology chapter in the grammar but cannot be used in a dictionary.

26 3.

Technical aspects of the dictionary

Some pitch accent rules

In order to understand the many changes and shifts of the two accents found in the dictionary, it is necessary to get acquainted with the following selection of pitch accent-rules. 1. The rising accent is graphemically presented as v´ , the falling accent as v` (but see my above comments on the usual graphemic location of the accent on the preceding consonant in B). 2. Each morpheme contains one syllable either with a rising or a falling accent. 3. The tonetic contrast between rising and falling accent is neutralized: (a) on short monophthongs and diphthongs in polysyllabic words (b) on short monophthongs and diphthongs in monosyllabic words if they do not end in n, m, r, l, r. (c) on short monophthongs and diphthongs in monosyllabic words in wordfinal position 4. The tonetic contrast between rising and falling accent is sustained: (a) on long monophthongs and diphthongs (b) on short monophthongs and diphthongs in monosyllabic words if they end in n, m, r, l, r. 5. In case of tonetic neutralization neither the rising nor the falling accent appears exclusively. Instead, the appearance of the rising or the falling accent is regulated by the immediate phonological environment, i.e. generally by the following consonant. For instance, a free morpheme with an accent-carrying syllable of the form -vp has always the rising accent -´vp, whereas a free morpheme with an accent-carrying syllable of the form -vs has always the falling accent -`vs. Note: although the kind of tonetic neutralization is unambiguous in many cases, there are some cases where the pitch graphs yielded no clear results (e.g. very slightly rising contours in one pitch graph record alternating with very slightly falling contours in the next record) despite much effort. Thus the dictionary occasionally contains “contradicting” forms. They reflect, however, the tonetic facts. 6. The falling accent of a lexeme is always static, but the rising accent of a lexeme in ultima position shifts to the right in case a declinational suffix is

Some pitch accent rules

27

added. The suffix, however, has to be part of the word (it has to be a layer I suffix, cf. Masica 1991: 232ff. on the notion of layer I suffixes). Example: azm e
x ‘an examination’ → azm ex`ah ‘examinations’. 7. A consequence of 6. is (a) that an underlying rising tone may tonetically be a falling tone in certain cases of neutralization. In this case he still behaves like a rising tone and shifts in declension to the right in case a layer I suffix is added. Inversely, (b) an underlying falling tone may phonetically be a rising tone in certain cases of neutralization. In this case it still behaves like a falling tone and does not shift to the right in case a layer I suffix is added. An example for (a): [b2s] ‘a bus’ → [b2s`ah ] ‘busses’. According to the above rules, the underlying process has the form /b´as/ → /bas´a/. In the singular form the underlying rising accent is tonetically changed into the falling one because on short vowels before -s always only the tonetically falling accent appears. Underlyingly, however, it is the rising accent, otherwise no shift could occur. The shifted accent then has again tonetically a falling contour on the suffix, because on short final vowels only the tonetically falling accent is allowed to appear (see above). An example for (b): [dh2
ph ] ‘a blow’ → [dh2
pah ] ‘blows’. Here the underlying process has the form /dh`ap/ → /dh`apa/. 8. All lemmata showing an accent behavior as described under 7. are marked in the dictionary with the words “note accent.” This indicates that the behavior of the accent (shift or non-shift) is due to an inverse relationship between the underlying form of the accent (rising or falling) and its surface form (falling or rising). 9. The words “note accent” or “note unusual accent” are also employed in those (not too many) cases where the accent behaves in a way which cannot be explained by any rule. 10. In compounding, reduplication and derivation accents usually change their value. This is independent of the fact whether the accent of the free morpheme is tonetically neutralized or not. Change of accent is also an important means to realize different verbal moods. Examples: d ıs ‘a day’ → d
ıs ‘during the day’; 2
kh ‘one’ plus 2y˜ c.a ‘having an eye’ → 2kh 2y˜ c.a ‘(a) one-eyed (person)’; ui´av˜ ‘to place’ → s`uh uia th ‘he places (s.th.)’ → s`uh uiA
th ‘he lets (s.o.) place (s.th.)’. 11. In case a layer II suffix, e.g. a postposition (cf. Masica op. cit.), is added

28

Technical aspects of the dictionary

to a lexeme, then the accent of the suffix is completely suppressed. Example: za˙ng2
l ‘a forest’ plus m2z ‘in’ → za˙ngl`a-m2z ‘in the forest’. 12. In the other compounds there is not complete suppression of one of the accents, but one observes a hierarchy: one accent dominates (it is called nucleus), whereas the other accent(s) has (have) a lower energy level. This is independent from whether the involved accents are rising or falling. Wherever possible, this hierarchy has been marked in the dictionary. An abbreviation “(n1)” means that the nucleus is on the first word, “(n2)” means that the nucleus is on the second word, etc. In very many cases the values and the places of the accents change in the process of compounding: cˇ h`ık p2t
ı (n2) ‘a card game with six players’ ← cˇ hik`ah and p2t¯ı. This is to be read: the compound cˇ h`ık p2t
ı has the main accent on the second word. It is built of cˇ hik`ah and p2t¯ı, in both words this leads to a shift of the place of the accent, and in case of the second word also the value of the accent changes from falling to rising. 13. Oscillation: in case of short and long diphthongs the onset of the accent is usually on the first component of the diphthong. The onset of the diphthong shifts, however, onto the second component in the following cases: (a) when the coda consists of a consonant plus an ultrashort vowel (b) when the second component of the diphthong is an accent-bearing grammeme: gu`ıli ‘a flat bread’ but u` ¯ı ‘udder’; s`uh `ıa  b e
th ‘he comes  continuously’ but s`uh uia  b e
th ‘he wraps continuously (a shawl around himself)’.

4.

Further technical details

1. Whenever a lemma is unmarked with regard to language affiliation it automatically means that it is a lemma from Jij¯al¯ı. 2. The vowels 2 and a are allophones in all languages. In Sˇ there is an additional tendency to pronounce this phoneme as 3 and in B sometimes as @. There exists at least a certain tendency to regulate the appearance of these allophones within one and the same word according to certain euphonic rules. For instance, if a word contains two a phonemes, then all four lanˇ show a certain tendency to pronounce one guages and dialects (J, G, B, S) phoneme slightly closer than the other. The same tendency also exists to a lesser degree with regard to the other vowels. The languages J and G, for instance, differ however with regard to which of the allophones they

Further technical details

29

usually prefer. J prefers the closer allophone, whereas G prefers the more open allophone. 3. Whenever a nominal form can add a direct case plural suffix, this has been listed in the dictionary: the plural ending is separated from the singular lexeme by a comma. Thus: bA G, -ah ‘garden’ is to be read as bA G ‘a garden’ and bA Gah ‘gardens’; b¯aGvA
n, -`ah ‘gardener’ is to be read as b¯aGvA
n ‘a gardener’ and b¯aGvA n`ah ‘(several) gardeners’. (a) Many words have more than one way of building a direct plural. This has usually been noted in the dictionary. It appears, however, that there exists a very high degree of fluctuation among the native speakers with regard to the use of different plural forms. Example (i): a˙ng2
r., -`ah or -
ı ‘courtyard’ is to be read as a˙ng2
r. ‘a courtyard’ and a˙ng2r.a` h ‘(several) courtyards’ and a˙ng2r.
ı ‘(several) courtyards’. Example (ii): ghu´ıri gA
l, . . . gal`ah or . . . galu
, -o
(n2) n.f. ‘a cuckoo’. This is to be  only the second component of the compound inflects (therefore read: the dots). It forms the plural in two ways: (a) shortening of the long vowel and adding of -`ah in the plural; (b) instead of singular gA
l also singular galu
is possible which changes into galo
in the plural. There is the additional information that the main accent (nucleus) is located on the second component. (b) Sometimes both components of a compound change from singular to plural: c.hir2y˜ k¯ort.u
‘a milk bucket’ but c.her2v˜ k¯ort.o
‘(several) milk buckets’. (c) Sometimes a second plural ending is redundantly added: 2y
c.hi ‘an eye’ → a c.  or a c.`ıah ‘eyes’. In this example the noun stem takes on its non-palatalized (original) form in the plural. (d) It appears that at least some of those relatively few words ending in the singular in -`ah are actually old plural forms. If they add the plural ending -
ı the -`ah is deleted: ku˙ca` h , -
ı ‘narrow village lane’ is to be read ku˙ca` h ‘a narrow village lane’ and ku˙c
ı ‘(several) narrow village lanes’. (e) In the other cases no deletion takes place: ku c˙ , -ah ‘plait curled into a bun’ means that the plural is ku c˙ ah ‘plaits curled into buns’. (f) Other forms of constructing the plural are listed in the dictionary. They are also separated by a comma from the direct singular. Thus: d ıs, d`ıs ‘day’ is to be read as d ıs ‘a day’ and d`ıs ‘(several) days’. (g) Note that when a word ends with an ultrashort vowel in the nominative singular, then it loses that vowel in the direct plural and in the oblique

30

Technical aspects of the dictionary

forms. Thus: baˇs2y` li , -ah ‘flute’ is to be read as baˇs2y` li ‘a flute’ and baˇs2ylah ‘(several) flutes’. (h) Other forms of syncope are either listed in the dictionary or they are explained in the grammar. (i) A partly devoiced (or lax) consonant in word-final position in singular is pronounced fully voiced in plural: e g ‘a sheep’ → egah ‘(many) sheep’. (j) The oblique singular and plural endings are usually regular and not listed in the dictionary. Only irregular forms have been given. They are separated from the direct singular or plural ending by a semicolon. Thus: pat2n˙ g
ı; -2v˜ ‘moth’ is to be read as pat2n˙ g
ı ‘a moth; (several) moths’ and pat2n˙ g
ı2v˜ ‘of a moth; of moths’. This is irregular, because a right shift of the accent was to be expected. 4. Many adjectives have different masculine and feminine forms. They are either listed at their respective places in the dictionary (with cross-reference) or they are grouped together in the following way: bhiy2
.th adj.m. – adj.f. bhiy2y´.thi ‘fearful, anxious, timid; terrible’. This is to be read as bhiy2
.th ‘(a) fearful (man)’ and bhiy2y´.thi ‘(a) fearful (woman)’. Another example: gut.u` m (G, J) adj.m. – adj.f. gut.u`ımi (J), gut.u´ mi (G); Sˇ gut.u` mo ‘deep’. Sh. and Bur. gut.u´ mo, D.. Got.u;m ‘deep’. Perh. Dravidian. Cf. Tamil kut..tam ‘depth, pond’ (DED 1389) and semantics of next entry. This is to be read: Gab¯ar (G) and Jij¯al¯ı (J) have practically identical adj.m. forms, but their ˇ at.o¯ t.i (S) ˇ has a slightly different adj.m. adj.f. forms differ from each other. S¯ form and does not seem to have a separate adj.f. form. This information is supplemented with parallels from Shina, Burushaski and D.omaak´ı. Then an etymological background is suggested, and finally a cross-reference is provided.

5.

The verbal paradigms

The conjugation of Indus Kohistani verbs is characterized by many irregular and unpredictable forms. Moreover, since it is not expected that the general reader has a complete knowledge of the grammar of the Indus Kohistani verb, the verbs in the dictionary are listed with many finite and participial forms. However, in order to avoid an unnecessary inflation it was decided to provide only the verbs of the first third of the dictionary with comprehensive lists of the finite and participial forms. Paradigms of the verbs of the remaining part

The verbal paradigms

31

of the dictionary mainly contain the irregular forms. In most cases it is not predictable whether a verb (be it intransitive or transitive) is associated with the rising or the falling accent. It is thus necessary to quote a present tense form. Although there is a strong tendency that when the present tense (be it intransitive or transitive) has the rising accent, the aorist has the suffix -a
, and when it has the falling accent, the aorist has the suffix - e
. Nevertheless there are a number of exceptions. Therefore the aorist forms are regularly quoted. Similar considerations with regard to continuous aktionsart and other verbal categories caused me to quote them in all paradigms. Almost all the finite and participial forms are from Jij¯al¯ı. A verbal paradigm is easily located, because the infinitive appears in boldface. The form of the infinitive is followed by a figure indicating the number of moods the verb can realize. This is followed by the “default mood”, i.e. the mood the native speakers of Indus Kohistani regard as the basic one. Then the various finite and participial forms are listed. This is frequently supplemented by additional examples and by parallels from other languages. Finally, if possible, the origin of the verb is given. Example of a paradigm from the dictionary: bic.hA
v˜ (4m) v.t. ‘to weave (cloth); to pull (newly sheared or old) wool flocks apart’. The paradigm contains some hab. forms which are no longer semantically distinguished from the tr. forms. Pres. hab. m. s`uh bic.ho 
th ‘he weaves (s.th.)’. Pres. hab. f. s`uh bic.hv2y´ thi ‘she weaves (s.th.)’. Pres. tr. s`uh bic.ha th ‘he weaves (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh bic.hia
th ‘he causes (s.o) to weave (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh biz.za th ‘it gets woven’. Fut. pass. s`uh biz.z`as.2th or bic.h´uizs.2th ‘it will be woven’. Aor. hab. m. s`uh bic.ho 
l or bic.h2
v˜ ‘he wove (s.th.)’. ´˜¯ i ‘she wove (s.th.)’. Aor. hab. f. s`uh bic.hoel Aor. tr. s2
y˜ bic.h e
or bic.h`ıli ‘he wove (s.th.)’. Bur. buy´eec.o ‘Weber’, Sh. buye
e˜ c.o (do.). The hab. forms suggest verbal derivation from an original nominal form ‘weaving, weaver’, thus < *vayitraka- (11307). The verb can also be used nominally with kar2
v˜ . This is to be read thus: the verb can realize four moods “(4m)” (habilitative [with different forms for masculine and feminine, and own forms in various

32

Technical aspects of the dictionary

tenses], transitive, causative, passive), and the “default mood” is transitive. After the listing of the finite forms, some parallels from other languages are quoted and a probable origin of the verb is suggested. Note (a): Habilitative verbs or verbs containing habilitative forms are contracted forms of old conjunct verbs consisting of an adjective and the auxiliary ho- ‘be’ (Indus Kohistani auxiliaries do not have an infinitive). They basically express a typical habit of the subject, although this meaning tends to fade away now. Note (b): Indus Kohistani does not have a “progressive” form corresponding to Urdu rah¯a (Eng. -ing). One of its relatively few compound verb constructions uses biy
2v ‘to go’ to realize a continuous aktionsart. As the forms of the main verb of this construction are frequently irregular, they are usually quoted in the dictionary. Note (c): There are a few Indus Kohistani verbs with an anticausative mood. This is discussed in detail in the grammar. Here it suffices to say that on a formal level they are part of a fourfold accent contrast: when a transitive verb has also an intransitive form, then the transitive verb must have the rising accent and the intransitive form the falling accent. But when a transitive verb has also an anticausative form, then it is the other way round: the transitive verb must have the falling accent and the anticausative form the rising accent. Semantically the difference between intransitive and anticausative can be illustrated with the verb ‘to cross a river’. In an intransitive sense it means that a person crosses a river, for instance, by walking over a bridge. In an anticausative sense it means that the person crosses the river, for instance, sitting in a ferry or on the shoulder of someone who crosses the river. As there are only very few anticausative verbs in Indus Kohistani, my impression is that this category is on the verge of extinction. Note (d): Many verbs distinguish between two types of past participles. A very similar difference is known also from Urdu and can be illustrated with the Urdu verb karn¯a ‘to do’. What is quoted in the paradigms with the abbreviation part. perf.1 corresponds to Urdu kiy¯a ‘done’, and what is quoted with the abbreviation part. perf.2 corresponds to Urdu kiy¯a hu¯a ‘already done’. In a few cases, however, my language consultants insisted that the morphological difference does not denote a difference corresponding to Urdu kiy¯a and kiy¯a hu¯a, but denotes a difference between masculine and feminine subject. This has always been noted in the dictionary, even though I have yet no explanation for this.

Remarks on different alphabetical orders

33

Reading the forms of the verbal paradigms, two more points ought to be noted: (a) a strong tendency of the habilitative (hab.) forms to be used like indicative forms (in a number of cases I suspect that the old hab. paradigm is on the way of being “regularized” with a normal itr. or tr. paradigm), (b) a partial collapse of finite forms in non-present tenses. For instance, it is fairly common that a present-tense distinction between a transitive and a causative form collapses in the future tense: without distinction both forms are used to express future transitive. Unless the adhortative (adh. meaning: “please do s.th.”) is not further specified regarding mood, its “default mood” is transitive. The data have been presented in a concise, but structured manner. For instance, when two or three nouns from varieties of Indus Kohistani have (partially) the same gender, then the gender is given only once after the last noun. For instance: 2r.-˙ca 
n (J) (n2) n.f.; ar.-˙ca¯ n (G); a` r.-˙ca n (B) n.m. ‘half-moon’ is to be read: the compound-word for ‘half-moon’ is n.f. in J, but n.m. in G and B. The example contains the additional information that the accent nucleus is on the second word of the compound in J. Note: In many cases the gender of the G words could not be determined because the language consultant, an elderly man, could not deal with this type of question.

6.

Remarks on different alphabetical orders

It was decided to adapt the alphabetic ordering generally used in Indo-Aryan languages which is based on the Sanskrit alphabet. This is not in accordance with the scholarly tradition started by Morgenstierne, who used an extended Roman alphabet for Iranian, Nuristan, and Dardic languages. My decision is mainly based on two arguments. First, the Roman alphabet does not follow systematic principles based on the natural sound classes, which the Sanskrit alphabet does. Thus I do not see why I should apply a non-scientific principle in a linguistic dictionary of Indus Kohistani when even the ordinary dictionaries of neighboring Punjabi use a scientifically structured alphabet. Second, it seems that every scholar who followed Morgenstierne’s decision, felt free to extend the basic Roman alphabetic ordering according to his or her personal predilections. Morgenstierne’s word lists start with the vowels,

34

Technical aspects of the dictionary

not ordered according to the succession of the vowels in the Roman alphabet but according to the subsequent consonants. This was not continued by later scholars. They, however, differ from each other in the alphabetical order of the affricates and fricatives. Some have cˇ , c˙ , c., others have c˙ , cˇ , c., and again others have cˇ , c., ts with the last letter ordered after t. Some have  in one place and z together with z. in another, whereas others have  and .j in one place, and z in another, etc. All this does not help examining the parallels and differences between the phonemic systems of the languages of north-western South Asia. I therefore want to plead for the future use of the Sanskrit alphabet at least for the Dardic and Nuristan languages.

7.

Remarks on the transcription

There is actually a phonetic reason for the apparent confusion regarding the alphabetic order of affricates and fricatives, a reason common to most of the languages of northern Pakistan. I devoted some time of my field research to a comparison of the pronunciation of these sounds in the Kohistani languages, in Shina, Burushaski, Khowar and the Pashto of the Swat valley. The results, which I discuss in detail in the grammar, are that there is a strong tendency in word-initial position to pronounce z and z. as voiced fricatives and to pronounce  as an affricate. The phoneme  is, however, usually pronounced as a fricative word-finally. There thus exists a common asymmetry between voiced and voiceless affricates/fricatives and within the class of voiced affricates/fricatives in many languages of northern Pakistan.11 The asymmetry is due to an lenition process which is more advanced in case of the voiced phonemes than in case of the voiceless phonemes. In this dictionary I have ignored this largely phonetic phenomenon in the sense that I only use the graphemes z, zˇ, z. without graphically expressing that only zˇ is always pronounced as an affricate in word-initial position in Indus Kohistani. The reader is requested to keep this in mind. In the graphic representation of the lemmata I have tried to follow a middle way between the level of phonetic transcription and the abstract systematic levels. With “middle way” I mean a representation which does not lose itself in a multitude of phonetic details but still stays close to the actual pronunciations. This also means that the representations are redundant to a certain degree. Thus I have regularly written word-final aspiration with an exponent h, as for instance in s`uh ‘he’, even though its appearance or non-appearance is

Alphabetic order

35

described by a few simple rules. It must be noted, however, that there is fluctuation in the automatic word-final aspiration of voiceless affricates. Similar redundant representations are the word-final ultrashort vowels (also written with exponent). They too are usually predictable, however, not always. And basically the same holds true for word-final devoicing of voiced segments, nasalization of vowels between nasal consonants, and other predictable phenomena.

8.

Alphabetic order

The graphemes employed in the dictionary are those commonly used in South Asian linguistics and largely correspond with the conventions found in the works of R. L. Turner. (a) The vowels a (with its allophones 2, 3 and @) i, u, e, E, o. Note that Gab¯ar has also the vowel O which is alphabetically ordered after o. All vowels also have lengthened counterparts marked by macron, e.g. ¯ı. Nasalized vowels are marked with a tilde, e.g. ˜ı, ı . Nasalized vowels follow the oral vowels in the alphabet. As there are short and long monophthongs there are short and long diphthongs in Indus Kohistani, e.g.: au, a¯u, a¯ u. Note, however, that the two short diphthongs au and ai are, in accordance with their pronunciation, graphically represented as 2v and 2y. In most cases nasalized diphthongs have phonetically only the second part nasalized. This is also graphically shown: ghu 
ıli c˙ u`ı.thi . Most languages and dialects of Indus Kohistan have ultrashort unvoiced vowels. Their occurrence is mostly predictable (see grammar), although there are some very few cases where they realize phonemic contrasts. Graphically they are represented as exponents: ghus.´ıli . Umlaut vowels are common in B and occasionally heard in G. They are represented by superscribed dots: o¨ . In B also centralized allophones of the vowel phonemes occur. They are represented by a sub- or superscribed dot: u., .

36

Technical aspects of the dictionary

(b) The consonants

k kh x q g gh G

c˙ c˙ h cˇ cˇ h c. c.h z zh zˇ

zˇ h

z. z.h .t .th

unvoiced velar stop unvoiced aspirated velar stop unvoiced velar fricative unvoiced uvular stop voiced velar stop voiced aspirated velar stop voiced velar fricative unvoiced dental affricate unvoiced aspirated dental affricate unvoiced palatal affricate unvoiced aspirated palatal affricate unvoiced retroflex affricate unvoiced aspirated retroflex affricate voiced dental fricative voiced aspirated dental fricative voiced palatal affricate (word-initially) or fricative (word-finally) voiced aspirated palatal affricate (word-initially) or fricative (word-finally) voiced retroflex fricative voiced aspirated retroflex fricative unvoiced retroflex stop unvoiced aspirated retroflex stop

d. voiced retroflex stop d.h voiced aspirated retroflex stop r. voiced flap (word-medially and -finally) t unvoiced dental stop th unvoiced aspirated dental stop d voiced dental stop dh voiced aspirated dental stop n dental nasal consonant p unvoiced bilabial stop ph unvoiced aspirated bilabial stop f unvoiced bilabial fricative b voiced bilabial stop bh voiced aspirated bilabial stop m bilabial nasal consonant mh bilabial aspirated nasal consonant y voiced palatal approximant r voiced dental trill rh voiced dental aspirated trill r. voiced flap (word-initially) l voiced dental lateral approximant lh voiced aspirated dental lateral approximant v voiced bilabial approximant s dental sibilant sˇ palatal sibilant s. retroflex sibilant h unvoiced velar fricative

Note: Indus Kohistani has a phoneme n. which is, however, mostly realized as r. plus nasalization of the preceding vowel. The dictionary entries represent the actual pronunciation. Thus one finds kha r. and not kh¯an..

Abbreviations and symbols

37

It has already been mentioned that (in isolated speech) J words ending with unvoiced stops or certain unvoiced affricates are mostly pronounced with a slight aspiration at the end. Graphically this is shown thus: 2
kh . On the other hand, the voiced consonants at the end of J words are pronounced in isolation with a certain tendency for devoicing. The detailed rules are described in the grammar. In the dictionary it is indicated by a sub- or superscribed circle: gu`ıli , e g. In case of word-final voiced stops, e.g. in ad2d, the subscribed cir  slight delay in the cle does not only mean a tendency for devoicing but also release of the plosion. Phonetically closely related with this phenomenon is the pronunciation of voiced and unvoiced stops in B, where there is (in isolated pronunciation) a very distinct delay in the release of the plosion. This is graphically shown in the following way: a` n.d.^. The same grapheme is used to ´a^l1 . Normally indicate the creaky voice in B words heard once in a while: ph¯ nasalization of a vowel is indicated by a tilde above the vowel. In some B words the tilde had to be placed to the right of the vowel due to technical reasons, e.g. c.u
˜ ‘to give’. 9.

Transliteration of Pashto words

A large part of the Pashto alphabet coincides with the above alphabet and needs no further explanation. But note that the Pashto consonant Dze is trans´ Xin ´ as s.ˇ. literated as dz and the consonant Xe, 10. 10.1.

Abbreviations and symbols General

Several abbreviations of grammatical terms are illustrated with examples from Urdu. This does not, however, mean that there is an exact equivalence of the corresponding Indus Kohistani and Urdu categories. In fact, frequently it is not so.

38 acaus. acc. adh. adj. adj.f. adj.m. adv. aor. Atlas ATR attr. aux. C Ci or Cu

Ch

˚ C or C



caus. comp. cond. conj. cont. contr. conv. corr. dat.

Technical aspects of the dictionary

anticausative according adhortative mood adjective adjective with feminine inflection adjective with masculine inflection adverb aorist tense. Ur. usne kiy¯a, vah gay¯a see Fussman 1972 advanced tongue root attributive auxiliary a consonant a word ending in a consonant followed by an ultrashort voiceless vowel a word-final consonant followed by an automatic slight aspiration lax articulation with devoicing tendency and, in case of unvoiced stops, with delayed release causative compound conditional conjunction continuous aktionsart contrafactive mood converb (absolutive) corresponding dative case

DED

def.pron. dimin. do.

erg. ex. excl. ext. f. fem. fut. fut. II gen. ger. H hab. HL H(L) Hy i. imp. impf. int. int.part. interj. intens. itr.

A Dravidian etymological dictionary by Thomas Burrow and Murray B. Emeneau definite pronoun diminutive ditto (usually in the sense of “same meaning”) ergative example exclamation extension (usually by a [redundant] suffix) feminine feminine future tense futurum exactum genitive gerundive a high or rising tone or accent in Kalam. habilitative aktionsart a high to low tone in Kalam. a delayed high to low tone in Kalam. a high tone with vowel lengthening in Kalam. intransitive imperative imperfect tense interrogative interrogative particle (at end of sentence) interjection intensive intransitive

Abbreviations and symbols

L

a low or falling tone or accent in Kalam. LH a low to high tone in Kalam. lit. literally lw. loanword Ly a low tone with vowel lengthening in Kalam. m. masculine N a nasal consonant n. a noun that can be constructed either with male or female concord (n1), (n2)... a syntactic group with the main accent on the first word, on the second, etc. n.f. feminine noun nom. nominative n.m. masculine noun obl. oblique case onom. onomatopoetic part. particle part. perf. perfect participle (Ur. kiy¯a or kiy¯a hu¯a) part. perf.1 perfect participle1 (Ur. kiy¯a) part. perf.2 perfect participle2 (Ur. kiy¯a hu¯a) part. pres. present participle (Ur. karte hue) pass. passive perf. perfect tense perh. perhaps pers.pron. personal pronoun pl. plural pl.tant. plurale tantum plup. pluperfect tense

postp. PP, pp. prec. pref. prep. pres. pret. prob. pron.adv. refl. pron.int. pron.poss. pron.rel. refl. refl.pron. (rf)

Rs. RTR subj. TBU tr. V Vh

´ V ` V v.acaus.

39 postposition past participle preceding (entry) prefix preposition present tense preterite tense probably reflexive pronominal adverb interrogative pronoun possessive pronoun relative pronoun reflexive reflexive pronoun “rising-falling”: a word with a short vowel (usually between two voiceless consonants) with no clear accent contour on the pitch graph Rupees retracted tongue root subjunctive mood Tone-Bearing Unit transitive a short vowel (monophthong) a word-final vowel followed by an automatic slight aspiration a vowel with a rising accent a vowel with a falling accent anticausative mood

40

Technical aspects of the dictionary

v.aux. v.hab. v.i. v.imp.

an auxiliary verb a habilitative verb an intransitive verb a verb in imperative mood a transitive verb

v.t. < ←

*

†* ** word1 , word2 (1m),(2m) 10.2.

VV

(compounded verbal expressions are not marked in this way) a long vowel (monophthong)

historically deriving from OIA (it is usually followed by a number referring to the lemma in Turner’s etymological dictionary) synchronically deriving from; designates also loanwords with a certain degree of difference in meaning and/or form between source language and Indus Kohistani appears either before a diachronically reconstructed form (representing an historically older stage) or before a synchronically reconstructed form (i.e. an underlying form which is reconstructed on the basis of synchronic morphonological alternations) denotes a new reconstructed head-word in Turner’s Addenda and corrigenda denotes in the Old Indo-Aryan–Indus Kohistani index a reconstruction by this author enumeration of homonyms (however, only homonyms of the same language are marked this way, and different accents are not considered) a verb with the faculty to realize one mood, two moods, etc.

Languages and dialects

In order to graphically express the distinction between the primary data from languages and dialects of District Kohistan from data from other languages, only the former are abbreviated with single capital letters without a period. In order to avoid an inflation of the size of the dictionary the sources of quoted parallels from other languages have only been given in exceptional cases. A. Ar. A´s.

Assamese Arabic A´sokan, i.e. the language

Ash.

of the inscriptions of A´soka Ashkun (Nuristani)

Abbreviations and symbols

Av. B Bad. Bal. bhad. Bhoj. BHS Bi. bng. Bshk. Bur. Dm. D.. dub. Eng. eur. G G. Gandh. Gaw. Gy. H. IA II Ir. Ishk. J jij. Kab. Kal.

Avestan Bhat.¯ıse (also called Bat.er.a) (Dardic) Badaxsh¯an¯ı (Iranian) Bal¯ucˇ¯ı (Iranian) Bhadraw¯ah¯ı dialect of West Pah¯ar.¯ı Bhojpur¯ı Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Bih¯ar¯ı Ba˙ng¯an.i dialect of West Pah¯ar.¯ı Bashkar¯ık (Dardic) Burushaski Dameli (Nuristani-Dardic) D.umaak´ı the Dub¯er variety of Indus Kohistani English European Gypsy Gab¯ar (also called Gowro) (Dardic) Gujar¯at¯ı G¯andh¯ar¯ı Gawar-Bati (Dardic) Gypsy, Romani Hindi Indo-Aryan Indo-Iranian Iranian Ishk¯ashm¯ı (Iranian) the Jij¯al¯ı variety of Indus Kohistani the Jij¯al¯ı variety of Indus Kohistani Kabuli Persian Kalas.a (Dardic)

Kal. rumb. Kalam. Kam. Kan. kgr. Kha´s. Kho. Ko. Kt. ky. L. lov. l.rudh.

Mai. MIA Mj. mult. NIA Niˇs. ng. OIA OIr. OP. Or. Orm. Oss. P. pal.

41

Rumb¯ur dialect of Kalas.a Kalam Kohistani (Dardic) K¯amviri (Nuristani) Kanarese K¯an˙ gr¯a sub-dialect of the D.ogr¯ı dialect of Punjabi Kha´sa¯ l¯ı dialect of West Pah¯ar.¯ı Khowar (Dardic) Ko˙nkan.¯ı Kati (Nuristani) Kanyaw¯al¯ı dialect of Indus Kohistani Lahnd¯a the Lovari dialect of Gypsy Low Rudh¯ar¯ı sub-dialect of the Kha´sa¯ l¯ı dialect of West Pah¯ar.¯ı Maiy a (Dardic) Middle Indo-Aryan Munj¯ı (Iranian) Mult¯an¯ı dialect of Western Punjabi New Indo-Aryan Nishey al¯a, a Nuristani language of Waigal the Nagar dialect of Burushaski Old Indo-Aryan Old Iranian Old Punjabi Or.iy¯a ¯ Ormur .¯ı (Iranian) Ossetic (Iranian) Punjabi Palestinian dialect of Gypsy of the Nawar

42 Par. Paˇs. Paˇs.ar. Paˇs.kur.. Paˇs.nir. pat.t.. PD Pers. Phal. PIK Pk. P.kgr. PN Port. P.pot. Pr. Pr.Ar. Psht. Rom. Rp. rudh.

S S. Sang. Sant. Sˇ

Technical aspects of the dictionary

Parachi (Iranian) Pashai (Dardic) Areti dialect of Pashai Kur.a˙ngali dialect of Pashai Nirl¯am¯ı dialect of Pashai the Pat.t.an variety of Indus Kohistani Proto Dardic Persian Phal¯ur.a (Dardic) Proto Indus Kohistani Prakrit the K¯an˙ gr¯a sub-dialect of Punjabi Proto Nuristani Portuguese the Pot.oh¯ar¯ı (Pot.hw¯ar¯ı) dialect of Punjabi Prasun (Nuristani) Proto Aryan Pashto Romani Ra˙ng pO of Garhwal (mixed Tibetan-Garhwali) Rudh¯ar¯ı sub-dialect of the Kha´sa¯ l¯ı dialect of West Pah¯ar.¯ı the Seo variety of Indus Kohistani Sindhi Sanglechi (Iranian) Sant¯al¯ı (Munda) ˇ at.o¯ t.¯ı, a dialect of the S¯ central variety of Indus Kohistani formerly spoken in twenty to thirty ˇ at.o¯ t. households in village S¯ between the beginning of

Sak. Sar. s´eu.

Sh. or Sh.gil. Sh.ast. Sh.chil. Sh.koh. gur. Sh.pal. Sh.saz. Shgh. Taj. Tam. Tel. Tir. Tor. Turk. Ur. waz. weg. Wg. WKc. Wkh. Wot.. WPah. WPah. bhad.

the Rondu gorge and Rondu town (the households are since 1988 dispersed mainly in the two villages of Par.i Bangla and Jaglot.) Saka (Iranian) Sar¯ıkol¯ı (Iranian) ´ .¯ı sub-dialect of the Seut Kha´sa¯ l¯ı dialect of West Pah¯ar.¯ı the Shina dialect of Gilgit (Dardic) the Shina dialect of Astor the Shina dialect of Chil¯as the Kohist¯an¯ı and Gur¯es¯ı dialects of Shina the Shina dialect of P¯alas the Shina dialect of Sazin Shughn¯ı (Iranian) Tajiki (Iranian) Tamil Telugu Tir¯ah¯ı (Dardic) T¯orw¯al¯ı (Dardic) Turkish Urdu Waziri dialect of Pashto Wegali dialect of Pashai Waigal¯ı (Nuristani) Western Koc¯ı (West Pah¯ar.¯ı) Wakhi (Iranian) Wot.ap¯ur¯ı (Dardic) West Pah¯ar.¯ı the Bhadraw¯ah¯ı dialect of West Pah¯ar.¯ı

43

Notes

WPah. bhal. WPah. bhid.. WPah. jaun.

11.

the Bhales¯ı dialect of West Pah¯ar.¯ı Bhid.l`a¯ı sub-dialect of the Bhadraw¯ah¯ı dialect of West Pah¯ar.¯ı the Jauns¯ar¯ı dialect of West Pah¯ar.¯ı (actually a mixed dialect with Central Pah¯ar.¯ı)

WPah. kc. WPah. kot.g. W.r.H. Ys. Yid.

the Koc¯ı dialect of West Pah¯ar.¯ı Kot.gar.h¯ı dialect of West Pah¯ar.¯ı Western regional Hind¯ı the Yasin dialect of Burushaski Yidgha (Iranian)

Notes

1. In the maps and in the literature one always meets the spelling Kandia or Kandi¯a. This is, however, based on a hearing mistake. 2. On the tonemic level both systems are quite similar (see grammar), but in the ears of the native speakers they sound very different. 3. But see Buddruss’ doubts regarding the pronunciation of sˇ and s. in Wot.ap¯ur¯ı (1960: 17– 18). In the grammar I will treat also the three corresponding affricates and fricatives in an historical context. 4. There are very few examples with th which is, in normal conversation, pronounced with a very weak aspiration. This is also the case in Wot.ap¯ur¯ı (Buddruss 1960: 17). 5. This appears to be an idealized differentiation (see Nelson 1986: 84) blurred by borrowings from Indic. 6. The examples quoted in the following tables are classified as Nuristani and Dardic without specifying their exact provenances. The following discussion ignores the fact that OIr. sˇ and xˇs, and OIA ks. derive from more than the two PIE clusters as this does not have any effect on the arguments. 7. But as a reflex of OIA ks. (!) (Fussman 1989b: 441). 8. Kohistanis do call, for instance, the main village of the Dub¯er settlement area (Dub er) gA  ‘(Dub¯er) village’ but gA  is here not used as an integral component of a place name. 9. Though phonetically possible, a connection of -´sal with OIA s´a
l¯a- ‘shed’ is unlikely, because then it had to appear much more frequently in Shina place names than it actually does. 10. For an outsider the Indus Kohistani falling accent is easily discernible, whereas it is the rising accent in Shina. 11. Interestingly, there exist also asymmetries between voiced and voiceless stops in Indus Kohistani. They are discussed in the grammar.

Chapter 3 References

Ambrosch, Gerd and Dieter W. Halwachs 2002 W¨orterbuch des Burgenland-Romani (Roman). Roman – Deutsch – Englisch; Deutsch – Roman; Englisch – Roman. Unter Mitarbeit von Katharina Deman, Ursula Glaeser, Michael Wogg. Arbeitsbericht 10 des Romani-Projekts. Verein Roma/Oberwart. Internet document: www-gewi.kfunigraz.ac.at/ romani. Baart, Joan L. G. 1997 The sounds and tones of Kalam Kohistani: with wordlist and texts. Islamabad: National Institute of Pakistan Studies and Summer Institute of Linguistics. (Studies in Languages of Northern Pakistan 1). 1999a A sketch of Kalam Kohistani grammar. Islamabad: National Institute of Pakistan Studies and Summer Institute of Linguistics. (Studies in Languages of Northern Pakistan 5). 1999b Tone rules in Kalam Kohistani (Garwi, Bashkarik). Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 62: 87–104. 2003 Tonal features in languages of northern Pakistan. In Joan L. G. Baart and Ghulam Hyder Sindhi (eds.), Pakistani languages and society: problems and prospects; pp. 132–144. Islamabad and Horsleys Green: National Institute of Pakistan Studies, Quaid-i-Azam University and Summer Institute of Linguistics. Backstrom, Peter C. 1992a Burushaski. Islamabad: National Institute of Pakistan Studies and Summer Institute of Linguistics. 1992b Domaaki. Islamabad: National Institute of Pakistan Studies and Summer Institute of Linguistics. In Peter C. Backstrom and Carla F. Radloff: Languages of Northern Areas (Sociolinguistic Survey of Northern Pakistan 2), 77–83. Bahl, Kali Charan 1957 Tones in Panjabi. Indian Linguistics 17: 139–147. 1957 Notes on tones in Western Punjabi (Lahanda). Indian Linguistics 18: 30–34. Bailey, Thomas Grahame 1924a Grammar of the Shina (s.in.a¯ ) language, consisting of a full grammar, with texts and vocabularies of the main or Gilgiti dialect and briefer grammars (with vocabularies and texts) of the Kohistani, Guresi and Drasi dialects. London: The Royal Asiatic Society. (Royal Asiatic Society Prize Publication Fund 8). 1924b Notes on Gilgit phonetics by Col. Lorimer. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 435–439. 1925a Are the four series (front t, d, r, n; back t, d, r, b; aspirates and non-aspirates) found in Shina? Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 87–93. 1925b Dentals and cerebrals in Shina. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 497–498. 1925c The sounds of Shina. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 3: 799–802.

46 1927

References

West Himalayan ‘bohri’ and Shina ‘bodu’. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 316 - 318. 1938 Studies in North Indian languages. London: Lund Humphries. Bailey, Harold Walter 1979 Dictionary of Khotan Saka. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Baloch, N. A. 1966 Some lesser known dialects of Kohistan. Dacca: Asiatic Society of Pakistan. In Muhammad Enamul Haqq (ed.), Shahidullah felicitation volume, 45–55. Barth, Fredrik 1956 Indus and Swat Kohistan: An ethnographic survey. Studies Honouring the Centennial of Universitetets Etnografiske Museum. Oslo 1857-1957; Vol. II. Oslo. Barth, Fredrik and Georg Morgenstierne 1958 Vocabularies and specimens of some S. E. Dardic dialects. Særtrykk av Norsk Tidsskrift for Sprogvidenskap 18: 118-136. Bartholomae, Christian 1904 Altiranisches W¨orterbuch. Strassburg: Karl J. Tr¨ubner. Bashir, Elena 1988 Topics in Kalasha syntax: an areal and typological perspective. Michigan: University of Michigan. (Ph.D. Dissertation). 1996 The areal position of Khowar: South Asian and other affinities. Karachi: Oxford University Press. E. Bashir and Israr-ud-Din (eds.), Proceedings of the second international Hindukush cultural conference, 19–23. 2001 Khowar-Wakhi contact relationship. Reinbek: Dr. Inge Wezler Verlag f¨ur Orientalistische Fachpublikationen. In Dirk W. L¨onne (ed.), Toh.fa-e-Dil. Festschrift Helmut Nespital, pp. 3–17. Bellew, Henry Walter 1880 (1979) The races of Afghanistan. Being a brief account of the principal nations inhabiting that country. Calcutta: 1880, Lahore: Sang-e-Meel publications 1979. Berger, Hermann 1954 Eine eigent¨umliche Analogiebildung im Verbum des Shina. M¨unchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 5: 84–90. 1959 Die Burushaski-Lehnw¨orter in der Zigeunersprache. Indo-Iranian Journal 3: 17–43. 1961 Die mit -ar- erweiterten Verben des Shina. Wiener Zeitschrift f¨ur die Kunde S¨ud- und Ostasiens 5: 53–67. 1964 Book review of Georg Buddruss: Kanyawali. Proben eines Maiy a-Dialektes aus Tangir (Hindukusch). Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenl¨andischen Gesellschaft 113: 375–376. 1966 Remarks on Shina loans in Burushaski. Lahore: Linguistics Research Group of Pakistan. Anwar S. Dil (ed.), Shahidullah presentation volume (Pakistani Linguistics Series 7), 79–88. 1974 Das Yasin-Burushaski (Werchikwar): Grammatik, Texte, W¨orterbuch. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz. (Neuindische Studien 3). 1983 Etymologische Bemerkungen zu einigen auf Geister und Geisterglauben bez¨ugliche W¨ortern im Burushaski. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner. Peter Snoy (ed.),

References

1994 1998 1998 1998

47

Ethnologie und Geschichte; Festschrift f¨ur Karl Jettmar (Beitr¨age zur S¨udasienforschung 86), 29–33. Kombinatorischer Lautwandel im Burushaski. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 19: 1–9. Die Burushaski-Sprache von Hunza und Nager; Teil 1: Grammatik. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag. (Neuindische Studien 13). ¨ Die Burushaski-Sprache von Hunza und Nager; Teil II: Texte mit Ubersetzungen. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag. (Neuindische Studien 13). Die Burushaski-Sprache von Hunza und Nager; Teil III: W¨orterbuch Burushaski-Deutsch, Deutsch-Burushaski. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag. (Neuindische Studien 13).

Bhatia, Tej K. 1975 The evolution of tones in Punjabi. Urbana, IL. Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 5. 2: 12 - 24. Biddulph, John 1971 (1880) Tribes of the Hindoo Koosh. Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt: Graz. Boretzky, Norbert and Birgit Igla 1994 W¨orterbuch Romani-Deutsch-Englisch f¨ur den s¨udosteurop¨aischen Raum: mit einer Grammatik der Dialektvarianten. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz. Bouda, Karl 1954 Buruschaski Etymologien I. Orbis 3: 228–230. 1964 Buruschaski Etymologien II. Orbis 13: 604–609. Buddruss, Georg 1959 Kanyawali; Proben eines Maiya -Dialektes aus Tangir (Hindukusch). In M¨unchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft, Beiheft B. 1960 Die Sprache von Wot.ap¯ur und Kat.a¯ rqal¯a: Linguistische Studien im afghanischen Hindukusch. Bonner Orientalistische Studien, N. S. 9. Bonn: Selbstverlag des Orientalischen Seminars der Universit¨at Bonn. 1964 Aus dardischer Volksdichtung. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz. In Georges Redard (ed.), Indo-Iranica; M´elanges pr´esent´es a` Georg Morgenstierne a` l’occasion de son soixante-dixi`eme anniversaire, 48–61. 1967 Die Sprache von Sau in Ostafghanistan: Beitr¨age zur Kenntnis des dardischen Phalura. M¨unchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft, Beiheft M. 1973 Archaisms in some modern Northwestern Indo-Aryan languages. New Delhi: Embassy of the Federal Republic. German Scholars on India 1: 31–49. 1974 Neuiranische Wortstudien: Zur Wakhi-Sprache in Hunza. M¨unchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 32: 9–40. 1975a Zur Benennung der Schlange in einigen nordwest-indischen Sprachen. M¨unchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 33: 7–14. 1975b G¯andh¯ar¯ı-Pr¯akrit chada “Ton”. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 1: 37–48. 1977 Nochmals zur Stellung der Nuristan-Sprachen des afghanischen Hindukusch. M¨unchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 36: 19–38. 1983a Neue Schriftsprachen im Norden Pakistans: Einige Beobachtungen. M¨unchen: Wilhelm Fink. In Assmann, Aleida, Jan Assmann and C. Hardmeier (eds.), Schrift und Ged¨achtnis: Beitr¨age zur Arch¨aologie der literarischen Kommunikation, 231 - 244.

48 1983b 1984 1985 1986 1993

1995

References Domaaki chot ‘Ton’, mit Beitr¨agen zur historischen Lautlehre. M¨unchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 42: 5–21. Domaaki-Nachtr¨age zum Atlas der Dard-Sprachen. M¨unchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 43: 9–24. Linguistic research in Gilgit and Hunza: Some results and perspectives. Journal of Central Asia 8.1: 27–32. Hindi phul, Domaaki phule. M¨unchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 47: 71–77. German linguistic research in the Northern Areas of Pakistan. Bonn. In ZingelAve Lallemant, Stefanie and Wolfgang-Peter Zingel (eds.), Neuere deutsche Beitr¨age zu Geschichte und Kultur Pakistans (Schriftenreihe des DeutschPakistanischen Forums 10), 38–49. ¨ Khowar matal: 50 Khowar-Sprichw¨orter; Transkription, kommentierte Ubersetzung, Glossar. St. Petersburg: Russian Academy of Sciences, Institute of Oriental Studies. Vasil’kov, J. V. and N. V. Gurov (eds.), Sth¯apaka´sraddham, Prof. G. A. Zograph Commemorative Volume, 162–179.

Bukhari, Tanvir 1989 Panj¯ab¯ı Urd¯u lugat. Lahore: Urdu Sa’ins Bord. (Silsilah-yi matbu’at No. 205). ¯ Burrow, Thomas 1973 The Proto-Indo-Aryans. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 123–140. Burrow, Thomas and S. Bhattacharya 1960 A comparative vocabulary of the Gondi dialects. Calcutta: The Asiatic Society. Burrow, Thomas and Murray B. Emeneau 1961 A Dravidian etymological dictionary. London: Oxford University Press. Cacopardo, Agusto 1999 Shamans and the sphere of the ‘pure’ among the Kalasha of the Hindu Kush. Venetian Academy of Indian Studies Series, No. 1. Venice: Venetian Academy of Indian Studies and New Delhi: D. K. Printworld. In Mastromattei, Romano and Antonio Rigopoulos (eds.), Shamanic cosmos: From India to the north pole star, 57–71. Cacopardo, Alberto M. and Augusto S. Cacopardo 2001 Gates of Peristan: History, religion, and society in the Hindu Kush. Rome: Instituto Italiano per l’Africa e l’Oriente. ˇ sule, Ilija. Caˇ 1998 Basic Burushaski etymologies: The Indo-European and Paleo-Balkanic affinities of Burushaski. M¨unchen: Lincom Europa. (LINCOM Etymological Studies 1). 2003 Burushaski names of body parts of Indo-European origin. In Central Asiatic Journal 47.1: 15–76. Clark, Graham E. 1977 Who were the Dards? A review of the ethnographic literature of the NorthWestern Himalaya. Kailash 5: 323–356. Crooke, William 1888 A rural and agricultural glossary for the N.-W. Provinces and Oudh. Calcutta: Superintendent of Government Printing.

References

49

Decker, Sandra J. 1992 Ushojo. In O’Leary, Clare F. (ed.) Sociolinguistic survey of Northern Pakistan 1: Languages of Kohistan, 65–80. Islamabad: National Institute of Pakistan Studies Quaid-i-Azam University and Summer Institute of Linguistics. Degener, Almuth 1998 Die Sprache von Nisheygram im afghanischen Hindukusch. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag. Din, Feroze 1906 Handbook on Chitrali and Gilgiti languages. Rawalpindi: The Northern Printing Works. Dixon, Robert M. W. 1997 The rise and fall of languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Dodkhudoev, R. 1972 Die Pamir-Sprachen; Zum Problem der Konvergenz. Mitteilungen des Instituts f¨ur Orientforschung zu Berlin 17: 463–470. Drew, F. 1875 The Jummoo and Kashmir territories: A geographical account. London: Duchesne-Guillemin. van Driem, George 2001 Languages of the Himalayas: An ethnolinguistic handbook of the greater Himalayan region, containing an introduction to the symbiotic theory of language. Leiden: Brill. Edel’man, Dˇzoj I. 1980 History of the consonant systems of the North-Pamir languages. Indo-Iranian Journal 22: 287-310. 1983 The Dardic and Nuristani languages. Moscow: “Nauka” Publishing House. Edelberg, Lennart and Schuyler Jones 1979 Nuristan. Graz: Akademische Druck- u. Verlagsanstalt. Emeneau, Murray B. 1971 Dravidian and Indo-Aryan: The Indian Linguistic Area. In Sjoberg, Andrea (ed.), Symposium on Dravidian Civilization (1968). (Asian Series No. 1.) Austin: Center for Asian Studies of the University of Texas at Austin. (Reprinted 1980 in Language and linguistic area: Essays by Murray B. Emeneau. Selected and introduced by Anwar S. Dil. Stanford: Stanford University Press.) Emmerick, Ronald E. and Prods O. Skjærvø ¨ 1987 Studies in the vocabulary of Khotanese II. Wien: Verlag der Osterreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. ¨ 1997 Studies in the vocabulary of Khotanese III. Wien: Verlag der Osterreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Estrill, Carrie Anne 1986 The development of tone in Panjabi as evidenced in the poetic alliteration patterns. Dissertation Abstracts International 47: 866. Fitch, Martin and Gregory R. Cooper 1985 Report on a language and dialect survey in Kohistan District. Journal of Central Asia 8.1: 39–49.

50

References

Fussman, G´erard 1972 Atlas linguistique des parlers Dardes et Kafirs. I. Cartes, II. Commentaire. ´ Ecole Franc¸aise d’Extrˆeme-Orient. 1980 Quelques ouvrages recents sur les langues et civilisations de l’Hindou-Kouch (1976-1979). Journal Asiatique 268: 451–465. 1983 Nouveaux ouvrages sur les langues et civilisations de l’Hindou-Kouch (1980– 1982). Journal Asiatique 271: 191–206. 1989a Languages as a source for history. In Dani, Ahmad Hasan (ed.) History of Northern Areas of Pakistan. Islamabad: National Institute of Historical and Cultural Research. 1989b G¯andh¯ar¯ı e´ crite, G¯andh¯ar¯ı parl´ee. In Dialectes dans les litt´eratures Indo-Aryennes. Publications de L’Institut de Civilisation Indienne 55: 433-501. Gamkrelije, Tamaz and Vjaceslav V. Ivanov 1995 Indo-European and the Indo-Europeans: A reconstruction and historical analysis of a proto-language and a proto-culture. 2 Vols. (Trends in Linguistics: Studies and Monographs; 80). Berlin, New York: Mouton de Gruyter. Gardezee, Nazeer M. 1986 Linguistic affinity in the Karakorum region. Central Asia (Journal of Area Study Centre) 19: 63–69. Gill, Harjeet Singh 1960 Punjabi tonemics. Anthropological Linguistics 2.6: 11–18. Grierson, George Abraham 1898 On some Swat languages. Indian Antiquary 27: 373–382. Grierson, George Abraham (ed.) 1919 Linguistic Survey of India, Vol. VIII, Part II: Specimens of the Dardic or Pi´sa¯ cha languages (including K¯ashm¯ır¯ı). Calcutta: Superintendent Government Printing. 1924 On Shina cerebrals. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 656–663. 1925 Once again on Shina cerebrals. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 304–314. 1927 Dardic intervocalic consonants, d > l. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, p. 853. 1931 Conjunct consonants in Dardic. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6.2: 349–368. 1932 A dictionary of the Kashmiri language. Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal. 1969 (1906) The Pi´sa¯ ca languages of North-Western India. Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal. Grierson, George Abraham and Aurel Stein 1929 Torwali: An account of a Dardic language of the Swat Kohistan. London: Royal Asiatic Society. 216 p. (Royal Asiatic Society Prize Publication Fund 11). Grjunberg, Aleksandr L. and I. M. Steblin-Kamenskij 1988 La langue Wakhi. Paris: Fondation de la Maison des Sciences de l’Homme. (translated from: Vaxanskij jazyk, 1976). Hallberg, Daniel, G. 1992 The languages of Indus Kohistan. In O’Leary, Clare F. (ed.) Sociolinguistic

References

51

Survey of Northern Pakistan 1: Languages of Kohistan, 83–141. National Institute of Pakistan Studies Quaid-i-Azam University and Summer Institute of Linguistics: Islamabad. Hallberg, Daniel G. and Calinda E. Hallberg 1999 Indus Kohistani: A preliminary phonological and morphological analysis. Islamabad: National Institute of Pakistan Studies and Summer Institute of Linguistics. (Studies in Languages of Northern Pakistan 8). Halle, Morris 1997 On stress and accent in Indo-European. In Language 73.2: 275–313. Hamp, Eric P. 1968 On *R in Kafir. Studies in Indian Linguistics, 124–137. Haudricourt, Andr´e G. 1971 On tones in Punjabi. Patiala: Department of Linguistics, Punjabi University. Pakha Sanjam 4: 1 - 3. Hendriksen, Hans 1976 Himachali studies; I. Vocabulary. Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Historisk-filosofiske Meddelelser 48,1. Kommissionær: Munksgaard: København. 1986 Himachali studies; III. Grammar. Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Historisk-filosofiske Meddelelser 48,3. Kommissionær: Munksgaard: København. Hombert, J. M., J. J. Ohala, and W. G. Ewan 1979 Phonetic explanations for the development of tones. Language 55: 37–58. Hjuler, A. 1912 The languages spoken in the Western Pamir (Shughnan and Vakhan). Kopenhagen: Gyldendalske Boghandel - Nordisk Forlag. Hussain, Sarmad and Rami Nair. 1995 Voicing and aspiration contrast in Hindi and Urdu. Chicago: University of Chicago. Proceedings of the 31st Annual Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society. Jakobson, Roman ¨ 1931 Uber die phonologischen Sprachb¨unde. Travaux du Cercle Linguistique de Prague 4: 234–240. Jettmar, Karl 1975 Die Religionen des Hindukusch. Mit Beitr¨agen von Schuyler Jones und Max Klimburg. Stuttgart: Verlag W. Kohlhammer. 1983 Indus-Kohistan. Entwurf einer historischen Ethnographie. Anthropos 78: 501– 518. Jukes, Andrew John 1961 (1900) Dictionary of the Jatki or Western Panjabi language. Patiala: Language Department. Kachru, Braj B. 1969 Kashmiri and other Dardic languages. The Hague: Mouton. In Sebeok, Thomas A. et al. (eds.), Linguistics in South Asia (Current Trends in Linguistics 5), 284–306.

52

References

Kelkar, Ashok R. and Pran Nath Trisal 1964 Kashmiri word phonology: A first sketch. Anthropological Linguistics 6.1: 13–22. Kenstowicz, Michael J. 1994 Phonology in generative grammar. Cambridge, MA and Oxford: Blackwell. Kieffer, Charles M. 1978 Einf¨uhrung in die Wakhi-Sprache und Glossar. Graz: Akademische Druckund Verlagsanstalt. Senarclens de Grancy, R. and R. Kostka (eds.), Grosser ¨ Pamir: Osterreichisches Forschungsunternehmen 1975 in den Wakhan-Pamir/Afghanistan, 345–374. Koul, Omkar N., S. N. Raina and R. K. Bhat 1976 Kashmiri-English vocabulary. Patiala: Northern Regional Language Centre. Kohistani, Razwal 1997 Indigenous use of medicinal plants in Indus Kohistan (in Shina). Shina Research Forum Karakorum. Kreutzmann, H. 1998 Sprachdifferenzierung im Ost-Hindukusch und Karakorum. St. Petersburg: Peterburgskoe Vostokovedenie. Kuiper, Franciscus B. J. 1976 Old East Iranian dialects. In Indo-Iranian Journal 18: 241–253. Kumar, Naresh 1987 Apabhram´ ˙ sa-Hind¯ı Ko´sa. 2 Vols. Gaziyabad: Indo-Vision. Leech, R. 1838a A vocabulary of the Laghmani, Tirahi, Highlands of Deer, Moghal Aimaks Dialect. Calcutta. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 7: 780–787. 1838b Epitome of the grammars of the Brahuiky, the Balochky and the Panjabi languages: With vocabularies of the Baraky, the Pashi, the Laghmani, the Cashgari, the Teerhai, and the Deer Dialects. Calcutta. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 7: 711 - 732. Leitner, G. W. 1985 (1893) Dardistan in 1866, 1886 and 1893. With several appendices. Karachi: Indus Publications. Lorenz, Manfred 1979 Lehrbuch des Pashto (Afghanisch). Leipzig: VEB Verlag Enzyklop¨adie. Lorimer, David L. R. 1922 The phonology of the Bakhtiari, Badakhshani, and Nadaglashti dialects of modern Persian; with vocabularies. London: Royal Asiatic Society. 1939 The Dumaki language: Outlines of the speech of the Doma, or Bericho, of Hunza. Nijmegen. (Comit´e International Permanent des Linguistes, Publications de la Commission d’Enquˆete Linguistique 4). MacPhail, R. M. 1958 Santali-English dictionary. Published by the Santal Christian Council. Benagaria: Benagaria Mission Press. Malik, Amar Nath 1995 The phonology and morphology of Panjabi. New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal.

References

53

Masica, Colin P. 1991 The Indo-Aryan languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Mayrhofer, Manfred 1984 Lassen sich Vorstufen des Uriranischen nachweisen? Ver¨offentlichungen der iranischen Kommission 13: 249–255. Wien: Verlag der o¨ sterreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. McGregor, R. S. 1993 The Oxford Hindi-English dictionary. Delhi: Oxford University Press. Miller, Wsewolod 1903 Die Sprache der Osseten. Anhang zum ersten Band von Wilh. Geiger und Ernst Kuhn: Grundriss der iranischen Philologie. Unter Mitwirkung von Chr. Bartholomae u.a. Morgenstierne, Georg 1926 Report on a linguistic mission to Afghanistan. Oslo: Instituttet for Sammenlignende Kulturforskning. (Serie C I-2). 1927a The linguistic classification of Dardic and Kafiri. Oostersch Genootschap in Nederland (Verslag van het 5de Congres), 31–32. 1927b An etymological vocabulary of Pashto. Oslo: Jacob Dybwad. 1929 Parachi and Ormuri. Oslo. (Indo-Iranian Frontier Languages 1). 1930a The name ‘Munjan’ and some other names of places and people of the Hindu Kush. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6: 439–444. 1930b Notes on Torwali. Acta Orientalia 8: 294–310. 1932a Supplementary notes on Ormuri. Norsk Tidsskrift for Sprogvidenskap 5: 5–36. 1932b Report on a linguistic mission to North-Western India. Oslo: Instituttet for Sammenlignende Kulturforskning Serie C III - 1. 1935a Die W¨orter f¨ur ‘L¨uge’ und ‘Wahrheit’ in den Dard- und Kafirsprachen. G¨oteborgs H¨ogskolas  Arsskrift 41: 35–39. 1935b The personal pronouns first and second plural in the Dardic and Kafir languages. Indian Linguistics 5: 357–362. 1936 Iranian elements in Khowar. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 8: 657 - 671. (Reprinted in Georg Morgenstierne 1973: Irano-Dardica, 241 - 255). 1938 Iranian Pamir languages: Yidgha-Munji. Sanglechi-Ishkashmi and Wakhi. Oslo. (Indo-Iranian Frontier Languages II). 1940 Notes on Bashkarik. Acta Orientalia 18: 206–257. 1941a Notes on Phalura, an unknown Dardic language of Chitral. Oslo. (Skrifter utgitt av det Norske Videnskaps Akademi i Oslo, 1940, II. Historisk-Filosofisk Klasse, 5). 1941b The phonology of Kashmiri. Acta Orientalia 19: 79–99. 1942a Archaisms and innovations in Pushto morphology. Norsk Tidsskrift for Sprogvidenskap 12: 88–114. 1942b Notes on Dameli, a Kafir-Dardic language of Chitral. Norsk Tidsskrift for Sprogvidenskap 12: 115–198. 1945a Indo-European k’ in Kafir. In Norsk Tiddskrift for Sprogvidenskap 13: 225– 238. 1945b Notes on Burushaski phonology. In Norsk Tidsskrift for Sprogvidenskap 13: 59–95.

54 1947

References

Metathesis of liquids in Dardic. Oslo. Festskrift til Prof. Olaf Broch p˚a hans ˚ 80-Arsdag (Skrifter utgitt av det Norske Videnskaps Akademi i Oslo, II. Historisk-Filosofisk Klasse, 2), 145–154. (Reprinted in Morgenstierne 1973: IranoDardica, 231–240). 1950a Sv´as¯a and Bhagin¯ı in Indo-Aryan. Acta Orientalia 21: 26 -32. 1950b Notes on Gawar-Bati. Oslo. (Skrifter utgitt av det Norske Videnskaps Akademi i Oslo, II. Historisk-Filosofisk Klasse, 1). 1951 Linguistic geography applied to the Dardic languages of the Hindu Kush. Proceedings of the 22nd International Congress of Orientalists, Istanbul, 466– 470. 1952 Linguistic gleanings from Nuristan. Norsk Tidsskrift for Sprogvidenskap 16: 117-135. 1956 The Pashai language. 3. Vocabulary. Oslo. (Indo-Iranian Frontier Languages III). 1957a Sanskritic words in Khowar. Benares. Felicitation Volume Presented to S. K. Belvalkar, 84–98. (Reprinted in Morgenstierne 1973: Irano-Dardica, 256 272). 1957b ‘Mushroom’ and ‘toadstool’ in Indo-Iranian. BSOAS 20: 451-457. 1958 Neuiranische Sprachen. Leiden: E. J. Brill. In Berthold Spuler (ed.), Handbuch der Orientalistik 4,1: 155–178. 1961 Dardic and K¯afir languages. In The Encyclopaedia of Islam, New Edition, Vol. 2, Fasc. 25. Leiden: E. J. Brill. 1965a Chitral: names, languages and tribes. Leiden: E. J. Brill. The Encyclopaedia of Islam, New Edition Vol. 2: 31. 1965b Notes on Kalasha. Norsk Tidsskrift for Sprogvidenskap 20: 183–238. (Reprinted in Indo-Iranian frontier languages 4 (1973a)). 1973a Indo-Iranian frontier languages. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget (2d ed. rev. and with new material). (Serie B, Skrifter - Institute for Comparative Research in Human Culture, Oslo, Vols. 11, 35, 40, 58). (Vol. 1: Parachi and Ormuri; Vol. 2: Iranian Pamir Languages; Vol. 3: The Pashai Language (1. Grammar, 2. Texts and Translations, 3. Vocabulary); Vol. 4: The Kalasha Language). 1973b Iranian Pamir languages: Yidgha-Munji, Sanglechi-Ishkashmi and Wakhi. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget (2nd ed. rev. from 1938). (Indo-Iranian Frontier Languages 2). 1973c Irano-Dardica. Wiesbaden: Ludwig Reichert. (Beitr¨age zur Iranistik 5). 1974a Languages of Nuristan and surrounding regions. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner. In Karl Jettmar and Lennart Edelberg (eds.), Cultures of the Hindukush, 1–10. 1974b Etymological vocabulary of the Shughni group. Beitr¨age zur Iranistik, 6. Wiesbaden: Dr. Ludwig Reichert. Namus, Mohammad Shuja 1963 The origin of the Shina language. Lahore: Linguistic Research Group of Pakistan. In Dil, Anwar S. (ed.), Pakistani linguistics, 55–60. Naval, Uday C. 1986 Tones in Panjabi: A reinterpretation. New York: City University of New York. Papers in Linguistics 12: 152–171.

References

55

Nawata, Tetsuo 1983 Parachi. Asian and African Grammatical Manual, No. 17. Tokyo: Institute for the Study of Languages and Cultures of Asia and Africa, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies. Nelson, David Niles 1986 The historical development of the Nuristani languages. Minnesota: University of Minnesota. (Dissertation). O’Brien, Edward 1881 Glossary of the Multani language compared with Punjabi and Sindhi. Lahore: The Panjab Government Civil Secretariat Press. Parkin, Robert J. 1987 Tibeto-Burman and Indo-European loans in Burushaski kinship terminology. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 50: 325–329. Payne, John R. 1987 Iranian languages. New York: Oxford University Press. In Bernard Comrie (ed.), The world’s major languages, 514–522. 1989 Pamir languages. Wiesbaden: Ludwig Reichert. In Schmitt, R¨udiger (ed.), Compendium linguarum iranicarum, 417–444. Pinnow, Heinz-J¨urgen 1959 Versuch einer historischen Lautlehre der Kharia-Sprachen. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz. Pfeffer, Georg 1984 Kin-classification in Hunza. In Journal of Central Asia 7.2: 57–67. Platts, John T. 1965 (c1884)A dictionary of Urdu, Classical Hindi, and English. London: Oxford University Press. Pobo˙zniak, Tadeusz. 1964 Grammar of the Lovari dialect. Krak´ow: Pa´nstwowe Wydawnicto Naukowe. Pritchett, Frances W. 1985 Marvelous encounters: Folk romance in Urdu and Hindi. Riverdale, Maryland: The Riverdale Company. Radloff, Carla F. 1999 Aspects of the sound system of Gilgiti Shina. Islamabad: National Institute of Pakistan Studies and Summer Institute of Linguistics. (Studies in Languages of Northern Pakistan Vol. 4). Raverty, Henry George 1982 (c1860)A dictionary of Puk’hto, Pus’hto, or, language of the Afghans: With remarks on the originality of the language and its affinity to the Semitic and other oriental tongues. Peshawar: Saeed Book Bank. Rensch, Calvin R. 1992 Patterns of languages use among the Kohistanis of the Swat Valley. In O’Leary, Clare F. (ed.), Sociolinguistic Survey of Northern Pakistan 1: Languages of Kohistan, 3–62. National Institute of Pakistan Studies Quaid-i-Azam University and Summer Institute of Linguistics: Islamabad.

56

References

Sadanand, Kamlesh and K. G. Vijayakrishnan 1993 Pitch patterns associated with the glottal fricative in Punjabi: A preliminary investigation. Osmania Papers in Linguistics 19: 85–98. Schmidt, Ruth Laila 1981 Report on a survey of Dardic languages of Kashmir. Indian Linguistics 42: 17–21. 1983 Investigation of tonal contrasts in two Shina dialects. Mysore: Central Institute of Indian Languages. In B. B. Rajpurohit (ed.), Papers in Phonetics and Phonology, 31–42. 1985 Where have the Shina speakers come from? Some linguistics clues. Journal of Central Asia 8.1: 17–26. 2000 Typology of Shina pronouns. Berliner Indologische Studien 13/14: 201–213. 2001 Compound tenses in the Shina of Indus Kohistan. In L¨onne, Dirk W. (Ed.), Toh.fa-e-dil: Festschrift Helmut Nespital, pp. 433–452. Reinbek: Dr. Inge Wezler Verlag f¨ur Orientalistische Fachpublikationen 2003 Converbs in a Kohistani Shina narrative. Acta Orientalia 64: 137–152. 2004 A grammatical comparison of Shina dialects. In Saxena, Anju (ed.), Himalayan languages: Past and present, pp. 33–56. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Schmidt, Ruth Laila and Razwal Kohistani 1998 Paalus kostyo
 Shina Revisited. Acta Orientalia 59: 106–149. 2001 Nominal inflections in the Shina of Indus Kohistan. Acta Orientalia 62: 107– 143. Schmidt, Ruth Laila and Omkar N. Koul 1983 Kohistani to Kashmiri: An annotated bibliography of Dardic languages. Patiala: Indian Institute of Language Studies. Schmidt, Ruth Laila and Muhammed Manzar Zarin 1981 The phonology and tonal system of P¯alas /kohis’ty˜o:/ Shina. M¨unchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 40: 155–185. Shahidullah, Muhammad 1963 The languages of the North-West Frontier of Pakistan. Lahore: Linguistic Research Group of Pakistan. In Dil, Anwar S. (ed.), Pakistani Linguistics, 37–44. Sharma, Devi Datt 1981 Dardic elements in Central Pahari. In Vishveshvaranand Indological Journal 18: 105–119. 1982 Studies in Tibeto-Himalayan linguistics. A descriptive analysis of Pat..tani (a dialect of Lahaul). Hoshiarpur: Vishveshvaranand Vishva Bandhu Institute of Sanskrit and Indological Studies Panjab University. 1983 Linguistic history of Uttar¯akhan.d.a. Hoshiarpur: Vishveshvaranand Vedic Research Institute. 1990 Tibeto-Himalayan languages of Uttarakhand 2: Studies in Tibeto-Himalayan Languages-3. New Delhi: Mittal Publications. 1994 Linguistic geography of Kumaun Himalayas (a descriptive areal distribution of Kumaoni language). Studies in Tibeto-Himalayan Languages-5. New Delhi: Mittal Publications.

References

57

Sharma, Shyamlal 1974 K¯an˙ gar.¯ı: A descriptive study of the Kangra valley dialect of Himachal Pradesh. Hoshiarpur: Vishveshvaranand Vishva Bandhu Institute of Sanskrit and Indological Studies, Panjab University. (Panjab University Indological Series– No. 2). Singh, Gurcaran, Saran Singh and Ravindar Kaur 1981 Panjabi-English dictionary. Amritsar: Singh Brothers, Mai Sevan (third edition). Singh, Maya 1972 (1895) The Panjabi dictionary. Patiala: Director, Language department. Skalmowski, Wojciech 1985a The linguistic importance of the Dardic languages. Journal of Central Asia 8: 5–15. 1985b Transitive verb constructions in the Pamir and Dardic languages. Krak´ow. In ´ Jerzy Kurylowicz et al. (eds.), Etudes indo-europ´eennes. Skjærvø, Prods O. 1989 Modern East Iranian languages. Wiesbaden: Ludwig Reichert. In Schmitt, R¨udiger (ed.), Compendium Linguarum Iranicarum, 370–383. Skøld, Hannes 1936 Materialien zu den iranischen Pamirsprachen. Im Auftrag der k¨oniglichen Gesellschaft der Geisteswissenschaften zu Lund aus dem Nachlasse herausgegebene W¨orterverzeichnisse von H. Smith. (Skrifter utgivna av Kungliga Humanistika Vetenskapssamfundet i Lund; 21.) Lund: Gleerup. Sloan, Mohammad Ismail 1981 Khowar-English dictionary: A dictionary of the predominant language of the Chitral District of Pakistan also known as Chitrali Zaban or as Qasqari. New York: M. I. Sloan. Stampe, David Website on Munda words: www.ling.hawaii.edu/faculty/stampe/AA/Munda/ETYM/Pinnow&Munda. Steingass, Francis Joseph 1975 (1892) A comprehensive Persian-English dictionary, including the Arabic words and phrases to be met with in Persian literature. Beirut: Librairie du Liban. Strand, Richard F. 1973 Notes on the N¯urist¯an¯ı and Dardic languages. Journal of the American Oriental Society 93: 297–305. 1997 An overview of the Nuristani languages. Richard Strand’s Nurist¯an Site (http: //users.sedona.net/∼strand/). 1999 Kˆamv’iri lexicon. Richard Strand’s Nurist¯an Site (http://users.sedona.net/ ∼strand/). 2000 Ac¸harˆetˆa’ lexicon. Richard Strand’s Nurist¯an Site (http://users.sedona.net/ ∼strand/). Thiesen, Finn 2004 Telugu loanwords and the influence of prehistoric Telugu on Indo-Aryan. In Hyllested, Adam, Anders Richardt Jørgensen, Jenny Helena Larsson et Thomas Olander (eds.), Per aspera ad asteriscos: Studia Indogermanica in

58

References

honorem Jens Elmeg˚ard Rasmussen sexagenarii Idibus Martiis anno MMIV. Innsbruck: Innsbrucker Beitr¨age zur Sprachwissenschaft (Herausgeber: Prof. Dr. Wolfgang Meid). Tikkanen, Bertil 1988 On Burushaski and other ancient substrata in Northwestern South Asia. Studia Orientalia 64: 303–325. Tomaschek, Wilhelm 1880 Die Pamir-Dialekte. Wien. (Centralasiatische Studien 2). Trail, Ronald L. and Gregory R. Cooper (compilers) 1999 Kalasha dictionary; With English and Urdu. Islamabad: National Institute of Pakistan Studies and Summer Institute of Linguistics. (Studies in Languages of Northern Pakistan 7). Trumpp, Ernest 1872 The languages and races in Dardistan. In Calcutta Review 54: 223–250. Turner, Ralph L. 1927 Notes on Dardic. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 4: 533–541. (Reprinted in Turner 1975: Collected Papers 1912–1973, 301–309). 1960 Some problems of sound change in Indo-Aryan. Poona: University of Poona. (Gune Lectures). 1966 A comparative dictionary of the Indo-Aryan languages. London: School of Oriental and African Studies. 1975 Collected Papers 1912–1973. London: Oxford University Press. 1979 Preservation of original Indo-Aryan vocabulary in the modern languages. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 42: 545–560. Turner, Ralph L. and J. C. Wright (eds.) 1985 A comparative dictionary of the Indo-Aryan languages. Addenda and Corrigenda. London: School of Oriental and African Studies. Varma, Siddheshwar 1938 The dialects of the Kha´sa¯ l¯ı group. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal 4: 1–65. 1948 The Bhales¯ı dialect. Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal Monograph Series Vol. IV. Calcutta: Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal. 1965 Aspiration in North-West Sub-Himalayan Indo-Aryan dialects. Indian Linguistics 26: 175–188. 1978 Dardic or Pisacha languages: A linguistic analysis. Hoshiarpur: Punjab University. Voegelin, Charles F. and Florence M. Voegelin 1965 The Dardic branch or sub-branch of Indo-European. Bloomington, Ind. Languages of the world: Indo-European Fasc. 1 (Anthropological Linguistics 7), 284–294. von Hin¨uber, Oskar ¨ ¨ 2001 Das a¨ ltere Mittelindisch im Uberblick. Osterreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, philosophisch-historische Klasse, Sitzungsberichte, 467. Band. Wien: Verlag der o¨ sterreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.

References

59

Weinreich, Matthias 1999 Der D.omaak´ı-Dialekt von Nager. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 22: 203– 214. Willson, Stephen R. 1999 Basic Burushaski vocabulary. Islamabad: National Institute of Pakistan Studies and Summer Institute of Linguistics. (Studies in Languages of Northern Pakistan Vol. 6). Wilson, J. 1899 Grammar and dictionary of Western Panjabi as spoken in Shahpur District. Lahore: Punjab University. Winters, C. A. 2001 Proto-Dravidian agricultural terms. International Journal of Dravidian Linguistics XXX,1: 23–28. Yip, Moira 2002 Tone. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Zarin, Muhammad Manzar and Ruth Laila Schmidt 1984 Discussions with Hariq: land tenure and transhumance in Indus Kohistan. In Working Papers, University of California Center for South Asia Studies, Berkeley. Zoller, Claus Peter 1983 Die Sprache der Rang Pas von Garhwal (Ra˙n PO Bhasa): Grammatik, Texte, W¨orterbuch. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag.

Chapter 4 Indus Kohistani–English

A -`ah an emphatic suffix added to local adverbs. A
v  (2m) v.t. ‘to bring’. Pres. tr. m. s`uh A
th ‘he brings (s.th.)’. Pres. tr. f. s`uh e
thi or s`uh 2
ethi ‘she brings (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh a¯ zA
th ‘this is brought’. Fut. tr. s`uh A
s.2th ‘he will bring (s.th.)’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ A
-˙ch¯e ‘he has brought (s.th.)’. Plup. tr. s2
y˜ A
l-2s ‘he had brought (s.th.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ A
‘he brought (s.th.)’. Cont. pres. tr. s`uh A  b e
th ‘he brings (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. pres. pass. s`uh ayA  b e
th ‘it is continuously brought’. Cont. plup. tr. s`uh A  b e
s ‘he had brought (s.th.) continuously’. Part. pres. tr. 2 e
- (miˇs2
r) (n1) ‘while bringing (s.th.)’. Part. pres. pass. a¯ z2
y˜ - (miˇs2
r) (n1) ‘while being brought’. Conv. tr. A
- ‘having brought (s.th.)’. Cond. pres. tr. s`uh or s2
y˜ a¯ lu
‘if he brings (s.th.)’. Part. perf. s2
y˜ e
l- or 2
el- (kh2y˜ ) (n1) ‘he has brought’ or ‘had he brought (s.th.)’. Part. perf. contr. s`uh or s2
y˜ n`ıh e
l- ‘he has not brought’ or ‘had he not brought (s.th.)’. This is often pronounced n e
l-. Fut. II. s2
y˜ e
l or A
l or 2
el ho s.2th ‘he will have brought (s.th.)’.

Imp. sg. tr. A
. Imp. pl. tr. 2y˜ . Subj. 1. sg. m`ah A
m ‘should I bring?’, 2./3. sg. t`uh /s`uh A
‘should you/he/she bring?’, 1. pl. b`eh e
zˇ or 2
ezˇ ‘should we bring?’, 2./3. pl. t`us/2y˜ 2y˜ ‘should you/they bring?’ (note homophony of 3rd pl. pronoun and verb). There is sandhi (and consequently homophony) between this verb stem and the past tense auxiliary A s ‘he was’ and 2ysi ‘she was’: s`uh A s ‘he had brought’ (< PIK *s`uh A
A s), s`uh esi or s`uh 2ysi ‘she had brought’. Ex.: za 
-kira  cˇ eh A
‘bring tea for us!’ Kam. a¯ v’e- ‘bring’. Acc. to Turner < a¯ payati (1200), but due to the verb’s close association with i´av˜ ‘to come’ see there for an alternative interpretation. 2
kh 1 adj. ‘one’. < *ekka- (2462). Same as B yA
k^ and G ek. Note: (a) in the conjunct verbs below the rising accent of 2
kh changes into the falling accent 2kh ; (b) in the nominal compounds below, the accent of 2
kh is completely suppressed. + -2y˜ c.A adj.m.; n.m. – adj.f.; n.f. 2y˜ c.2y ‘(a) one-eyed (person)’. ← 2y
c.hi . + -ˇch2tA adj. ‘one storey (as a house)’. < *chatti- (4971) in the sense of ‘ceiling’. Cf. du-ˇch2tA . + -zA
n adj. ‘equal, alike, similar’. ← zA
n2 . + z e
-¯okh adv. ‘somewhere’. See components.

62

2
kh 2 – 2kh´ıs.2

+ z e
-¯okh t2l adv. ‘at some place or other’. See components. + -t.h¯erA adj. ‘one-wheeled’. < *stabhira(13680). The second word is only used in compounds with numerals, cf. c.A
-t.h¯er e g¯ad.¯ı.tu
. + pu r hA (n2) adv. ‘one handful’. < p¯ura-1 (8330) and ← hA 1 . + bA ra  (n2) adj. ‘of similar kind’. See bA ra . + sˇa¯ na h ho-/kar2
v˜ v.i./v.t. ‘to resemble; to equal’. ← Psht. sˇa¯ n ‘resembling’. Cf. the related s.u` -ˇsA na . 2
kh 2 n.m. ‘small and hard pieces in meat’. Bur. ak ‘runde harte Kl¨umpchen im Fleisch von schwachen Tieren’. Cf. Kal. akh´e.ik ‘to get firm, hard’ (the example given by Trail is about food) and bng. OkhO ‘very tough, difficult (work), hard (meat)’. 2k3 -m2kh kar2
v˜ (note accent) ‘to natter, yak, gass, gossip a lot’. Reduplication with mformant. 2kA .th adj. ‘simple-minded (person)’. Niˇs. akat.’a ‘schwach’. 2kA l, -ah adj. ‘land that yields only one harvest per year’. ← 2
kh 1 plus kA
l. Cf. dukA l and h2rkA l. 2kodubiˇs adj. ‘forty-one’ (lit.: ‘one and two [times] twenty’). See 2
kh 1 (note change of accent) and d´ue¯ b¯ısˇ. 2k¯ob
sˇ adj. ‘twenty-one’. Not directly < e´ kavim´ ˙ sati- (2476) but synthetic ← 2
kh 1 ‘one’ plus an element ‘and’ plus b
sˇ ‘twenty’. 2k¯osˇ 2l adj. ‘hundred and one’. See 2
k1 , -oand sˇ2
l1 . Akt.hiA
v˜ or Akt.hirA
v˜ (3m) v.i. ‘to be or make together’. Exact transitive meaning: ‘to collect, gather, accumulate’. Pres. hab. m. s`uh 2kt.hio 
th or 2kt.hiro 
th ‘he

uses to be together (with s.o.)’. Pres. hab. f. s`uh 2kt.hio e
thi or 2kt.hiro e
thi ‘she uses to be together (with s.o.)’. Pres. tr. s`uh 2kt.hiA
th ‘he collects (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh 2kt.hirA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to collect (s.th.)’. No passive. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ 2kt.hirA
or 2kt.hir e
l ‘he collected (s.th.)’. The -r- is a causative grammeme which has partially lost its function. Cf. G ekt.e¯ ro  and Dm. a¯ kat.- ‘to mix with, to be together with’. < ekasth´a- (2480) or rather *ekkastha- plus -r- causative. 2kt.h
 adj. ‘together’. < ekasth´a- (2480) or rather *ekkastha-. 2kd2m adv. ‘in a moment; all at once’. ← 2
kh 1 (note change of accent) plus Pers. dam. 2kl¯en˙ gA n.m. ‘a mysterious being (half human, half apelike) which lives in the forest in caves; it has only one leg and is fond of seducing women’. ← 2
kh 1 ‘one’ and Psht. lengai ‘leg’. 2ks2
r adv. ‘usually, generally, frequently’. Ar. aksar.  ˇ G has also pl. -i; a` kh¯ar 2khA
r, -`ah (G, J, S); (B) n.m. ‘a smith; name of a star in Ursa Major; name of a bird (it is said to be the smith among the birds)’. K. kh¯ar ‘a blacksmith’. < OIA *ayask¯ara-. ˇ n.f. ‘wife of a 2kh¯ar , -ah or 2kh er, -ah (J, S) smith; a type of bird’. ← prec. akh¯ari e (B) n.f. ‘wife of a smith’. See prec. entries. 2kh´ıli adj.f. of 2kh e
l. 2kh´ıs.1 adj. ‘intelligent; quick-witted’. Prob. same as sukh
s.. 2kh´ıs.2 or 2kh
s. adj.f. of 2kh e
s..

2kh
el – 2n˙ gu´ıli

63

2kh e
l adj.m. ‘knotty (as a tree)’. Cf. A g˚ and

2gA l2sˇ ob¯ısˇ adj. ‘thirty-one’. ← agA l2sˇ plus

K. agal ‘knotty (of wood)’. 2kh e
s. adj.m. ‘broken (any object); not working (machine); terrible (person)’. Cf. Bur. akh´es. ‘seltsam’, Sh. akh´es. (do.). Axu r, ax`or (B) n.m.; ax¯or, -´ah (G) ‘hay manger’. Pers. a¯ khor. ¯¯ 2xr2
th , -`ah or 2x2rt
 (J); 2xr2
th , 2x2rt´ah (G); axr¨at^ (B) n.f. ‘the other world’. Ar. a¯ khirat. ¯¯ 2gax¯an
 gA
(n1) n.m. ‘an imported black-and-white cow’. Has probably become known through projects of the Aga Khan Foundation. ag´ar1 (G) adj.m.; adv. ‘first; in front (of)’. < a´ gra- (68). Cf. adj.m. ago  and adj.f. ag˜u˜ı. ˇ conj. ‘if’. A J example with a ag2
r2 (G, J, S) rightshift of the conj.: m`ah bh2v˜ ag2
r b¯elu
kh2y˜ , m  kA
m hu s.2th (Ur. lit.: maim ˙ ghar-ke-liye agar j¯au¯ m ˙ to, mer¯a k¯am hog¯a) ‘if I go home, my work will be completed’. Pers. agar. ag2
rb2t¯ı, ag2
rb2t¯e (G, J); J also ag2
rb2ti¯a n.f. ‘incense’. Ur. agarbatt¯ı, but position of accent suggests borrowing via Psht. 2g2v˜ 1 adj. ‘single, one-sided’. Ex.: c˙ 2
v˜ z`or. 2g2v˜ s´ıa -˙ch¯e ‘you have sewed the clothes with one seam (only)’, s.u h .to` kh 2g2v˜ p2y´ zi thu ‘this melon has ripened (only) on one side’. K. agan ‘onefold’. Cf. dug2v˜ . 2g2v˜ 2 same as 2go . 2g2v˜ 3 lu (n1) n.m. ‘a male person who has snatched away a shawl or another article of clothing from a female person in order to ridicule her family’. ← 2g¯u and see second word. Cf. also k2n.d.2ra  lu , x¯al`ıs lu and .tikr2v˜ lu . ˇ adj. ‘eleven’. < e´ k¯ada´sa2gA l2sˇ (J, S) (2485). Same as B y esˇ and G ayayˇs.

-o-, plus b
sˇ. 2gu`ısˇ i adj. ‘helpless, without help’. 2gurt.u
, -o
n.f. ‘a thin or small bedcover, shawl’. ← 2g¯u plus perh. < *rat..ta(10593). ag˜u˜ı (G) adj.f. ‘first’. See ag´ar1 and ago . 2g¯u (G) adv. ‘early’. 2g¯u, -¯o n.m. ‘a thick or big bedcover; a shawl worn by the bride during marriage’. ago  (G) adj.m. ‘first’. See ag´ar1 and ag˜u˜ı. 2go  adj. ‘unripe (grain, fruits); not trustworthy (person)’. Cf. Bur. ag´uuy.o ‘roh’. a˙ng2
r., -`ah or -
 n. ‘a courtyard’. < a˙ngana(118). Ex.: bh2v˜ -a˙ngr.a` h th e or bh2v˜ -a˙ngr.
 th e ‘(there) are the courts of the house’, b¯av2rˇcix¯an`ah -a˙ngr.
 th e or b¯av2rˇcix¯an`ah -a˙ngr.a` h th e ‘(there) are the courts of the kitchen’. a˙ng`ay˜ kA l (B) adv. ‘two years ago’. See  second word. `ıs (B) adv. ‘day before yesterday’. a˙ng`ay˜ d¨ ´ıs. Cf. prec. and see d¯ 2n˙ gA adj. ‘ignorant, too young to know (child)’. Cf. Niˇs. niN ‘wissen’. < *nig¯ati (7165) with negative prefix. ˇ n.m. ‘a fire’. Ex.: b`eh 2n˙ gA r, -ah (J, S) 2n˙ gA r-t2l gu`ıli p2zA
t¯e ‘we bake bread in  the fire’. < a´ n˙ g¯ara- (125). + guy2
v˜ ‘to kindle a fire’. + thak2
v˜ ‘to extinguish a fire’. 2n˙ gA r-phun.d.´ıri , -`ah (n2) n.f. ‘a firefly’ (lit.: ‘fire flower’). ← 2n˙ gA r and ph`un.d.˚. The final syllable -´ıri < OIA -kara- as in *m¯aks.ikakara- (9990). 2ng

Ar2y˜ d.2b ı, -ah (n1) n.f. ‘a match-box; matches’. ← 2n˙ gA r and d.2b . 2n˙ gu´ıli , 2n˙ guili`a n.f. ‘a finger-ring’. Same as

64

2n˙ g`u¯ı – Azm
ex

a n˙ gu´ıli . ˇ ‘finger’; a˙ng`ui (B) 2n˙ g`u¯ı, -ah (J); 2n˙ g`ui (S) n.f. ‘finger, toe’. Note B q2cˇ  a˙ng`ui ‘small finger’ (cf. Pers. k¯ucˇ ik and Psht. kaˇcot.ai ‘small’, and Paˇs. ka˙nguˇc’i: and xaˇc’i: a˙nur.’e:k ‘little finger’, cf. also bng. kA ci

 Othi ‘small finger’), m`ar.a¯ s a˙ng`ui ‘middle

finger’ (cf. G mar.a´ o ‘in the middle’), sˇah¯ad`ac˙ a˙ng`ui ‘index finger’ (← Pers. (Ar.) sˇah¯adat ‘evidence, testimony, witness’) (same as Phal. sˇah¯adat’¯ı ang‘ur.i ‘index finger of right hand’). The first elements of the two last formations end in genitive -s. Same as G ha˙ng´ui. < *a˙ng¯ud.i- (135). 2n˙ g¯e.t2
y n.f. ‘a forge (of a smith); a round iron stove’. < agnis..th´a- (65). ˇ n.m. ‘thumb’. ← 2n˙ g`u¯ı. 2n˙ go ; 2n˙ g2v˜ (J, S) a´ n˙ go 1 (B) n.m. ‘a courtyard’. < a˙ngana(118). ` ıs (B) n.m. ‘day before yesterday’. a˙ngo 2 d¨ `ıs. Cf. a˙ng`ay˜ d¨ a˙ngt.h`ui (B) n.f. ‘a ring’. < *a˙ngus..thiya(138). a˙ngt.ho ; obl.pl. a˙ngt.ho  n.m. (B) ‘big toe’. < a˙ngus..th´a- (137). 2n˙ gr ez, -ah (occasionally also with Pers. pl. 2n˙ gr¯ezA n) (J); 2n˙ gr¯ez (G) n.m. ‘a foreigner’. Ur. (Port.) amgrez. ˙ ˇ adj.m. – adj.f. 2c˙ hi 2c˙ h (J) adj.m.; 2c˙ ho (S) ‘light (weight)’. Ex. J: s.2y˜ z`or. 2c˙ h th e ‘these clothes are light’. Cf. J adj.f. 2y` c˙ hi . < accha-1 (142).
go 2c˙ h´akh (J) adj.m. – adj.f. 2c˙ h2y´ khi ; a˙ch2  i ˇ adj.m. – adj.f. a˙ch2
g (S) ‘bad; painful’. Ex. J: 2s ga -m2z 2c˙ h´akh mA s. th e ‘there are bad men in this village’. Cf. Sant. achok ‘unclean feeding, low’ and mult. c¯okha ‘good’. < ca˙nga- (4564) with privative. 2c˙ hA r adj. ‘(a place which is usually) shady’.

2cˇ hA r n.f. ‘a type of big coniferous tree’.
-l- has a parallel in gh
l and elsewhere. ugh´A r (B) adj. ‘open, uncovered (e.g., a

pot)’. < udgh¯a.ta- (1972). ´ adj.m. – adj.f. ugh¨ ´ur (B) same as J ughur u ug´ur . u´ c˙ h , u˙ca´ h (G) n.m. ‘a spring (of water)’. Same as J u c˙ h . u˙ch2
v˜ n.f. ‘pincers’. Sh. u
cˇ o, Bur. u´ c´ o ‘Zange’, Psht. n¯uc˙ a¯ı ‘pincers’. u˙chu
, -o
n.m. ‘a small spring of water; a spout at the end of a gutter at the front side of a Kohistani house’. ← u c˙ h . uˇca` th (J) adj.m.; (G) adj. ‘high’. Psht. uˇcat. uˇc2y` thi adj.f. ‘high’. ← prec. uc.hA
v˜ (4m) v.t. ‘to pick up (from the ground); to wake up s.o.’ Pres. tr. s`uh uc.hA th ‘he picks up (s.th.)’. Pres. caus.1 s`uh uc.hA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to pick up (s.th.)’. Pres. caus.2 s`uh uc.hiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to make (another person) pick up (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh uz.zA th ‘it is picked up’. Fut. tr. s`uh uc.h`as.2th ‘he will pick up (s.th.)’. Perf. tr. s`uh uc.h`a-˙ch¯e ‘he has picked up (s.th.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ uc.hA
‘he picked up (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh u` c.ha  b e
th ‘he picks up (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh uc.ha  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.)


uz
Al – uz.u continuously to pick up (s.th.)’. Cont. caus. pass. s`uh uc.hia  b e
th ‘he is continuously caused to pick up (s.th.)’. Part. pres. tr. uc.h e
- ‘(while) picking up’. Part. pres. pass. uz.z2
y˜ - ‘(while) being picked up’. Conv. tr. uc.hA
-. Cond. pres. tr. uc.hlu
or uc.h¯alu
. Cond. pres. caus. uc.hi¯alu
. Part. perf. f. uc.h´ıli - (kh2y˜ ) ‘(she has) picked up’ or ‘if (she) had picked up (s.th.)’. Part. perf. m. uc.h e
l- (kh2y˜ ) ‘(he has) picked up’ or ‘if (he) had picked up (s.th.)’. Imp. sg. tr. uc.h`ah or uc.h
. Imp. pl. tr. uc.h2y˜ . Imp. sg. pass. uz.z`ah . Imp. pl. pass. uz.z . Subj. tr. 1. sg. uc.h´am, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. uc.hiA
m, etc. Ex.: mh¯edA -na  bh2m2
y˜ uc.h`ah ‘pick up the apples from the ground!’ < *ut´sr¯apayati (1858). uz
Al or uz´alu (G) adj.m. ‘white’. < ujjvala(1670). uz´al zar (G); uz´al z´ar (B) n.m. ‘silver’ (lit.: ‘white gold’). See components. u` zur (also u` z2r), u` zrah n.m. ‘a pretext; a gift in the form of a male goat, buffalo or bull painted in different colors, and its countergift in the form of cloth or a turban which are exchanged at the time of marriage or death between fictitious brothers (the groom can keep the animal or have it slaughtered); a visit of relatives or friends because of a marriage or burial’. Note: u` z2r biy2
v˜ or u` z2r¯e biy2
v˜ ‘to exchange these presents; to perform such a visit’. And:

83

u` zur kar2
v˜ ‘to appease, calm down’. Ar. ‘uzr. ¯ uz´el n.f. (B) ‘marrow’. See G uz´al. uzelih adj.f. (G) ‘white’. See uz´al. uz e n.m. ‘a migration (out of Kohistan, usually as a consequence of a blood feud)’. < *ujjavati ‘goes upstream’ (1664). Cf. uˇz2y. + kar2
v˜ ‘to migrate’. uzgA r kAr
2v ‘to free s.o., set s.o. free’. Psht. vuzg¯ar. uzm`ukh n.m. ‘the world’. uˇz2y, -ah n.f. ‘migration to the summer pastures (in June-July)’. Sh.saz. uˆ jˆayi, Sh.gil. and Sh.ast. uˇca´ ai. Related with uz e. uˇzA r. adj. ‘backward, underdeveloped’. < *ujj¯a.ta- (1660b). u` z. (B, J) n.m.; u` z.o, u` z.3 n.m. – n.f. uz.2y˜ , -3 ˇ ‘the chukar (or chikor) (Alectoris (S) chukar)’. Cf. Psht. zarka ‘chikor, Greek partridge’, Ishk. ujirj and other similar forms which Morgenstierne (1927: 103) connects with Iranian *zarika- ‘yellowish’. Closer are Gaw. umbla, Dm. umbr´a, Ash. uw´rE ‘partridge, chikor’, Niˇs. ub’a ‘Rebhuhn’, Kal. upra.u
yak ‘chakkor, quail

or grouse-like bird’ and Kam. uˇr’a ‘quail’. Turner suggests a derivation < v´artik¯a(11361) which appears unlikely. u` z.2y˜ c˙ a¯ d2
r, -`ah (n1) n.f. ‘a kind of cap which covers the head like a mask with signs on its front side’ (it is used to hunt chikors and similar birds, and it is said that this “mask” makes the birds fall in love with it; they are attracted towards it by special whistles by the hunter). See prec. and second word. uz.i y E
(B) n.f. ‘the chukar’. ← u` z.. uz. , -ah n.f. ‘the chukar’. ← u` z.. uz.u
, -o
n.m. ‘a young chukar’. Dimin. of u` z..

84

ut.^ – upA
v˜

ut.^ adj.m. – adj.f. u¨ .t^ (B) ‘vertical, upright’. < *ut-sthita- (1907). ut.h¯ıro 
(G) v.t. ‘to awake’. < *ut-sthita(1907) plus -r- causative. ut2
r adj.; n.m. ‘worried; distressed; worry; distress’. Cf. sub OIA A
rta-1 (1337) P. a¯ tar ‘distressed’. ut´ey (G) n.f. ‘a glacier’. uth2
v˜ same meaning as uith2
v˜ . ˇ adj.m. ‘high’. Ex. J: s.uh uth2l (J); uth2lo (S) khA n uth2l thu ‘this mountain is high’. < *utthala- (1804). Same meaning as J uˇcAth . uth2y` li adj.f. ‘high’. ← prec.  u´ di (G) n.f. ‘a wooden post’. < uddh´ı(2021). udhA
r, -`ah (G, J) n.m. ‘a loan, debt’. Ur. (OIA) udh¯ar. + J diy2
v˜ ‘to lend (s.th. to s.o.)’. + G yo 
‘to lend (s.th. from s.o.)’. + J har2
v˜ ‘to borrow (s.th.)’. u´ n adv. ‘here’. < up¯ant´a- (2303). The old -tis preserved as -d- in some of the allomorphs in the next lemma. un`ah 1 or und`ah or un`uh or und`uh adv. ‘(on or towards) this side; here; this way; over here’. ← u´ n. Ex.: m`ah un`ah t`ı-miˇs2r thu ‘I am here with you’. + khina 
(n1) adv. ‘at this side’. Ex.: as  bhA
sina  un`ah -khina 
thu ‘his house is at this side of the river’. + p
 kar2
v˜ (n1) ‘to show (s.o.) around’. See p
. un`ah 2 n.m. ‘the head (end) of the sleeping place’. Sh.pal. unu  (do.). Cf. Bur. hun´okis. ‘Kopfende der Schlafstelle’; Sh. un´okis. (do.). u´ nah¯ar same as u´ nh¯ar. una  adv. ‘from here, from this side’. ← u´ n plus na 
3 .

ung`ıh adv. ‘exactly here (visible)’. ← u´ n plus g`ıh 3 . ung e
adv. ‘somewhere here (invisible)’. ← u´ n plus g e
. u´ nh¯ar adv. ‘up to that place’. ← u´ n plus hA
r2 . up^ adj.m. – adj.f. u¨ p^ (B) ‘light (weight); disrespectful’. upA
v˜ (4m) v.t. ‘to cram or press (into)’. Pres. itr. s`uh upA th ‘it clogs’. Pres. tr. s`uh upA
th ‘he crams (s.th. into s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh upiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to cram (s.th. into s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh ubzA th ‘it is crammed (into s.th.)’. Fut. tr. s`uh upA
s.2th ‘he will cram (s.th. into s.th.)’. Perf. tr. s`uh upA
-˙ch¯e ‘he has crammed (s.th. into s.th.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ upA
‘he crammed (s.th. into s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh u` pa  b e
th ‘he crams continuously (s.th. into s.th.)’. Cont. caus. s`uh upia  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to cram (s.th. into s.th.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh upa  b e
th ‘it is continuously crammed (into s.th.)’. Part. pres. tr. up2
y˜ - ‘(while) cramming (s.th. into s.th.)’. Part. pres. pass. ubz2
y˜ - ‘(while) being crammed (into s.th.)’. Conv. tr. upA
- or up
-. Conv. pass. ubzA
- or ubz
-. Cond. pres. tr. uplu
or up¯alu
. Cond. pres. caus. upi¯alu
. Cond. pres. pass. ubzilu
‘if (it) is crammed (into s.th.)’. Part. perf. tr. f. up´ıli - (kh2y˜ ) ‘(she has)

upA r – urA n crammed’ or ‘if (she) had crammed (s.th. into s.th.)’. Part. perf. tr. m. up e
l ‘(he has) crammed’ or ‘if (he) had crammed (s.th. into s.th.)’. Part. perf. caus. m. upi e
l- – f. upiy
l- (kh2y˜ ) ‘(he/she has) caused (s.o.) to cram’ or ‘if (he/she) had caused (s.o.) to cram (s.th. into s.th.)’. Part. perf. pass. m. ubz e
l- – f. ubz´ıli - (kh2y˜ ) ‘(he/she) has been crammed’ or ‘if (he/she) had been crammed (into s.th.)’. Imp. sg. tr. upA
. Imp. pl. tr. up e. Imp. sg. pass. ubzA
. Imp. pl. pass. ubz . Subj. tr. 1. sg. up´am or upA
m, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. upiA
m, etc. Perh. < u´ tp¯urayati (1830). upA r n.m. ‘trade, business’. + kar2
v˜ ‘to trade’. upt.A
v˜ (4m) v.i.; v.t. ‘to soak (e.g., earth with water)’. Pres. itr. s`uh upt.A th ‘it becomes saturated’. Pres. tr. s`uh upt.A
th ‘he soaks (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh upt.iA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to soak (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh upt.uzA th ‘it gets soaked’. Fut. itr. s`uh upt.a` s.2th ‘it will become saturated’. Fut. tr. s`uh upt.A
s.2th ‘he will soak (s.th.)’. Perf. itr. s`uh upt.a` h thu ‘it has become saturated’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ upt.A
-˙ch¯e ‘he has soaked (s.th.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ upt. e
l ‘he soaked (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh upt.a  b e
th ‘he soaks (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh upt.uzia  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to soak (s.th.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh upt.uza  b e
th ‘it is

85

continuously soaked (by s.o.)’. Part. pres. tr. upt.2
y˜ - ‘(while) soaking’. Part. pres. pass. upt.uz2
y˜ - ‘(while) being soaked’. Conv. itr. upt.a` h -. Conv. tr. upt.A
- or upt.
. Cond. pres. itr. upt.alu
or upt.ilu
. Cond. pres. tr. upt.a¯ lu
. Cond. pres. caus. upt.i¯alu
. Part. perf. tr. f. upt.´ıli - (kh2y˜ ) ‘(she has) soaked’ or ‘if (she) had soaked (s.th.)’. Part. perf. tr. m. upt. e
l- ‘(he has) soaked’ or ‘if (he) had soaked (s.th.)’. Imp. sg. tr. upt.A
. Imp. pl. tr. upt.2y˜ . Imp. sg. pass. upt.az`ah . Imp. pl. pass. upt.az . Subj. tr. 1. sg. upt.a´ m or upt.A
m, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. upt.iA
m, etc. up
rA (B) adj. ‘loose; wobbly; prone to break or fall’. u` phph interj. ‘uff’. Ar. uf . ub¯aykhi (G) n.f. ‘a belch’. < *ubbakka(2337). + gho 
or yo 
‘to belch’. ub
l, -`ah n.m. ‘an instruction (e.g., how to handle a machine)’. + kar2
v˜ ‘to instruct s.o.’ um2th , -`ah (note accent) n.m. ‘a fellow Moslem’. Ar. (Pers.) ‘ummat. u` mur, u` mrah n.f. ‘age; life’. Ar. ‘umr. um¯ed`ua¯ r adj. ‘pregnant; put forward (as a political candidate)’. Pers. umm¯ıdv¯ar. um en n.f. ‘hope, trust; expectation’. Cf. Pers. umm¯ıd. Perh. ← Pers. plural. + kar2
v˜ ‘to hope, expect’. umb´ısˇ (G) adj. ‘nineteen’. < u¯ navim´ ˙ sati(2411). Same as J a¯ mb`ısˇ and B u biˇs. urA n adj. ‘spoiled, rotten (vegetable, fruits)’.

86

urA n-ur An cˇ G – us At 

Rarely used independently. Commonly employed are the following two entries. Niˇs. ur’¯ana b¨u- ‘verderben’, Psht. vr¯an. urA n-ur An cˇ G ‘threatening kinds of shouts (wild animals or the shouts of D.o¯ ms who, formerly, used to shout the news of the demise of a person into the village)’. ← prec. ur¯an2y˜ kar2
v˜ ‘to get up to mischief (said with regard to children who are about to break or damage s.th.)’. ← urA n and last word. ul.t.A
v˜ (3m) (G, J) v.i. ‘to fall, fall down (on the ground), fall off, fall into’. There is no pres. pass. as a fourth mood, but a form part. pres. pass. is used. Pres. itr. s`uh ul..tA th ‘he falls’. Pres. tr. s`uh ul..tA
th ‘he throws (s.th.) down’. Pres. caus. s`uh ul..tiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to throw (s.th.) down’. Fut. itr. s`uh ul..ta` s.2th ‘he will fall down’. Fut. tr. s`uh ul..tA
s.2th ‘he will throw down (s.th.)’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ ul..tA
-˙ch¯e ‘he has thrown down (s.th.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ ul..tA
or ul..t e
l ‘he threw down (s.th.)’. Cont. itr. s`uh ul.u` .ta  b e
th ‘he falls continuously’. Cont. tr. s`uh ul..ta  b e
th ‘he throws (s.th.) down continuously’. Part. pres. itr. ul..t2
y˜ - ‘(while) falling’. Part. pres. pass. ul..tuz2
y˜ - ‘(while) being thrown (down)’. Conv. itr. ul..t
-. Cond. pres. itr. ul..tilu
. Cond. pres. tr. ul..ta¯ lu
. Cond. pres. caus. ul..ti¯alu
. Part. perf. itr. f. ul..t´ıli (-kh2y˜ ) ‘(she has)

fallen’ or ‘if (she) had fallen’. Part. perf. itr. m. ul..t e
l (-kh2y˜ ) ‘(he has) fallen’ or ‘if (he) had fallen’. Imp. sg. itr. ul..tA
. Imp. pl. itr. ul..t2y˜ . Subj. itr. 1. sg. ul..ta´ m, etc. Subj. tr. 1. sg. ul..tA
m, etc. G perf.: ul.it. g¯a (Ur. gir gay¯a). < *ullat.yate (2368). uls e
(J) adj.; ulsi ah , uls´ey (G) n.m. ‘(belonging to) a family of higher ranking’ (in opposition to the crafts groups, called G susmin.). Psht. ul¯us. Ultimately Turk. u` sˇi kAr
2v˜ ‘to set (a dog) onto s.o.’ Sh.pal. [Uts] ‘word said to a dog to tell it to attack’, Kal. uskus´ek ‘to excite a dog to attack or fight’, Niˇs. u˜ s ‘Faß! (Zuruf an einen Hund)’, Kam. us’oa- ‘make [a dog] attack’, K. ha s ‘incitement or urging on (to quarreling, attacking, or the like); incitement or urging on a dog’, Bur. 2 u´s g´an- ‘wild sein’. uˇsA
l (G) adj.m. – adj.f. uˇsa´ y li ‘light (in weight)’. uˇsA
sˇ, -`ah n.f. same as uˇs e
sˇ. uˇs e
sˇ n.f. ‘a cold place for keeping foodstuffs (e.g., milk) cool’. < OIA *ava´sy¯ade´sa-? ˇ u´ spuki , u´ sˇpuki a´ h (G) n.f. ‘a type of kestrel’. Sh. us.p¯uk. Same word (same bird?) as J iˇsp`ıkh . According to popular etymology it means ‘air eater’, ‘air jumper’ or ‘standing in the air’ because of u¯ `ısˇi ‘wind’ plus phak2
v˜ ‘to eat’ or plus p2r`ak-p2rikh kar2
v˜ ‘to jump around’. us.a 
(B) n.m. ‘bouquet, odor, smell’. Cf. G c.ha˜v. us.k¯ur (G) n.m. ‘the cuckoo Sirkeer Malkoha (Taccocua leschenaultii)’. See J ic.ho
. us At  adv. ‘right now, just at this time’.

usu l kAr
2v – e` k usu l kAr
2v ‘to acquire, obtain’. ← Ar. h.a¯ s.il? usk2y˜ adv. ‘right now, just at this time’. Cf. u` s¯at¯ı. ustA or ustA z, -ah n.m. ‘a teacher’. Psht. ust¯az. ust¯az2y, -˜ah n.f. ‘a teacher’. ← prec. uh (J, ˇ (pers.)pron. ‘he, this’. < as´au (972). S)

¯ U -u
a dimin. suffix. u¯ `ısˇi , u`ısˇi n.f. ‘wind’. Sh. o
o˜ sˇi (Buddruss), o´ oˇsi (Radloff), Phal. h’¯usˇi, Sv. hu
sˇi ‘Wind’. Cf. Atlas 159. + J diy2
v˜ ‘to blow (as wind)’. Ex.: v2xt  t¯az  u¯ `ısˇ i d
th ‘in the morning a fresh wind is blowing’. And: uiˇs  G2r2
y˜ nik e
thi ‘a wind roaring sets in’ (here ‘wind’ in genitive case). u
x, -`ah n.m. ‘a camel’. Psht. u¯ s.ˇ . ˇ n.m. ‘a spring (of u c˙ h , u` c˙ h (B, J); u c˙ , u` c˙ 3 (S) water)’. < u´ tsa- (1869). Ex. J: k¯osta -m2z v e sugA u` c˙ h th e (Ur. kohist¯an mem ˙ p¯an¯ı ke sundar ca´sme haim) ˙ ‘in Kohistan there are beautiful water-springs’ (Kohistan has the reputation of having a multitude of very good springs). u
.th , ut.a` h n.m. ‘a vote’. Eng. u r. (B) n.m. ‘a kind of weight (ca. half a kg)’. Cf. J o` er.¯ı. u dh2m n.m. ‘(earth) dust’. < *uddh¯ud.i- × dh¯um´a- (2025). u biˇs (B) adj. ‘nineteen’. Same as J a¯ mb`ısˇ and G umb´ısˇ. u
r n.m. ‘a fire’ (used in oral poetry). Psht. u¯ r. u l, u` l n.m. ‘the mashed or squashed part of the flesh of a melon or mango which is not eaten’. < ulla-2 (2057)? But cf. Bur. -´ul

87

‘Innereien, Eingeweide’. u l¯ı kAl2y (n1) n.f. ‘the axle connecting

millstone and mill wheel’. Lit. prob. ‘the standing/awake tool’. First component ← o¯el2
v˜ , second Psht. k¯alai ‘tool’. Cf. next and puru th kal2y. u l¯ı same as o l2y˜ . l ı or u ˇ n.f. ‘wind’. Same as J u¯ `ısˇi . u sˇ i (S) u
s. n.m. ‘a shadowed place in a field (where there is a tree) with lesser yield than its surroundings’. The retroflex sibilant here and the corresponding dental affricates in the Nuristani forms show that the common source cannot be OIA upacchada- (2167, see there parallels) but is Pr.Ar. *upascaya. u -A  sound for imitating a voice which is not clear (e.g., of a child just learning to speak). + kar2
v˜ ‘to speak with a voice which is not clear’. ˇ n.m. ‘a camel’. < u´ s..tra- (2387). u .t, -3 (S) u biˇs (B) adj. ‘nineteen’. Same as G umb´ısˇ.

E -e- conj. ‘and’. Used only in numbers, same as -o-. ˇ ekh (G) adj. ‘one’. < *ekka- (2462). e` k (S); Same as J 2
kh (note difference in accent) and B ya
k^. + G -a -ar.ih adj. ‘one and a half’. See components. + G -a b¯ısˇ adj. ‘twenty-one’. Same as J 2k¯ob
sˇ . + G -k2
md´ubiˇs adj. ‘thirty-nine’ (‘one-less-two times-twenty’). + G -zE adv. ‘together’. ← z2y. Same as B ya
kza .

88

ek sAyn – e¯ lA n

+ G bha˜ı n.f. ‘name of a month’. Same meaning as J a¯ vl2y˜ bh 
. + G -ˇsav-ek adj. ‘hundred and one’. Cf. J 2k¯osˇ 2l and B ya 
k-re.-ˇsa¨ l ‘hundred and one’. h + G sˇumb´a n.m. ‘Sunday’. Cf. J sˇ2m1 . + G se c.u a¯ his¯ı adj. ‘one third’ (‘three parts of one’). See components. + G se c.uyo  b2.th`ah adj. ‘one third’ (‘of one the third part’). See components. ek sAyn (G) adj. ‘alike’. Psht. sˇ a¯ n. Same as J 2k-ˇsa¯ na
v˜ .  h ho-/kar2
+ gho  ‘to balance, level out’. ekt.a´ r, -`ah (G, J) n.m. ‘an actor (on a stage)’. Eng. ekt.e¯ ro  (G) v.t. ‘to adjoin’. Same as J 2kt.hir2
v˜ . exl¯aq
 adj. ‘polite’. Ar. akhl¯aq¯ı. ¯¯ e` z. (B) adj.f. ‘wet’. ← a` z.. e` r.-rA (B) n.f. ‘midnight’. Same as J Er.i -rA l. etbA
r (G, J) n.m. ‘faith, belief’. Ar. i‘tib¯ar. + J kar2
v˜ and G gho 
‘to believe’. entizA r, -ah n.f. ‘waiting, expecting’. Ar. intiza¯ r.  + kar2
v˜ ‘to await, wait (for)’. eb¯ad2th , -`ah (note accent) n.f. ‘divine worship’. Same as ib¯ad2th . el2ho
-el2h o sound produced for putting a small child asleep. el¯azˇ (G) n.m. ‘cure’. Same as J il ezˇ. elemˇz , -ah n.f. abbreviation for ‘light machine gun’. Eng. eht`ıA th (G, J) n.m. ‘care, caution’. Ar. ih.tiy¯at.  + G gho 
‘to cure’.

¯ E - e
(a) an adverbial suffix expressing movement towards a place or indefiniteness of locality; (b) a suffix to derive adverbs from nouns; (c) a suffix sometimes redundantly added to adverbs; (d) same as -e-. Same as G -
. e (B) interj. ‘hey!’ The interjection is, e.g., used for calling boys or girls. The phonetic shape of the initial vowel and of the whole interjection is sociolinguistically determined, depending on whether the caller is male or female. These are the forms used by a male caller: e.´ r.a¨ ‘hey boy(s)!’ e.´ r. ‘hey girl(s)!’ And these are the forms used by a female caller: e
n¨ar.a¨ ‘hey boy!’ e
n¨ar. ‘hey girl!’ e
n¨ar.o  ‘hey boys!’ e
n¨ar.i yu  ‘hey girls!’ The forms used by male callers are prob. reduced forms of the female ones which derive from n´ a r. ‘boy’. It is interesting to see that the female callers not only use the ‘bright’ e
against the male ‘dark’ e.´ , but that also in the vocative form of ‘boy/girl’ a ‘bright’ pronunciation is used. eg˚ , -ah n.f. ‘a sheep’. < ed.a- (2512) plus -kkext. e¯.tu
, -o
n.f. ‘a lamb’. ← prec. plus dimin. suffix, thus ← PIK *¯egt.u
. e¯ n. (G) n.f. ‘weaving’. < ven.´ı-1 (12093). + gho 
‘to weave’. e¯ b2l (G) adv. ‘perhaps’. Cf. J `ıli-bilih . e¯ r, -eh (G) ‘a warp’. e¯ lA n, -ah n.m. ‘announcement, declaration’.



v˜ e – o¯erA Ur. el¯an (Ar. i‘l¯an). + kar2
v˜ ‘to announce’.

v˜ ‘to groan and moan (as an ill e- e kar2 person)’. Bur. e´ e˙n e´ t- ‘(Kranker) klagende Laute von sich geben’. Cf. - ı kar2
v˜ . ˇ n.f. ‘the earthen layer (with grass) on e.ti (S) top of a Kohistani house’. esi , -¯ı v.i.f. ‘(she) was’. Same as 2ysi .

E Er.˚ (B) adv.; adj.f. ‘half’. Cf. entries sub J 2r.. Eri -r Al (n1) n.f. ‘midnight’. < ardhar¯atra

(671) but reformed after OIA rA
tr¯ı-, cf.

prec. EhtiyA t, -ah n.f. ‘care’. Ar. ih.tiy¯at. See  h

eht`ıa¯ t . + -gh´ın har2
v˜ ‘to take care of’. EhsA n adj. ‘grateful’. Ur. ehs¯an (Ar. ih.s¯an). Ec.kho , Ec.khA n.f. (B) ‘the eyelid’. Same as G
ac.ku .

E Esˇ n.m. ‘a life of pleasure and enjoyment’.

Ar. ‘aiˇs.

O -o- conj. ‘and’. Used only in numbers, same as B -¨u-. < a´ param (434). oh 1 (G) interj. ‘hey’. o´ h 2 (G) pers.pron.pl. ‘they (near)’. < as´au

89

(972)? See G oz¯e. o` h or o` h¯o interj. exclamation of surprise. Same meaning as 2ho . oer.A adj. ‘easy; simple’. Cf. Psht. vir.¯ıa¯ , var.¯ıa¯ ‘gratis’. o` er.¯ı, -ah n.f. ‘a wooden measuring cup for grain (ca. 2 kg)’. < *ardhakud.ava- (646). o¯erA
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to set upright, erect; to stop’. Pres. tr. s`uh oerA
th or uirA
th ‘he erects (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh oeriA
th or o¯ riA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to erect (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh oerzA th ‘it is erected’. Fut. tr. s`uh oerA
s.2th or uirA
s.2th ‘he will erect (s.th.)’. Perf. tr. s`uh oerA
-˙ch¯e or uirA
-˙ch¯e ‘he has erected (s.th.)’. Aor. itr. s`uh oelo l ‘he straightened up’ (Ur. vah khar.a¯ hu¯a). Aor. tr. s2
y˜ uirA
or uir e
l ‘he erected (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh oera  b e
th ‘he erects (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh o¯ ria  or oeria  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to erect (s.th.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh oer2v˜ b e
th ‘it is continuously erected’. Part. pres. tr. oer e
- or uir e
- ‘(while) erecting (s.th.)’. Part. pres. pass. oerz2
y˜ - ‘(while) being erected’. Conv. tr. oerA
- or uirA
- or u¯ r
-. Cond. pres. tr. oer¯alu
or uir¯alu
. Cond. pres. pass. oelo 
l. Part. perf. tr. oer e
l- or uir e
l- or oerA
l(kh2y˜ ) (n1) ‘(he has) erected’ or ‘(if he) had erected (s.th.)’. Part. perf. caus. oeriA
l- or uiriA
l- (kh2y˜ ) (n1) ‘(he has) caused (s.o.) to erect’ or ‘(if he) had caused (s.o.) to erect (s.th.)’.

90



o erA l – -o kh

Imp. sg. tr. oerA
or oeriA
or uirA
or o¯ riA
. Imp. pl. tr. uir e or oer e. Subj. tr. 1. sg. oerA
m ‘should (I) erect (s.th.)?’, 2./3. sg. oerA
, 1. pl. oer e
zˇ, 2./3. pl. oer e or oer2y˜ . Subj. itr. 1. sg. oelo
m, 2./3. sg. oel2
v˜ , 1. pl. oel´oe˜ zˇ, 2./3. pl. oel`o e. Ex.: m 
-kira  bhA
-m2z th`u ı o¯erA
‘erect for me a pillar in the house!’ (e.g., for propping up); m`ah biˇsA m¯e b e
th , m 
-kira  g2y` d.ih o¯erA
‘I go to Besham, stop a car for me!’ Prob. an -r- causative derivation from an adjective (cf. o¯el2
v˜ and ui2
v˜ 1 ), thus the verb stem has the underlying form *oelr-. Moreover, the forms aor. itr. and cond. pres. pass. appear to be the remnants of a once more comprehensive hab. paradigm (see introduction 2.5.). See further etymological connections sub o¯el2
v˜ . o er
A l, -`ah n.f. ‘a (religious) vigil’. ← prec. o¯el2
y˜ biy´av˜ v.i. ‘to stand’. Ex.: s`uh t2s -khi˙ng¯e o¯el2
y˜ -g¯a ‘he stood beside him’. ← next. o¯el2
v˜ adj. ‘standing’. Ex.: m`ah o¯el2
v˜ -g2l¯e nivA z k2rA
th (Ur. maim ˙ khar.a¯ (ho)kar nam¯az kart¯a h¯um) ˙ ‘I stand up and pray’. Cf. Psht. val¯ar. ‘standing’, Paˇs. a:l-1 ‘to get up’ and bng. a¯ l ‘tall’. o` k-bokh adj.; n.m. ‘stuffed (full); galore, plenty of’. Bur. o´oq-bo´oq ‘H¨ulle und F¨ulle’, Sh.chil. o´ k-bok (do.). < *ukka(1625). ok´oe (G) n.f.pl. ‘the two sticks at the ends of the rope used for pulling the churning-stick’. ˇ adv. ‘tomorrow’. S ’¯okhut. o` khut (S) oz`al (B) adj.m. ‘white’. Same as G uz´al. oz¯e (G) pers.pron.pl. ‘they (far)’. See o´ h 2 . o` r. n.m. ‘a bet’.

+ kar2
v˜ ‘to make a condition’. or.mA 
s., -`ah or or.ma 
s, -`ah n.m. ‘rumination, chewing the cud’. Same as Sˇ orma 
s and Niˇs. u¨ m¨utr k- ‘wiederk¨auen (vom Rind)’. < *romantra- (10852) via *ormantra-. + kar2
v˜ ‘to ruminate, chew the cud’. ˇ n.m. ‘fog’. < *uddh¯ud.i- (2025). o` dh˜o (S) orA
adj. ‘disappeared’ or ‘disappearing’. Prob. < a´ para- (434). Only together with a verb: + kar2
v˜ ‘to get rid of s.th., move s.th. out of the way; to spirit s.o. or s.th. away’ (also jokingly said for ‘to bury a dead person’). + ho- ‘to disappear (e.g., as a person behind a corner)’. orA n adj. ‘incorrect, wrong’. ← Psht. vr¯an ‘spoiled’. + til2
v˜ ‘to misconduct’. ˇ n.m. ‘rumination, chewing the ormA 
s (S) cud’. Same as J or.ma 
s..

¯ O -¯o same as -o-. o¯ 1 , oe (G) n.m. ‘a weft’. o¯ 2 (G) pron. ‘those’. -o
kh a suffix denoting indefiniteness (indefinite article). K. akh ‘indefinite article’ (in postnominal position). The grammeme is also found in Sh. (Masica 1991: 371). Perh. < *ekka- (2462) (cf. Masica op. cit.: 250). Same construction also in Pers. b¯adˇsa¯ h-e ‘some king’. The locative suffix - e
can be additionally added: b2n˙ g2l`a-¯ok¯e ‘in some bungalow or other’. Also with postp.: 2
y˜ b2z
, sˇa¯ z¯ad2g  gA  2
kh


o s.A
v˜ qh – o dh´ut-¯ok-m2z bh e.t-g¯e (Ur. lit.: ve j¯a-kar, s´ahz¯ad¯ı ke g¯amv ˙ ke kone-kis¯ı-mem ˙ bait.h-gaye) ‘they go to the village of the princess and sit down in any corner’ (from an oral tale). Cf. k2l¯okh . o
qh n.m. ‘vomit’. Bur./Sh. oq. < *okk(2538). + kar2
v˜ ‘to vomit’. o¯ zA
r (B) n.m. ‘tools’. Ar. auz¯ar. o¯ .to interj. (the actual realizations of the accent vary greatly, and the falling contour is visible in the speech analyzer only in neutral articulation) ‘hey, hello!’ Same meaning as 2lo . -o
r postp.; adv. ‘near, towards; across, via; on; that very’. Ex.: m`ah g`ı-¯or s e karA th either ‘I look towards a tree’ or ‘I see that very tree’. < a´ vara- (805). This allomorph is found after consonants and homorganic vowels, otherwise vo
r is used. o¯ rA
kAr
2v same as orA
kar2
v˜ . o l2y˜ adj.f. ‘vertical’. ← next. o
v˜ . Ex.: kitA l2v˜ adj.m. ‘vertical’. ← o¯el2 b 
m ez-t2l o l2v˜ thu ‘the book stands upright on the table’. o¯ lA d n.f. ‘children, offspring’. Ar.pl. aul¯ad. ˇ o n.f. ‘needles of a fir tree’. li (S) o l2v˜ . l¯e and o lo  same as o o¯ sˇA
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to winnow; to fabricate stories’. Note that the occurrence of passive forms is limited to certain moods and participles. Note also the occasional appearance of root vowel nasalization. Pres. hab. s`uh uiˇso 
th ‘he uses to winnow (s.th.)’. Pres. tr. s`uh uiˇsA
th ‘he winnows (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh uiˇsiA
th or o¯ sˇrA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to winnow (s.th.)’. Fut. tr. s`uh uiˇsA
s.2th ‘he will winnow

91

(s.th.)’. Perf. tr. s`uh uiˇsA
-˙ch¯e ‘he has winnowed (s.th.). Aor. tr. s2
y˜ uiˇsA
or uiˇs e
l or uiˇsr e
l ‘he winnowed (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh uiˇsa  or u¯ sˇa  b e
th ‘he winnows (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh uiˇsia  or u¯ sˇia  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to winnow (s.th.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh uiˇzza  or u¯ zˇza  b e
th ‘it is continuously winnowed’. Part. pres. tr. u¯ sˇ2
y˜ - ‘(while) winnowing (s.th.)’. Part. pres. pass. u¯ zˇz2
y˜ - ‘(while) being winnowed’. Conv. tr. uiˇsA
-. Cond. pres. tr. uiˇsa¯ lu
. Cond. pres. caus. uiˇsi¯alu
. Part. perf. tr. f. uˇs´ıli - or u˜ısˇ´ıli - ‘(she has) winnowed’ or ‘if (she had) winnowed (s.th.)’. Part. perf. tr. m. u sˇ e
l- ‘(he has) winnowed’ or ‘if (he had) winnowed (s.th.)’. Imp. sg. tr. u¯ sˇA
or uiˇsA
. Imp. pl. tr. u¯ sˇ2y˜ or u¯ sˇ e. Imp. sg. pass. u¯ zˇz`ah . Imp. pl. pass. u¯ zˇz . Subj. 1. sg. uiˇsA
m, 2./3. sg. uiˇsA
; 1. pl. uiˇs e
zˇ; 2./3. pl. u¯ sˇ e. < *apa´sr¯apan.a- (463). The presence of a hab. form, the occasional appearance of -r-causative and the occasional surfacing of a nasalized root vowel all indicate that this verb is derived from a noun. o¯ s.2ri n.f. ‘the time between 10.00-10.30 am and 12.00 am’. o¯ s.2r ı v2x (n1) n.m. same as prec., see second word.  o s.A
v˜ (3m) (G, J) v.i. ‘to forget’. As in the

92

kAh – kAkA rA
v˜

prec. paradigm the use of passive forms is restricted to certain categories. Note also that all stem forms below can have also initial oral vowel. Pres. itr. s`uh u s.A th ‘it is forgotten (by s.o.)’. Pres. tr. s`uh u s.A
th ‘he forgets (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh u s.iA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to forget (s.th.)’. Fut. itr. s`uh u s.a` s.2th ‘it will be forgotten (by s.o.)’. Perf. tr. s`uh o e
s. thu ‘he has forgotten (s.th.)’. Aor. itr. s`uh u s.
 or u s.`ıli ‘it was forgotten (by s.o.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ o s. e
l ‘he forgot (s.th.)’. Conv. tr. o e
s.- or o 
s.- or u s.
-. Cont. itr. s`uh u s.a  b e
th ‘it is continuously forgotten’. Cont. tr. and caus. s`uh u s.a  b e
th or s`uh u s.ra  b e
th ‘he forgets (s.th.) continuously’ or ‘he causes . . .’ Cont. pass. s`uh o s.u´ za  b e
th ‘it is continuously (made to be) forgotten’. Part. pres. tr. u s. e
- ‘(while) forgetting’. Part. pres. pass. u z.z2
y˜ - ‘(while) being (made to be) forgotten’. Cond. pres. itr. o s.lu
or o es.lu
. Cond. pres. pass./caus. u s.a¯ lu
- or u s.i¯alu
- ‘if (it) is made to be forgotten’. Part. perf. itr. u s.´ıli - ‘(it was) forgotten’ or ‘if (it) had been forgotten’. Part. perf. tr. o s. e
l- ‘(he has) forgotten’ or ‘if (he) had forgotten (s.th.)’. Imp. sg. tr. u s.A
. Imp. pl. tr. u s.2y˜ . Subj. itr. 1. sg. u s.a´ m, 2./3. sg. u s.a` h ; 1. pl. u s.´ızˇ, 2./3. pl. u s. . Subj. tr. 1. sg. u s.A
m, etc. Ex. J: m`ah t  b2yl`ah o e
s. thu (Ur. lit.: maim ˙

tumh¯ar¯ı b¯atem ˙ bh¯ul gay¯a) ‘I forgot what you said’. < a¯ mr.s.yate (1265).

K kAh conj.encl. ‘if’. Ex.: s`uh duv2y˜ vA r tala 
k`ah b¯elu
, m`ah bas.2th (lit.: ‘he second time from-there if goes, I will-go’) ‘if he goes from there a second time, (then) I will go’. Pers. ke. k2
e¯ th , k¯ath  n.f. ‘a type of tree’ (ropes are made of its bark, cages and baskets for chicken from its twigs, and its leaves are used as fodder for goats). Same tree as B k c.. kao, k¯e (G) n.m. ‘an olive tree (used for getting an oil)’. Same as J k2
v1 . k´ak-p¯akh (G) adj. ‘sorting out’. Reduplication of Pers. p¯ak ‘pure’ or first component rather < kark´a- (2815)? + gho 
‘to sort out’. kak2ro 
(G) v.i. ‘to cackle (as a hen)’. Same as next. kAkA rA
v˜ (2m) v.i. ‘to cackle (as a hen when hungry or after laying an egg)’. The paradigm shows that a clear distinction between itr. and caus. pass. forms is not always made. Pres. itr. s`uh kak¯arA th or kak¯arzA th ‘he cackles’. Pres. caus. s`uh kak¯ariA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to cackle’. Fut. itr. s`uh kak¯ar`as.2th or s`uh kakA
rs.2th ‘he will cackle’. Perf. itr. s`uh kak¯ar`a-˙ch¯e or s`uh kakA
r-˙ch¯e ‘he has cackled’. Aor. itr. s`uh kak¯ar`ıli or kak¯arz  ‘he cackled’.

k2ku`ıli – k2cAh 2 Cont. itr. s`uh kakA ra  b e
th ‘he cackles continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh kak¯aria  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to cackle continuously’. Cont. caus. pass. s`uh kak¯arza  b e
th ‘he is caused to cackle continuously’. Part. pres. itr. kak¯ar2
y˜ - ‘(while) cackling’. Part. pres. caus. pass. kak¯arz2
y˜ - ‘while being caused to cackle’. Conv. itr. kakA
r- or kak¯ar e
-. Conv. caus. pass. kak¯arz
-. Cond. pres. itr. kak¯aerlu
. Part. perf. itr. f. kak¯ar´ıli - ‘(she has) cackled’ or ‘if (she) had cackled’. Part. perf. itr. m. kak¯ar e
l- ‘(he has) cackled’ or ‘if (he) had cackled’. Imp. sg. itr. kak¯ar`ah or kakA
r. Imp. pl. itr. kak¯ar . Imp. sg. caus. pass. kak¯arz`ah . Imp. pl. caus. pass. kak¯arz . Subj. itr. 1. sg. kak¯ar´am, etc. Adh. sg. kak¯ar`ay¯e. Adh. pl. kak¯ar`ıy˜ e¯ . Kalam. kikir Hy ‘chicken’, k¯akerent ‘(they) are cackling (fem)’, Paˇs. kuku:r., kuku:r ‘fowl; hen’, Kal. kakaw´an˙ k ‘chicken, hen’. Similar (onomatopoetic) words for ‘hen’ are also found in various Iranian Pamir dialects and other Iranian languages (Gamkrelije and Ivanov 1995: 816), but also Sant. kakarat ‘a word imitative of the peculiar note emitted by a hen when about to lay’. Closely related also OIA kukkut.a´ -1 (3208). Cf. kuk . k2ku`ıli , -ah n.f. ‘a cuckoo’. Cf. OIA kokila-1 (3483). k2ku
, -o
n.f. ‘an elder sister’. < *k¯akka(2998). ˇ kakr
, kakr´ey (G) n.f. k2kr , -ah (J, S);

93

‘fontanella’, but Sˇ ‘skull’. < karkara-2 (2820). k2
n˙ g (B, G, J), ka˙ng´ah (Gpl.) n.m. ‘a comb’. < k´an˙ kata- (2598). + J diy2
v˜ and G dio 
‘to comb (hair)’. k2n˙ g2
l, -`ah (G, J) n.m. ‘white frost’. Psht. kangal. ka˙ngA
(B) n.f. ‘a small comb’. ← k2n˙ g. k2n˙ gA l1 adj. ‘poor; out of cash, penniless’. < *ka˙nk¯ala-2 (2604). k2n˙ gA l2 adj. ‘rinsed, washed’. < *kha˙nkh¯alayati (3762). + kar2
v˜ ‘to wash the dishes’. ˇ adv.; adj.m. ‘near’. < k2c˙ h (J); k2c˙ 3 (S) kaccha- (2618). Same as J k2s. kAc˙ hA
v˜ (1m) v.hab. ‘to be near’. Pres. s`uh ka˙cho th ‘he is (uses to be) close (to s.o.)’. Fut. s`uh ka˙cho s.2th ‘he will be (will use to be) close (to s.o.)’. Cont. s`uh ka˙cha  b e
th ‘he always uses to be close (to s.o.)’. Cond. pres. kay˙chlu
. ← prec. k2c˙ h, -ah n.f. (G) ‘armpit’. < k´aks.a-1 (2588). Cf. J k2sˇA l. k2c˙ h e
adv. ‘somewhere nearby (invisible)’. ← k2c˙ h plus - e
. + i´av˜ ‘to come near, approach’. k2cˇ h l2s
 n.f. ‘a mixture of milk and water (drunk against stomach pains)’. ← k2cˇ a` h 1 and < las¯ık¯a- (10992). k2cˇ a` h 1 adj. ‘unripe, brittle’. < *kacca-1 (2613). + dhar2
v˜ ‘to have a premature birth; to remain unripe’. k2cAh 2 adj. ‘small (in size, as a person)’. Prob. same as k2yˇca` h . Connection with kiˇc`ı.thi 2n˙ g`u¯ı. Cf. Niˇs. kaˇck’i ‘junges

94

k2cˇ -k2cˇ i – kAzA
v˜

M¨adchen’, Paˇs. kuˇc’uk ‘youngster’, Sang. cˇ @.t ‘small’ and bng. cOt

ti ‘little girl

(address)’. Psht. kaˇc. k2cˇ -k2cˇ i or k2cˇ 2y-k2cˇ 2y interj. shout for driving or driving away goats. Bur. ke˙c and g´ec˙ hi, k´ec˙ i-k´ec˙ i ‘Laut zum Vertreiben von Ziegen’. ← Turk. k¨acˇ i ‘Ziege’ (Berger). Cf. cˇ e
g2c.i and bng. ci¯a-ci¯a ‘shout for driving goats’. k2cˇ a¯ r , -ah n.f. ‘a court’. < *kr.tyagharik¯a(3429). k2cˇ a¯ lu
, -o
n.m. ‘an esculent root (arum colocasia)’. Ur. (mot savant) kacc¯al¯u. k2cˇ o r., -ah n.m. ‘a (small) sack, shopping bag’. Sv. ka˙co´ r.o ‘Beutel’, Psht. ka˙cor.a ‘a bag’. k2cˇ n , -ah n.f. ‘a prostitute’. Psht. kacana¯ı (seems to be related with Ur. ka˜ncan¯ı ‘a dancing-girl; a prostitute’). k2cˇ m¯acˇ u , -o (note unusual falling accent) n.m. ‘a kind of herb (its leaves are taken against toothache, its red seeds are eaten)’. Also Sh. k2cˇ h2l (G) same as J k2c.h2l. k2c.2.th kar2
v˜ ‘to measure (e.g., ground, cloth)’. Orm. of Kaniguram ka˙c- ‘to measure’. k2c.u
l or k2c.hu
l n.m. ‘resin of the deodar pine (it is used as a chewing gum)’. Same product as G k2yli e¯ l, Sh.pal. kal¯el and Sˇ k2l el. ← next. + c˙ ap2
v˜ ‘to chew chewing gum’. k2c.h2l, -ah n.m. ‘a pine tree’. Same as G k2cˇ h2l. Bur. and Sh. k´ac.ul ‘F¨ohre’, Kal. kac.u ‘short-needled, evergreen tree’. kAzA
v˜ (4m) v.t. ‘to reprimand s.o. with strong words’. The vowel of the root is basically nasalized, but at times regularly suppressed (see grammar). The use of itr.

forms appears to be very limited. Pres. itr. s`uh k˜azA th ‘he scolds’. Pres. tr. s`uh k˜azA
th ‘he reprimands (s.o.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh k˜aziA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to reprimand (another person)’. Pres. pass. s`uh k˜azA th ‘he is reprimanded’ (< *s`uh k˜azzA th ). Fut. tr. s`uh k˜az`as.2th or k˜azA
s.2th ‘he will reprimand (s.o.)’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ k2zA
-˙ch¯e or k2ziA
-˙ch¯e ‘he has reprimanded (s.o.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ k˜az e
or k˜az e
l ‘he reprimanded (s.o.)’. Aor. pass. s`uh k˜az  or k˜az`ılh (< PIK *k˜azz ) ‘he was reprimanded’. Cont. tr. s`uh k˜aza  b e
th ‘he reprimands (s.o.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh k˜azia  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to reprimand (another person)’. Cont. pass. s`uh kAza  b e
th ‘he is continuously reprimanded’ (< *kAzza ). Part. pres. tr. k˜az2
y˜ - ‘(while) reprimanding (s.o.)’. Conv. tr. kA
z- or kAz e
. Cond. pres. tr. k˜azlu
. Cond. pres. caus. k˜azi¯alu
. Part. perf. itr. k˜az´ıli - ‘(he has) scolded’ or ‘if (he) had scolded’. Part. perf. tr. k˜az e
l- ‘(he has) reprimanded’ or ‘if (he) had reprimanded (s.o.)’. Imp. sg. tr. k˜az`ah . Imp. pl. tr. kaz . Subj. tr. 1. sg. k˜azA
m or kAzA
m, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. k˜azA
m or kAzA
m, etc. Adh. sg. k˜az`ay¯e. Adh. pl. k˜az`ıy˜ e¯ . Same meaning as paˇs2
v˜ 1 diy2
v˜ . < k´arjati (2829).

k2zˇ 2
l – kA
r.A
v˜ k2zˇ 2
l, -`ah n.m. ‘collyrium’. < kajjala(2622). kAt.A
v˜ (4m) v.i.; v.t. ‘to wind up (goat’s hair or sheep’s wool); to weave; to spin (wool) (all intransitive); to plan, work out s.th., talk s.th. over (all transitive)’. Note that in this paradigm subj. caus. is formed with the rare -l- causative grammeme. Pres. itr. s`uh kA.tA th ‘he spins’. Pres. tr. s`uh kA.tA
th ‘he plans (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh kA.tiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to plan (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh kAd.zA th ‘it is planned’. Fut. itr. s`uh kA.ta` s.2th ‘he will spin’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ kA.ta` -˙ch¯e ‘he has planned (s.th.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ kA.t e
or kA.t e
l or kA.t`ıli ‘he planned (s.th.)’. Cont. itr. s`uh kA.ta  b e
th ‘he spins continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh kA.tia  b e
th ‘he causes continuously (s.o.) to plan (s.th.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh kAd.za  b e
th or kA.tu` za  b e
th ‘it is continuously planned’. Part. pres. tr. kat.2
y˜ - ‘(while) planning’. Part. pres. pass. kad.z2
y˜ - ‘(while) being planned’. Conv. itr. kA.ta` h -. Cond. pres. itr. kayt.lu
. Cond. pres. tr. kA.ta¯ lu
. Cond. pres. caus. kA.ti¯alu
has the idiomatic meaning ‘if it is talked over’. Part. perf. itr. kA.t´ıli - or kA.t e
l- ‘(he has) spun’ or ‘if (he) had spun’. Imp. sg. itr. kA.ta` h . Imp. pl. itr. kA.tı. Imp. sg. pass. kAd.z`ah . Imp. pl. pass. kAd.zı. Subj. tr. 1. sg. kA.tA
m, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. kA.tlA
m, etc. (with -l-

95

causative). Adh. sg. kA.ta` y¯e. Adh. pl. kA.t`ıy˜ e¯ . Ex.: m`ah t`ı-miˇs2r kA.ta¯ lu
‘if I work out (this) with you’. < *kartati2 (2855). k2.t-k2.th n.m. ‘swaying from side to side’. + kar2
v˜ or ho- ‘to sway from side to side’. k2.t-kuz2
v˜ ‘to sway from side to side’. First component ← prec., regarding second see r2ph 2 kuz2
v˜ . kat.@i (B) n.f. ‘a buffalo calf’. Same as J k2.tu
. k`a.t2r1 adj. ‘fearless’. k`a.t2r2 , -ah n.m. ‘a chopped off or sewn off piece of wood’. Bur. k´a.tar ‘St¨uck’, Sh. k´o.tar (do.). < kut..ta´ yati (3241) (Berger). k2.ta¯ ku l, k2.ta¯ ko l adj. ‘winding, meandering (road, river), coiling (snake)’. Ex.: zA n k2.ta¯ ko l hua  b
th ‘the snake moves on winding’ (hua  is conv. of auxiliary and corresponds to Ur. hokar). A synonym compound ← k2.t-k2.th plus < a¯ kula(1012). kat.a¯ r@i (B) n.f. ‘a dagger’. < *kartt¯ara(2860). k2.t , -ah n.f. ‘a buffalo cow, female calf’. ← next. k2.tu
, -o
(J); k2.to¯ (G); kat.o¯ , kat.a¯ (B) n.m. ‘a buffalo calf’. < *kat..ta-2 (2645). k2.tu
z
A n (n2) (J); kat.o zA
n (B) n.m. ‘a very big (prob. mythical) snake’ (said to have long hairs and to ‘moo’ like a buffalo calf). ← J k2.tu
plus zA n (note change of accent). k2.to´ e (G) n.f. ‘a buffalo calf’. Same as J k2.t . kA
r.A
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to fool s.o., lead s.o. up the garden path’. Pres. tr. s`uh kAr.A
th ‘he fools (s.o.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh kAr.iA
th (in Dub¯er s`uh kAr.vA
th ) ‘he causes (s.o.) to fool (another person)’.

96

k2r. – k2n.d.2
r

Pres. pass. s`uh kAr.zA th ‘he fools himself, he gets fooled (by s.o.)’. Fut. tr. s`uh kAr.A
s.2th ‘he will fool (s.o.)’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ kAr.A
-˙ch¯e ‘he has fooled (s.o.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ kAr. e
l ‘he fooled (s.o.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh kAr.a  b e
th ‘he continuously fools (s.o.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh kAr.za  or kAr.u` za  b e
th ‘he is continuously fooled’. Cont. caus. s`uh kAr.ia  b e
th ‘he continuously causes (s.o.) to fool (another person)’. Part. pres. tr. kar.2
y˜ - ‘(while) fooling (s.o.)’. Part. pres. pass. kar.z2
y˜ - ‘(while) being fooled (by s.o.)’. Conv. tr. kar.A
-. Cond. pres. tr. kAr.i¯alu
. Cond. pres. pass. kAr.zilu
. Part. perf. tr. kAr. e
l- ‘(he has) fooled’ or ‘if (he) had fooled (s.o.)’. Part. perf. pass. m. kAr.z e
l ‘(he has) been fooled’ or ‘if (he) had been fooled’. Part. perf. pass. f. kAr.z´ıli ‘(she has) been fooled’ or ‘if (she) had been fooled’. Imp. sg. pass. k2r.z`ah . Imp. pl. pass. k2r.z . This and the prec. form are the only imperatives of this verb. Their meaning: ‘be fooled!’ Subj. tr./caus. 1. sg. kAr.A
m or kAr.iA
m, etc. Subj. pass. 1. sg. kAr.zA
m, etc. Adh. sg. tr. kAr.A y¯e. Adh. pl. tr. kAr.`ıy˜ e¯ . k2r., -ah n.m. ‘a (mindless) fight, quarrel’. Cf. next and prec., Bur. k´arpat. ‘Streit’ and Sh.chil. kart.a´ p (do.). k2
r.-k2r.1 n.m. rumble (of chain), sound of stones falling down. Bng. kOr-kOr (do.).



Psht. kur.. Cf. k2r.2kh . + kar2
v˜ ‘to rumble’. k2
r.-k2r.2 same as k2
r-k2r.

k2r.a` h n.m. ‘a buckle, clasp’. Psht. kara¯ı. k2r.2kh sound of a key which is turned in a lock; sound of a mechanical typewriter. Bng. kOrkAnO ‘to produce a sound while



turning a key in a lock’. Cf. Bur. g˙ ad.a´ q ‘rasselndes Ger¨ausch’. k2r.2kh -k2r.2kh intens. of prec. k2r.2
n˙ g-k2r.2n˙ g sound of bracelets. < *kat.a¯ n˙ ka- (2637). k2r.2s sound of striking lightning’. Cf. k2r2ph and k2r2s. kar.a´ m, -`ah (G, J) n.m. ‘a type of spinach’. k2r.A
l adj. ‘(always) tired (as a person)’. Prob. in the sense of ‘worn-out’ and thus ← kar.2
v˜ . k2r. , -ah (J); k2r.
, k2r.e¯ (G) n.f. ‘a soup (vegetable or meat)’. < kvathita- (3637). + J diy2
v˜ ‘to scoop up soup or sauce’. ˇ n.f. ‘a rafter or (thin) ceiling beam’. k2r.  (S) < kat.a-2 (2631). k2r.u
, -o
n.m. ‘nosering for a buffalo’. kar.kar.ey, kar.kar. E (G) n.m. ‘upper fixture for a churning-stick’. < k´a.ta-1 (2629). k2r.z e
l same as k2r.A
l. kar.h2y, -ah n.f. ‘a big shallow metal pan for frying’. < kat.a¯ ha-1 (2638). k2n..tA r, -ah n.m. ‘thornbushes or brambles on top of the court wall’. < kan..tak¯ara- (2672). ˇ (note rising k2n.d.˚ (G, J); k2
n.d.˚1 , k2
r.3 (S) accent which even does not shift!); k`an.d.^ (B) n.m. ‘a thorn’. < kan..ta-1 (2668). + J biy´av˜ ‘to prick’. ˇ n.m. ‘ear’. Lw. Sh. kon. (< k2n.d.˚2 , k2r.3 (S) k´arn.a- [2830]). k2n.d.a` h n.m. ‘the rim of a cup, bowl etc.’ Basically same as ka 
n.d.˚. < kan..th´a- (2680). k2n.d.2
r, -`ah n.m. or k2n.d.r
 n.f. ‘a ruin, dilapidated house’. < *khan.d.aghara(3794). Note: k2n.d.2r e
biy´av˜ ‘to assault a

k2n.d.2rA lu – k2n2y˜ kurˇc  house and rape its female inhabitants’ (lit. and euphemistically ‘to go to a dilapitated house’). k2n.d.2rA  lu (n1) n.m. ‘a man who unsuccessfully attempted to assault a house and rape its female inhabitants’. Cf. prec. and see second word. k2n.d. , -ah n.f. ‘a pearl necklace’. < kan..thaka- (2681). k2n.d.o
n.m. ‘s.th. useful, fitting, advantageous, benefitting’. Cf. OIA k´an.d.ati2 (2684). k2n.d.o l, -ah n.m. ‘a big and broad earthen pot for storing grain’. < OIA *kan.a- (2661) plus d.olla- (6583). k`ath n.m. ‘a black stone (can be bought in the bazaar, people suck it against hunger and thirst)’. k`ata, k`ati (B) n.f. ‘a pack-saddle for donkeys’. Psht. kata. kat´akh (G) n.m. ‘name of a month’. Same as k¯atak, cf. OIA k¯arttik´a- (3070). k`at2l, -ah n.m. ‘pebbles and small stones used as filler between outer and inner wall of a house’. + gal2
v˜ ‘to fill a wall with such stones’. k2n n.m. ‘a gorge, ravine’. < kan..th´a- (2680). Cf. k2nA l. kAnA
v˜ (4m) v.i.; v.t. ‘to itch; to scratch’. Note that the morphological alternation which is otherwise used to express the difference between transitive and causative meaning is used to express here the difference between scratching oneself or another person. Pres. hab. s`uh kAno th ‘he uses to scratch (himself)’. Pres. tr. s`uh kAnA th ‘he scratches (himself)’. Pres. caus. s`uh kAniA
th ‘he scratches (s.o.)’.

97

Pres. pass. s`uh kAnzA th ‘it itches’. Fut. tr. s`uh kAn`as.2th or s`uh kA
ns.2th ‘he will scratch (himself)’. Fut. caus. s`uh kAniA
s.2th ‘he will scratch (s.o.)’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ kAnA-˙ch¯e or s2
y˜ kA
n-˙ch¯e ‘he has scratched (himself)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ kAno or kAnv el ‘he scratched (himself)’. Cont. tr. s`uh kAna  b e
th ‘he scratches (himself) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh kAnia  b e
th ‘he scratches (s.o.) continuously’. Cont. pass. s`uh kAnza  or kAn`uza  b e
th ‘it itches continuously’. Part. pres. tr. (medium) kan2
y˜ - ‘(while he is) scratching (himself)’. Part. pres. pass. kanz2
y˜ - ‘(while it is) itching’. Conv. tr. (medium) kAn`ah -. Cond. pres. tr. kaynlu
. Cond. pres. caus. kAni¯alu
. Part. perf. tr. kAn´ıli - ‘(he has) scratched’ or ‘if (he) had scratched (himself)’. Part. perf. caus. kAn e
l- ‘(he has) scratched’ or ‘if (he) had scratched (s.o.)’. Imp. sg. tr. kAn`ah . Imp. pl. tr. kAn . Imp. sg. pass. kAnz`ah . Imp. pl. pass. kAnz . Subj. tr. 1. sg. kAnA
m or kAno
m, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. kAniA
m, etc. Adh. sg. tr. kAniy¯e or kAn`ay¯e. Adh. pl. caus. kAn`ıy˜ e¯ . Cf. kA
n2 . < kan.d.u¯ y´ati (2689). k2n2y˜ kurˇc , -ah (n1) n.f. ‘cartilage in the outer ear above the auditory canal’. ← kA n1 plus Psht. kraˇcai ‘cartilage’.

98

k2nA l – kApt.A
v˜

k2nA l, -ah n.m. ‘a gravel pit, sandpit, quarry’. Cf. OIA kandar´a-. k2na -2c˙ h adj.m. – adj.f. k2n2y˜ -2y` c˙ hi (n2) ‘attentive’ (lit.: ‘light with (regard to) ears’). Cf. next and 2c˙ h . k2na -ug´uru adj.m. – adj.f. k2n2y˜ -ugu´ıri (n2) ‘slightly hard of hearing’ (lit.: ‘heavy with (regard to) ears’). First component ← kA n1 , see second word. k2na  mu n.d.˚ (n1) n.m. ‘the area behind the outer ear’ (lit.: ‘ear-root’). ← kA n1 and see mu n.d.˚1 ,2 . Regarding further parallels see below k`an-mur
. k2na  mo
l; k2n2v˜ mo
l or k2na  m¯ol`ah (n1) n.m. ‘earwax’. ← kA n1 and mo
l1 . k2nˇcu sˇ adj. ‘stingy’. Ur. ka˜nj¯us. k2nˇco` kh ho- ‘to be on one’s guard, look out; to prick one’s ears’ (this is the typical attitude of a person engaged in a vendetta, it is said that such persons are very jumpy). Lit.: ‘(with) upright ears’. ← kA n1 and cˇ o` kh . kanz2
l, kanzl´ah (G) n.m. ‘an abuse’. Psht. kanzal, but cf. k˜az2
v˜ . ˇ (in J the word is k2nz´u.thi (J); k2nz´u.ti (S) almost out of use) n.f. ‘a stick’. Cf. OIA k¯aca-3 (3009). kanˇza´ k^ (B) n.m. ‘the trigger of a gun’. kann
, kann´ey (G) n.f. ‘temple (of head)’. Kam. g¯ak’a˙ni ‘temple (on head)’. < k´arn.ik¯a- (2849). k`an-b2b2y` li (n2) n.f. or kan-bulu
, -o
n.m. ‘lobe of the ear’. Cf. OIA karn.ap¯ali- and next. k`an-b2b2l (n2) n.m. ‘one with bat ears’. ← prec. Cf. G thotob2l ‘bat’. k`an-mur
 (n2) n.f. ‘the area behind the outer ear; the “dent” above the auditory canal in the outer ear’. Cf. Sh.chil. kalmu .tar ‘place

below the ear(lobe)’, Bur. kalam´u.to ‘Ohrl¨appchen’, Sh. konm´u.t ‘Stelle hinter dem Ohr’, but also Bur. mur´ıi ‘gedrehter Wulst aus Getreidehalmen’, Kt. karm’ut.@ ‘lobe d’oreille’ and similar forms in Ash. (Atlas 105), Kam. k¯arm’at.i ‘ear (visible part)’, and J k2nA  mu n.d.˚. ← kA n1 plus < mut.ati (10186) or *murut.ati? Regarding the latter form cf. McGregor’s derivation of H. maror.n¯a < *murot.ati. k2nv2.th , -`ah (note accent) (J); kanv´a.t^ (B) n.m. ‘a bat’. < k´arn.a- (2830) plus vartaka-1 (11349). Cf. under latter lemma L. vat..ta¯ ‘lobe of ear’, and cf. k`an-b2b2l ‘one with bat ears’. k2nv2.tu
, -o
n.m. ‘a small bat’. ← prec. k2nˇs2li y E
(B) n.f. ‘a centipede’. First syllable prob. < kA n ‘ear’, regarding second part cf. Shgh. sˇilut, Par. sˇil¯an.d., Kab. sˇilend and Kal. sˇiwil´a ‘centipede’. Somehow also connection with bng. kOnsu ar ‘centipede’.

k2ph encl. conj.; adj. ‘if; perhaps, probably’. kapo 
(G) v.t. ‘to cut (through)’. < kalp´ayati (2944). kap2y` ri , -ah n.f. ‘a shard’. < karpara(2876). k2p2yrt.u
, -o
n.f. ‘an eggshell’. ← prec. Also Sh.chil. and prob. same as Bur. kapar´aat.o ‘Eierschale’. k2p`ar (J) n.m., k2par@i (B) n.f. ‘a skull’. Psht. kapra¯ı (lw. from IA source deriving < *kapp¯ala- [2744]). Cf. G kopr¯ı. ˇ n.m. k2pA l, -ah (J); k2pA lo, k2pA l3 (S) ‘forehead’. < *kapp¯ala- (2744). kApt.A
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to cut into shape, cut up (cloth)’. Only a few forms with passive grammeme seem to exist. Pres. itr. s`uh kApt.A th ‘it gets cut’. Pres. tr. s`uh kApt.A
th ‘he cuts (s.th.)’.

kApr

v˜ 1  – kAmA

Pres. caus. s`uh kApt.iA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to cut (s.th.)’. Fut. itr. s`uh kApt.a` s.2th ‘it will be cut’. Perf. itr. s`uh kApt.A-˙ch¯e ‘it has been cut’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ kApt.A
or kApt. e
l ‘he cut (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh kApt.a  b e
th ‘he cuts (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh kApt.ia  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to cut (s.th.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh kApt.uza  or kApt.u` za  b e
th ‘it is continuously (made to be) cut’. Part. pres. tr. kapt.2
y˜ - ‘(while) cutting’. Part. pres. pass. kapt.uz2
y˜ - ‘(while) being cut’. Conv. tr. kApt.a` h - or kApt.A
-. Conv. pass. kApt.u´ızi -. Cond. pres. tr. kApt.ilu
. Part. perf. itr. f. kApt.´ıli - ‘(she has been) cut’ or ‘if (she) had been cut’. Part. perf. itr. m. kApt. e
l- ‘(he has) been cut’ or ‘if (he) had been cut’. Imp. sg. tr. kApt.a` h . Imp. pl. tr. kApt. . Subj. tr. 1. sg. kApt.a´ m, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. kApt.iA
m, etc. Adh. sg. tr. k2pt.a` y¯e. Adh. pl. tr. k2pt.`ıy˜ e¯ . Cf. G kapo 
. kApr
, kapr.e´ y (G) n.f. ‘a skull’. Cf. J k2p`ar

and OIA kharpara- (3831). k2ptA n n.m. ‘a captain (of the army)’. Eng. k`aph2v˜ n.m. ‘a shroud’. Ar. kafan. kafu r, -ah n.m. ‘a mothball’. Pers. k¯af¯ur. kab2d.¯ı n.f. ‘the prisoners’ base game’. Recent Ur. (resp. Psht.) lw. kabad.d.¯ı. kab2
l, -`ah (G, J) n.m. ‘the grass Panicum dactylon or a similar variety’. Psht. kabl ‘the name of a grass (Agrostis linearis)’. k2bA
r, -`ah n.m. ‘the wooden fence around a

99

grave’. k2
m (B, G, J) adj. ‘few, little, insufficient’; in numeral compounds ‘less’. Pers. kam. + kar2
v˜ ‘to decrease, reduce, lower, cut’. kAmA
v˜ 1 (4m) v.t. ‘to earn, acquire’. This verb belongs originally to the class with an anticausative genus verbi. However, the present paradigm has preserved this only very incompletely. Pres. acaus. s`uh kAmA
th ‘one earns (money) (lit.: ‘[money] earns itself’)’. Pres. tr. s`uh kAmA th ‘he earns (money)’. Pres. caus. s`uh kAmiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to earn (money)’. Pres. pass. s`uh kAmzA th ‘it is earned’. Fut. tr. s`uh kAm`as.2th ‘he will earn (money)’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ kAmA -˙ch¯e or kAmA-˙ch¯e ‘he has earned (money)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ kAmA
or kAm e
l ‘he earned (money)’. Cont. tr. s`uh kAma  b e
th ‘he earns continuously (money)’. Cont. pass. s`uh kAmuza  or kAm`uza  b e
th ‘it is continuously earned’. Cont. caus. s`uh kAmia  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to earn (money)’. Part. pres. tr. kAm2
y˜ - ‘(while) earning (money)’. Part. pres. pass. kAmz2
y˜ - ‘(while) being earned’. Conv. tr. kAm`ah - or kAm e
. Cond. pres. tr. kAmlu
‘if (he) earns (money)’. Part. perf. tr. kAm´ıli - ‘(he has) earned’ or ‘if (he) had earned (money)’. Part. perf. acaus. kAm el- (?) ‘(one has) earned’ or ‘if (one) had earned (money)’. Imp. sg. tr. kAm`ah . Imp. pl. tr. kAm . Imp. sg. pass. kAmz`ah .

100

kAmA
v˜ 2 – kAmzA
v˜

Imp. pl. pass. kAmz . Subj. tr. 1. sg. kAmA
m, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. kAmiA
m, etc. Adh. sg. tr. kAmiy¯e or kAm`ay¯e. Adh. pl. tr. kAm`ıy˜ e¯ . An example with anticausative meaning: p es k¯arx´ana -m2z k2mA
th ‘one earns money in the factory’ (lit.: ‘money earns (itself) in the factory’). < *karm¯apayati (2897). kAmA
v˜ 2 (2m) v.t. ‘to work (esp. in the sense of German ‘bearbeiten’), cultivate’. Always only together with an object, e.g., ‘the blacksmith works the iron, the farmer cultivates the field’. Note that only cont. has a passive mood. Pres. tr. s`uh kAmA
th ‘he works (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh kAmiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to work (s.th.)’. Fut. tr. s`uh kAm`as.2th ‘he will work (s.th.)’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ kAmA-˙ch¯e ‘he has worked (s.th.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ kAmA
or kAm e
l ‘he worked (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh kAma  b e
th ‘he works (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh kAmia  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to work (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. pass. s`uh kAmuza  or kAm`uza  b e
th ‘it is continuously worked’. Part. pres. kAm2
y˜ - ‘(while) working’. Conv. tr. kAm`ah - or kAm e
. Cond. pres. tr. kAmlu
‘if (he) works (s.th.)’. Part. perf. tr. kAm´ıli - ‘(he has) worked (s.th.)’ or ‘if (he) had worked (s.th.)’. Part. perf. caus. kAm e
l- ‘(he has) caused (s.o.) to work’ or ‘if (he) had caused (s.o.) to work (s.th.)’. Imp. sg. tr. kAm`ah . Subj. tr. 1. sg. kAm´am, etc.

Subj. caus. 1. sg. kAmiA
m, etc. Adh. sg. tr. kAmiy¯e or kAm`ay¯e. Adh. pl. tr. kAm`ıy˜ e¯ . < *karmayati (2894). k¨am¨ ´ a.t^ (B) adj.m. ‘industrious’. < karmis..tha- (2901). k2m2l, -ah (J); kam´al (B); kam2
l, kaml´ah (G) n.m. ‘a blanket’. < kambal´a1 - (2771). k2m2s2l n.m. ‘a member of a menial caste’. ← k2
m plus Ar. as.l ‘lineage’. k2m¯ayri (G) n.f. ‘a waterbird with a dovetail’. k2m`ıs, -`ah (note accent) n.f. ‘a shirt’. Ar. qam¯ıs.. k2m
ır., -Ah (J); k2m¯ı (G) n.m. ‘a family of low rank (e.g., hairdresser, smith, potter)’. < karm´ın- (2900). k2m n (G, J) adj. ‘humble’. Pers. kam¯ın. k2m´ukh , -`ah n.m. ‘ice’. K. khamb¨uru¨ ‘a large piece of ice from the heavens’. Bur. g˙ am´u ‘Eis’, Sh. gam´uk (do.) (see Berger 1998 III loc. cit. for more parallels). kAmzA
v˜ (2m) v.i. ‘to shake, tremble’. Pres. itr. s`uh kAmzA th ‘he trembles’. Pres. caus. s`uh kAmziA
th ‘he shakes (s.o.)’. Fut. itr. s`uh kAmz`as.2th ‘he will tremble’. Perf.1 itr. s`uh kAmu´ızi thu ‘he has trembled’. Perf.2 itr. s`uh kAmu´ızi gA ‘he has trembled’. Aor. itr. s`uh kAmz
 or kAmz`ıli ‘he trembled’. Cont. itr. s`uh kAmza  or k2m`uza  b e
th ‘he trembles continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh kAmzia  b e
th ‘he shakes (s.o.) continuously’. Part. pres. itr. kAmz2
y˜ - ‘(while) trembling’. Conv. itr. kAmz
- or k2mu´ızi -. Cond. pres. itr. kAmzilu
‘if (he) trembles’. Part. perf. itr. kAmz´ıli - ‘(he has) trembled’ or ‘if (he) had trembled’. Part. perf. caus. kAmz e
l- ‘(he has) shaken’ or

kAmzuirA
v˜ – k2y` l ı ‘if (he) had shaken (s.o.)’. Imp. sg. itr. kAmz`ah . Imp. pl. itr. kAmz . Subj. itr. 1. sg. kAmzA
m, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. kAmziA
m, etc. Adh. sg. itr. kAmz`ay¯e. Adh. pl. itr. kAmz`ıy˜ e¯ . Cf. OIA kampate (2767). kAmzuirA
v˜ (2m) v.i. ‘to become weak’. Pres. itr. s`uh kamzuirA
th ‘he becomes weak’. Pres. hab. s`uh kamzuiro 
th ‘he usually is/becomes weak’. Fut. regular. Cont. itr. s`uh kamzuira  b e
th ‘he becomes weak continuously’. Cond. pres. itr. kamzuirlu
. ← next. ˇ k2mz¯or (G) adj. ‘weak’. Pers. k2mzu r (J, S); kamzor. k2mz¯ur  (J); k2mz¯orih (B, G) n.f. ‘weakness’. Pers. kamzor¯ı. k2mp¯o.t2
r1 , -`ah n.m. ‘a computer’. Eng. k2mp¯o.t2
r2 , -`ah n. ‘a doctor’s assistant; a nurse’. Eng. ‘compounder’ (in Pakistan a ‘compounder’ is a person, usually of a quack type, who mixes medicines). k2mp¯o.t2r2y˜ n.f. ‘a nurse’. ← prec. k2mr`ah , k2mr
 n.f. ‘a room’. Ur. (Port.) kamr¯a. k2mr en, -ah n.m. ‘a kind of precious stone’. k2ml2kh indef.pron.; adj. ‘some; a little’. ← k2
m (note change of accent) and l2kh 1 . k2mso r2y adj. ‘(usually a field which is) long and narrow’. ← Psht. (Pers.) kam ‘little’ plus s¯or, ps¯or ‘breadth’. k2y, -ah n.f. usually 2
kh k2y (n1) ‘a handfull (e.g., of grain)’. Cf. Psht. lapakai ‘handful’. k2yu
(G) n.m. ‘a broad bangle’. Same meaning as J k ezˇu
.

101

k2y` c˙ hi adv.; adj.f. ‘near’. ← k2c˙ h . k2yˇca` h adj. ‘small; narrow’. Prob. same as k2cˇ a` h 2 . Psht. kaˇc. k2yta 
adj.m.(int.) — adj.f.(int.) k2yt2
y˜ ‘how’. Used also in confirmation, e.g., ‘how beautiful is this person’. Cf. next. k2yt`ukh adj.(int.) ‘how many, how much; so much, so many’. < *kiyatta- (3167). Cf. 2yt`ukh and t2yt`ukh . k2yndlu
, -o
n.m. ‘an earthen pot for honey or  grain’. < k´andu- (2726) plus ext. k2yli 1 -dA
n n.m. ‘a molar’. See dA n (note change of accent) and cf. Bur./Sh. kald´on ‘Backenzahn’. Acc. to Berger dissimilated < *kand´on ‘Ohrenzahn’. However, Morgenstierne (1956: 92) considers connection between Paˇs. ka:l-d’o:n ‘back-tooth’ and kal’a:wa ‘cheek’, which appears as k´a.li ‘cheek’ in Kal., kh´ol in G, khil¨an..t’a in Gaw. and kelen..tho in Paˇs. The word thus prob. derives < kapol´a- (2755). k2y` li 2 , -ah (J); k2yli 1 (G) n.f. ‘a fight; a war’.  < kalaha- (2922). + G gho 
‘to fight’. + J kar2
v˜ ‘to fight’. + J zˇhA z (n1) n.m. ‘a jet bomber’. See zˇhA z. Same as zˇ2n˙ g  zˇhA z. k2y` li 3 n.f. ‘meat of nuts’. < kali-2 (2934).  k2yli 2 (G) adv. ‘alone’. Same as IK of the Khandi¯a valley k el2v˜ . < *ekkala- (2506). k2yli e¯ l (G) n.m. ‘resin of the deodar pine (it is chewed)’. Sh.pal kal¯el, Sˇ k2l el, Kalam. k¨ala l H(L), same product as J k2c.u
l. See entry sub ki´sara- (3188) which is wrong. Sh. kyElo is also taken from deodar trees and not from “ful¯usˇ” (loc. cit.) trees. < kilima- (3187). k2y` l ı adj. ‘related to war’. ← k2y` li 2 .  + s¯emA n (n1) n.m. ‘weapons of war’. See

102

k2ylo – k2rA
th

second word. k2ylo n.m. ‘a type of tree’. Cf. G k2yli e¯ l. k2yˇsu
, -o
n.f. ‘a type of small onion’. Same as k2sˇu
. k2
y˜ zˇa¯ n¯ı interj. ‘(I) don’t know’. First word ← ka 
1 , second < j¯anA
ti (5193). kArA
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to do, make; to celebrate’. Pres. tr. s`uh kArA th ‘he does (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh kAriA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to do (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh kArzA th ‘it is done’. Fut. tr. s`uh kAr`as.2th or kA
rs.2th ‘he will do (s.th.)’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ kAr`a-˙ch¯e or s`uh kA
r-˙ch¯e ‘he has done (s.th.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ k
r or kAr`ıli ‘he did (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh k era  b e
th ‘he does (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh kAria  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to do (s.th.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh kAr`uza  or kArza  b e
th ‘it is continuously done’. Part. pres. tr. kAr2
y˜ - ‘(while) doing (s.th.)’. Conv. tr. kAr`ah - or kAr e
. Cond. pres. tr. kayrlu
‘if (he) does (s.th.)’. Part. perf. tr. f. kAr´ıli - ‘(she has) done’ or ‘if (she) had done (s.th.)’. Part. perf. tr. m. kAr e
l- ‘(he has) done’ or ‘if (he) had done (s.th.)’. Imp. sg. tr. kA
r or kAr`ah . Imp. pl. tr. kAr . Imp. sg. pass. kArz`ah . Imp. pl. pass. kArz . Subj. tr. 1. sg. kAr´am, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. kAriA
m, etc. Adh. sg. tr. kAriy¯e or kAr`ay¯e. Adh. pl. tr. kAr`ıy˜ e¯ . < kar´oti (2814). k2
r-k2r adj. ‘brittle, extremely dry and hard’.



< karkara-1 (2819)? + ho- ‘to crunch’. Cf. the two following entries, k2r2ph kar2
v˜ and q2
r-q2r ho-. k2r2
cˇ -k2r2cˇ h n.m. ‘teeth-grinding’. Psht. kraˇc. + kar2
v˜ ‘to grind one’s teeth’. k2r`a.th kar2
v˜ ‘to twist s.th.’ Cf. Bur./Sh. kar´a.t ˙-t- ‘zerbrechen’ and Niˇs. karak- ‘sich drehen’. Same meaning as m2r`a.th . kar2n.d.˚, -ah n.f. ‘electric current’. Eng. kar2n.d. , -ah (J); karan.d.@i (B); kar2n.d.ey (G) n.f. ‘a spatula’. Psht. karan.d.a- ‘trowel’. k2r2ph kAr2
v˜ ‘to cut through or off (s.th. hard, but also cloth); to bite through s.th. hard; to grind one’s teeth; to break (a stick or branch); to lop or prune (a tree)’. Bur. qar´ap ˙-t- ‘(Zweig) mit einem Krach abbrechen’, Sh. kar´ap (do.), Psht. krap ‘munching’. Cf. k2r2
cˇ -k2r2cˇ h , k2r2s kar2
v˜ , c˙ 2r2p kar2
v˜ and karp2
v˜ . Prob. intensive formation through disyllabification of words related to J karp2
v˜ . k2r2
p-k2r2ph kAr2
v˜ intens. of prec., note change of accent. k2r2
p-ph2th (n1) adj. ‘at once (cut through, or qualifying similar actions)’. ← k2r2ph kar2
v˜ plus ph2
th kar2
v˜ (note change of accents). kar2y, -ah n.f. ‘a long knife for cutting vegetables’. < kr.ti-2 (3425). k2r2s kar2
v˜ same as k2r2ph kar2
v˜ . k2rA
n.m. ‘a ram whose horns are turned inwards’. Cf. Bur. kar´ooy.o ‘mit nach innen gedrehten H¨ornern’, Sh. kar´oowo (do.) and Niˇs. kir’aw-s.iN’a ‘Ziegenbock mit schraubenartig gewundenen H¨ornern’. Cf. k`ırr.u¯ . k2r
A th , k2r2.th n.f. ‘a (heavy) diarrhoea’.

Perh. ← k2r`a.th kar2
v˜ in the sense of

k2r Am2th – kArpA
v˜ ‘twisting the bottom’. + ho- ‘to suffer from a (heavy) diarrhoea’. k2r Am2th , -`ah n.m. (note accent) ‘a miracle’. Ar. kar¯am¯at. ˇ n.f. ‘a knife’. Same as J kar2y. k2rA y (S) k2rA s kar2
v˜ ‘to cross, go across’. Eng. k`ar¨u, k`ar¯o (B) n.m. ‘a lion’. See next. k2r`u ı, -˜ah (J) n.f. ‘a rat; a lioness’. Cf. k`ur¯u and k2
r¯u. ˇ k2
r¯u, -¯o n.m. ‘a lion; a tiger’; k2
ro, k2
r3 (S) n.m. ‘a leopard’. The word is also used to frighten children, but then, it is said, k2
r¯u would mean ‘wild sheep’. In fact, this may be the basic meaning because of Par. Garo  ‘sheep’, Sak. kaura- ‘sheep’, Wkh. kar ‘mouton a` courtes oreilles’, Bur. k´ıro ‘Schaf (Kindersprache)’, Sh.chil. karA
‘a ram’. The word might be of Dravidian origin, e.g., Tam. kori ‘sheep’ (cf. DED ¯ 1799 for Dravidian alloforms and semantic varieties similar to those of Northern Pakistan). Semantically closer related with ‘lion’, however, is Munda-Himalayan (?) Raji ki:ri, ki:d.i ‘tiger, leopard’ (Sharma 1990: 174) with Munda parallels in Pinnow 1959: 142 ( 281) (but cf. also DED 1059). Cf. also J k`ur¯u and kurˇca . k2r¯u-k2r¯o n.m. ‘a kind of board game (a kind of draughts)’. Prob. same game as Bur. t´ataq. k2
r¯u ha 
c˙ h el (n1) n.m.pl. a children’s game (hopscotch) called si´u a  c˙ h¯ay in G, ‘lion and goat’. See components. k2r e, -ah n.f. ‘a dagger; a knife for cutting vegetables’. Same as kar2y. k2r e.th n.m. ‘a flat fruit basket’. Bur. khar´e.ti ‘kleiner Weidenkorb’, Sh. kar´ei (do.), also Kho., Psht. sˇkarai ‘flat basket’. Cf. also Ur. sikhar, sikahar ‘hanging basket’.

103

kar¯op`usˇ (B) n.m. ‘a type of wild cat’. Cf. J k2rpu`ısˇi and B k`ar¨u. k¨arˇc
ı (B) adj. ‘brittle’. k2rn el n.m. ‘a colonel’. Eng. with dissimilation. kArpA
v˜ (4m) v.t. ‘to grind with teeth; to gnaw; to tear off with teeth tough meat (or other food)’. Pres. acaus. s`uh kArpA
th ‘it grinds (by itself)’. Pres. tr. s`uh kArpA th ‘he grinds (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh kArpiA
th or kArpuiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to grind (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh kArpuzA th ‘it gets ground’. Fut. tr. s`uh kArpA
s.2th ‘he will grind (s.th.)’. Perf. tr. s`uh kArpA
-˙ch¯e ‘he has ground (s.th.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ kArpA
or kArp e
l or kArp`ıli ‘he ground (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh kArpA  b e
th ‘he grinds (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh kArpuia  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to grind (s.th.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh kArp`uza  or kArpuzA  b e
th ‘it gets continuously ground’. Part. pres. tr. karp2
y˜ - ‘(while) grinding’. Part. pres. pass. karpuz2
y˜ - ‘(while) being ground’. Conv. kArpA
- or k2rp e
or kArAp-kAr e
(n1) or kArAp-kA
r g2l e
(n1). Cond. pres. tr. kArp¯alu
‘if (he) grinds (s.th.)’. Part. perf. tr. f. kArp´ıli - ‘(she has) ground’ or ‘if (she) had ground (s.th.)’. Part. perf. m. kArp el ‘(he has) ground’ or ‘if (he) had ground (s.th.)’. Imp. sg. tr. kArp`ah . Imp. pl. tr. kArp . Imp. sg. pass. kArpuz`ah . Imp. pl. pass. kArpuz . Subj. itr. 1. sg. kArp´am, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. kArpayA
m, etc.

104

k2rpu`ısˇi – kAlAy mAdA
v˜

Adh. sg. tr. kArp`ay¯e. Adh. pl. tr. kArp`ıy˜ e¯ . Cf. kapt.2
v˜ . < *karpa- (2941). k2rpu`ısˇi , -ah n.m. ‘a type of striped wild cat’. Cf. k2
r¯u and puˇsu
. k2rpuˇs , -ah n.f. ‘a kind of marten’. Cf. prec. k2rpuˇso
, k2rpuˇse¯ (G) n.m. ‘a type of wild cat’. Cf. two prec. entries. k2rh2ydA r n.m. ‘a tenant’. Pers. kir¯ayad¯ar. k2
l1 , -`ah n.m. ‘oilcake (given to cattle as fodder)’. Lw. Psht. kal which is borrowed from IA (3845). ˇ pron.int. ‘when’; G also k2l2 (G, J); k`al3 (S) ‘since when’ and ‘sometimes’. Gaw. k¯ol ‘when’. Psht. kala ‘when’. + J -o
kh (n1) adv.; pron.indef. ‘when, if, sometimes, whenever; at the very moment (when)’. In case of relative clauses cˇ e` h can facultatively be added. Ex.: k2l¯okh cˇ e` h t2s-g¯e cˇ e¯ lil e
-kh2y˜ ‘at the very moment (we) arrived at his place . . .’ + Sˇ -n¯alo  (here k`al3 changes into k´al) ‘since when’. + J hA
r2 ‘how far; until when; until then’. k2l-k2l adv. ‘sometimes’. ← prec. k´al t¯ak2
r (G) pron.int. ‘how long’. ← k2l2 and cf. OIA tA
vatka- (5805). ˇ n.m. ‘a molar’. Same as J k2l d2nt (S)  i k2yl 1 -dA
n. k2l na (G) adv. ‘never’. ← k2l2 and na. k2l-na 
(n1) pron.int. ‘since when’. ← k2l2 and na 
3 . kAlAy mAdA
v˜ (n.f.) (3m) v.t. ‘to whisk butter’. The word kal2y is omitted in the following paradigm. Pres. tr. s`uh mAdA th or mAndA th ‘he whisks (butter)’. Pres. caus. s`uh mAdiA
th or mAndiA
th ‘he

causes (s.o.) to whisk (butter)’. Pres. pass. s`uh mAdz ethi or mAnz ethi ‘it (the butter = n.f.) is whisked’. Fut. tr. s`uh mAd`as.2th or mAnd`as.2th or m´ans.2th ‘he will whisk (butter)’. Fut. caus. s`uh mAdiA
s.2th ‘he will cause (s.o.) to whisk (butter)’. Fut. pass. s`uh mAdz`as.ithi ‘it (the butter) will be whisked’. Perf. tr. s`uh mAd`a-˙ch¯e or mAnd`a-˙ch¯e ‘he has whisked (butter)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ mAd e
or mAnd e
or mAd`ıli or mAnd`ıli ‘he whisked (butter)’. Cont. tr. s`uh mAda  or mAnda  b e
th ‘he whisks (butter) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh mAdia  or mAndia  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to whisk (butter)’. Cont. pass. s`uh mAdza  or mAnza  or mAd`uza  or mAnd`uza  b
thi (rf) ‘it (butter) is continuously whisked’. Part. pres. tr. mAd2
y˜ - or mAnd2
y˜ - ‘(while) whisking (butter)’. Part. pres. pass. mAdz2
y˜ - or mAnz2
y˜ - ‘(while butter is) being whisked’. Conv. tr. mAd`ah - or mAnd`ah -, mAd e
or mAnd e
. Cond. pres. tr. maydlu
or mayndlu
‘if (he) whisks (butter)’. Part. perf. tr.1 mAd´ıli or mAnd´ıli ‘(he has) whisked’ or ‘if (he) had whisked (butter)’. Part. perf. tr.2 mAd el or mAnd el (Ur. manthan kiy¯a hu¯a). Imp. sg. tr. mAd`ah . Imp. pl. tr. mAd . Imp. sg. pass. mAdz`ah or mAnz`ah . Imp. pl. pass. mAdz  or mAnz . Subj. tr. 1. sg. mAdA
m or mAndA
m, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. mAdiA
m or mAndiA
m, etc.

k2l2y˜ – k2sˇm¯ır  Adh. sg. tr. mAd`ay¯e or mAnd`ay¯e. Adh. pl. tr. mAd`ıy˜ e¯ or mAnd`ıy˜ e¯ . Second word < m´anthati (9839). First word has no meaning of its own in J, but it originally meant ‘butter’ (cf. below k2lˇsu
‘piece of butter’). k2l2y˜ adv.f. ‘sometimes’. Ex.: s`uh k2l2y˜ b
thi ‘she goes sometimes’. Cf. next entries. k2l2y˜ na  adv.f. ‘never’. First word cf. next, second ← na 
4 . k2l2v˜ adv.m. ‘sometimes’. ← k2l2 . Also reduplicated k2l2v˜ -k2l2v˜ and same as k2l-k2l. Ex.: s`uh k2l2v˜ b e
th ‘he goes sometimes’. kalA
(B) n.f. ‘a rafter’. Same as G k¯al¯av. k2l¯asˇinko ph , -ah n.m. ‘a Kalashnikov’. k2limAh (G) ‘the Muslim confession of faith’. Pers. kalma (Ar. kalima). k2l ı same as k2y` l ı. k2lu , -o (note unusual accent) n.m. ‘a black colored ox’. < k¯ala-1 (3083)? But cf. Tam. k¯a.lai ‘steer, bull, ox’ (DED 1261). k2l¯en.d.2
r, -`ah n.m. ‘a conductor (in a bus)’. Eng. ˇ n.m. ‘resin’. See G k2yli e¯ l. k2l el (S) k2lb r, -ah n.f. ‘a medical plant (Sorbus microphylla) used against stomach pain, also burned in fire against the evil eye or when s.o. has become unconscious’. Also Sh. ˇ n.m. ‘a skeleton’. Cf. OIA k2lbu t, -3 (S) kalevara, kad.ebara- (2656) and Psht. k¯alb¯ut ‘human body’. k2lˇsu
, -o
n.f. ‘a piece of freshly buttered butter’. ← first component of k2l2y mad2
v˜ and sˇu 
. k2
v1 , -`ah n.m. ‘a type of olive tree (Olea ferruginea?) (used for getting an oil which is good against body ache and paralysis)’.

105

Bur. k´aao, Sh. ka´ao, Sv. kou ‘Olive’. < kapi-2 (2747, 14353). k2v2 n.m. ‘a shout, cry; a voice; an echo’. Same as ko 1 (see there for etymology). Bur. q´ao ‘Ruf’. + kar2
v˜ ‘to shout (at s.o.), cry’. k2vr¯o.thi (G) n.f. ‘a milk bucket’. ka˜v, ka  (G) n.m. ‘an arrow’. < kA
n.d.a(3023). k2v˜ -k2v˜ kar2
v˜ ‘to weep bitterly’; sound of a whining dog. Bur. a˜ a
u˜ k˜aa
u˜ e´ t- ‘bitter weinen’, Sh. a˜ a
u˜ (do.), also Bur. k´aokao e´ t‘(Hund) winseln’, bng. kAv-kAv kOrnO ‘to

weep, whine’. Cf. ku -ku  kar2
v˜ . k2v˜ 2l (G, J) adj.m. ‘soft’. < komal´a- (3523). k2v˜ 2y` li (G, J) adj.f. ‘soft’. ← prec. kAv˜ c˙ ey (G) n.f. ‘a plait’. Cf. OIA *kacc-1 (2610). + gho 
‘to braid, plait’. ka˜vt´arih (G) n.f. ‘a pigeon’. < *kapotra(2754) or ← Psht. kauntar. Cf. (B?) ko t`ar. k2v˜ ra  bo .th (n1) n.m. ‘leather boots’. Bur./Sh. k´oori ‘Stiefel’, second word Eng. Cf. Gy. kherj ‘boot’. k2sˇ n.m. ‘a hoof’. Pers. kafˇs, Psht. kaoˇs. ˇ n.m. ‘armpit’. G k2sˇA l (J); k2sˇA lo, k2sˇA l3 (S) k2c˙ h, Sv. kaˇcalt.o¯ pa ‘armpit’ (where Buddruss also quotes Gaw. ka˙cal). < k´aks.a- (2588) with -¯al extension. kaˇsa 
(G) int.pron. ‘whose’. < ka-2 (2574) in genitive case. Cf. J and Sˇ k2s . kaˇs  (B); k2sˇ¯ı (G) n.f. ‘a rake’. Cf. J k2s.2y. k2sˇu
, -o
n.m. ‘a type of small onion’. Same as k2yˇsu
. Bur. g˙ as.u´ ‘Zwiebel’, Sh. ka´su´ (do.). k2sˇmal2y, -ah n.f. ‘a type of worm with hairs’. k2sˇm r n.m. ‘Kashmir’. k2sˇm¯ır  adj. ‘beautiful (e.g., person,

106

k2slAh – kA 2

landscape, animal)’. ← prec. k2slAh n.f. ‘disorder, confusion’. k2sˇl
 adj. ‘disordered, confused’. ← prec. k2s.2y, -ah n.f. ‘a rake’. < kas.a´ - (2970). kAs.t.A
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to rake’. Pres. acaus. s`uh kAs..tA
th ‘one rakes’. Pres. tr. s`uh kAs..tA th ‘he rakes (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh kAs..tiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to rake (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh kAs..tuzA th ‘it is raked’. Fut. tr. s`uh kAs..ta` s.2th ‘he will rake (s.th.)’. Perf. tr. s`uh kAs..tA-˙ch¯e ‘he has raked (s.th.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ kAs..tA
or kAs..t e
or kAs..t`ıli ‘he raked (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh kAs..tA  b e
th ‘he rakes (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh kAs..tiA  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to rake (s.th.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh kAs..tuzA  or k2s..tu` za  b e
th ‘it is continuously raked’. Part. pres. tr. kAs..t2
y˜ - ‘(while) raking (s.th.)’. Cond. pres. tr. kAs..tAlu
‘if (he) rakes (s.th.)’. Cond. pres. pass. kAs..tAzlu
‘if (it) is raked’. Conv. tr. kAs..tA
-. Part. perf. tr.1 kAs..t´ıli - ‘(he has) raked’ or ‘if (he) had raked (s.th.)’. Part. perf. tr.2 kAs..tA l (approximately Ur. gh¯as sam¯e.ta¯ hu¯a). Imp. sg. tr. kAs..ta` h . Imp. pl. tr. kAs..t . Imp. sg. pass. kAs..tuz`ah . Imp. pl. pass. kAs..tuz . Subj. tr. 1. sg. kAs..ta´ m, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. kAs..tiA
m, etc. Adh. sg. tr. k2s..ta` y¯e. Adh. pl. tr. k2s..t`ıy˜ e¯ . Cf. next. k2s..tu
, -o
n.f. ‘a small rake; a spindle’. ← k2s.2y plus dimin. suffix.

k2s same as k2c˙ h . k2s¯ai (G) n.m. ‘a butcher’. P. kas¯a¯ı. Cf. J q2s¯ab . ˇ pron.int. ‘whose’. Same as G k2s  (J, S)
kaˇsa . < ka-2 (2574) in genitive case. k´ast¯urih , k´ast¯uri ah (G) n.f. ‘musk’. OIA (Ur.) kast¯ur¯ı-. k2h2y, -ah n.f. ‘a kind of stone (said to be found in the Khandi¯a valley and in the area of Gilgit) which is used in medical treatments’. Same stone as s2l¯azˇ`ıth . k2h`ui, -ah n.f. ‘a well’. Same as B kuh
@e and G khuv´ey ‘well’. Cf. Sak. kh¯ah¯a- ‘spring, fountain, well’, Sv. k(u)wei, k¯uyei ‘Teich, Brunnen’, and Psht. k¯u-hai (borrowed from an IA language with derivation < *kh¯uha[3912]). kAz2
v˜ (G) v.t. ‘to advise, instruct; to warn’. Part. perf. k2z`ah -. Same as J kaz2
v˜ . < k´arjati (2829). + dio 
‘to abuse’. k2zt.u
, -o
n.m. ‘a small stick’. Dimin. of next. k2zˇu
.thi n.f. ‘a stick’. Same as k2nz´u.thi . Cf. G ka z¯u.thi . k2r.gu
c˙ hi n.f. ‘a type of edible morel mushroom growing on trees’. K. kana-ga ch ‘a kind of edible mushroom’. Same as kA n2 ,3 . See gu
c˙ hi . k2r.gu˙cu
, -o
dimin. of prec. kA
; obl. pl. k´o  n.m. (B) n.m. ‘a type of tree (a type of oil is extracted from it)’. Same as J k2
v1 . ˇ n.m. ‘a kA , kA a (plural two syllables) (S) crow’. See J qA . kA 1 n.m. ‘frame-pole of a bed; armrest (of a chair)’. The two long poles are called z.`ıg˚ kA (n1) and the two short ones khat.2v˜ kA (n1). < k¯aca-3 (3009). kA 2 n.m. ‘uncle, father’s brother’. Same as

kA 3 -k A – kA lA
v˜ k¯aku
. kA 3 -k A sound of clucking hens. Bur. ka´ak e´ t‘gackern’. k¯aku
, -o
n.m. ‘uncle, father’s brother’. < *k¯akka- (2998). k¯agul¯ı, k¯ag2l¯e (G) n.f. ‘a type of cuckoo’. Same as J k2ku`ıli . k¯agul´un e n.f. ‘coriander (is considered energizing, also taken against constipation)’. Also Sh. Prob. ← Psht. k¯aga velanai ‘large aniseed, fennel’. k¯aG
2z, -`ah n.m. ‘paper’. Pers. k¯agaz. ¯ ¯ kA c˙ n.m. ‘a big wooden bowl from which the collected people/family eats’. Kalam. k¯as HL ‘large bowl’. < *k¯acca- (3007). k¯azˇ 2
l, -`ah n.m. ‘lampblack’. Ur. k¯ajal. Borrowing via Psht. kA
.th , -`ah n.m. ‘an agreement, arrangement; a contract’. Bur./Sh. ka´a.t ‘Vertrag’. k¯a.t , -ah (J); k¯a.th¯ı, k¯a.th¯e (G) n.f. ‘a saddle’. Bng. k¯a.thi ‘a wooden saddle for loads’, Psht. k¯a.t¯ı ‘a wooden saddle’. kA r., -ah n.m. ‘a field full of small stones; many small stones together (also at a river bank)’. < k¯a.tha- (3018). But cf. also kA 4 and Psht. k¯an.ai ‘stone’. k¯ar.`ıli n.f. ‘a scree’. ← prec. Cf. kur.v`ıli . k¯an.˜ıa
(G) adj.m. – adj.f. k¯an.
 ‘one-eyed’. < k¯an.a´ - (3019). k¯atak (G) n.m. ‘name of a month’. Cf. kat´akh and OIA k¯arttik´a- (3070). kA n1 , k2n (B, J); kA
n1 , kan2
h (G) n.m. ‘ear’. < k´arn.a- (2830). + J -kur , -ah (n2) n.f. ‘a little stick for cleaning ears’. < *kura- (3319). Cf. d2n-kur . + J c˙ h´av˜ ‘to listen attentively’. + J diy´av˜ ‘to listen’. kA
n2 n.f. ‘a scratch, itch; a tickle’. < kan.d.u¯ -

107

(2688). + diy2
v˜ ‘to scratch (o.s.), itch’. + s.az2
v˜ ‘to itch, tickle’. kA n2 ,3 (G, J), Gpl. kan2
h n.m. ‘a type of morel mushroom growing on trees’. Same mushroom as J k2r.gu
c˙ hi . kA
n3 , kan2
h (G) n.m. ‘collar of a shirt’. < kan..th´a- (2680). k¯aph´ır, -`ah or k¯aph´ur, -`ah n.m. ‘an infidel, unbeliever’. Ar. k¯afir. k¯ab´ul n.m. ‘the city of Kabul’. kA
m1 n.m. ‘a type of kohlrabi’. Bur. kay.a´ m ‘eine Kohlart’, Sh. ka´am (do.). < kad.amb¯ı(2654) (Berger). kA m2 , k2m n.m. ‘a work, act, occupation, matter, business’. < k´arman-1 (2892). + kar2
v˜ ‘to work, act’. ˇ n.m. ‘a blood relation’. Ar. qaum. kA m (S) kA milA n.m. ‘a kind of deciduous tree (its seeds are taken against pain)’. Also Sh. k¯arA
, k¯arey (G) n.m. ‘millet’. Sv. k¯araˇz ‘millet’. < kA
s´a- (3112, 14384). k¯arig2
r, -`ah n.m. ‘a carpenter’. Psht. (Pers.) k¯ar¯ıgar ‘skilful workman’. k¯aru
n.m. a personal name. k¯arx´anah n.m. ‘a factory’. Pers. k¯arkha¯ n¯a. ¯¯ k¯artus (G) n.m. ‘ammunition’. Same as J k¯altu
s. k¯arn¯am`ah , -
 n.m. ‘a deed, action’. Pers. k¯ar-n¯ama ‘plan’. kA l1 (B) adj.m. ‘black’. < k¯ala-1 (3083). Cf.  adj.f. ki y¨uEl.  ˇ kA
l, -`ah (G, J, S); kA
l2 (B) n.m. ‘year’. <  k¯al´a-2 (3084). Cf. p2sˇkA l.  kA lA
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to count’. Pres. tr. s`uh k¯alA th ‘he counts (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh k¯aliA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to count (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh k¯alzA th ‘it is counted’.

108

 k Al-d
2n – kA 4

Fut. tr. s`uh k¯al`as.2th or kA
ls.2th ‘he will count (s.th.)’. Perf. tr. s`uh k¯alA-˙ch¯e or kA
l-˙ch¯e ‘he has counted (s.th.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ k¯al e
or k¯al`ıli ‘he counted (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh kA
la  b e
th ‘he counts (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh k¯aliA  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to count (s.th.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh k¯al`uza  b e
th or s`uh k¯alzA  b e
th ‘it is continuously being counted’. Part. pres. tr. k¯al2
y˜ - ‘(while) counting’. Conv. tr. k¯al`ah - or k¯al e
. Cond. pres. tr. k¯alu
(only one -l-!) or k¯aellu
. Part. perf. tr.1 k¯al´ıli - ‘(he has) counted’ or ‘if (he) had counted’. Part. perf. tr.2 k¯al el (Ur. gin¯a hu¯a). Imp. sg. tr. k¯al`ah or kA
l. Imp. pl. tr. k¯al . Imp. sg. pass. k¯alz`ah . Imp. pl. pass. k¯alz . Subj. tr. 1. sg. k¯al´am, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. k¯aliA
m, etc. Adh. sg. tr. kA
liy¯e or k¯al`ay¯e. Adh. pl. tr. k¯al`ıy˜ e¯ . < k¯al´ayati1 (2918). k Al-d
2n, k¯al-d2n´ah n.m. (G) ‘molar (big tooth)’. Same as J k2yli 1 -dA
n. k¯al2y1 , -ah n.f. ‘jewelry’. Kalam. k¯aley LH ‘women’s ornaments’. Psht. k¯alai. k¯al2y2 , -ah n.m. ‘a huge metal wing screw as part of a water mill’. k¯al2y˜ -vA
l¯a (n1) n.m. ‘a referee’. Prob. ← k¯al2
v˜ plus suffix. k¯al¯av, k¯al E (G) ‘a rafter’. Same as B kalA
. k¯al
 n.f. ‘a saddlebag’. k¯al`ez. (B) n.f. ‘an “omelette” consisting of heated and thickened beestings from cow, water buffalo or goat’. < OIA *kaly¯adya-.

Cf. sub kalya-4 (2950) WPah. bhal. kal ‘beestings’. k¯al e
(B, J) adv. ‘next year’. < k¯alya- (3104). k¯altu
s, -`ah or k¯alto
s (J); k¯altu s, k¯alt`us (B) n.m. ‘a bullet, cartridge’. Also Psht. Eng. cartouche? k¯avA kh adj. ‘(talking) disrespectful(ly) or (in) abusive (language)’. Ex.: s`uh k¯avA kh (b2yl`ah ) m2nA th ‘he talks disrespectfully (using abusive words)’. < kuv¯akya- (3359). k¯asˇu` qh (J), k¯asˇu` k^ (B) n.f. ‘a spoon’. Psht. qaˇsoGa¯ . kA
s1 ho- ‘to burn completely’. Cf. mult. kass ‘fever’. kA s2 , -ah (J); kA
s, -´ah (G) n.m. ‘a medium-sized or big wooden plate especially for guests’. Kalam. k¯as HL ‘large bowl’, Psht. (Ar.) k¯asa or rather same as kA c˙ ? kA s2y (G, J) n.f. ‘a small wooden plate especially for guests’. ← prec. kA 1 ; obl.sg. kA , obl.pl. ku  (B) n.m. ‘a bloodsucking insect on cattle’. Cf. Kal. kam´u ‘caterpillar’ and OIA k´r.mi- (3438). ˇ (note difference in accents) ka 
1 (J); ka  (S) pron.int.; adv. ‘who; anyone’; ka 
2 (B) pron.int. ‘who’. Sv. k¯ı ‘wer’, k¯o ‘wer; irgendwer’. Erg. J: k2
y˜ (Ur. kis¯ı ne) and k2y˜ h´um (note change of accent) (Ur. kis¯ı ne bh¯ı) ‘anyone at all’; nom. J: ka  h´um ‘anyone at all’ and ka  h´um n`ıh (note change of accent) ‘no-one at all’. < kah. punar (2575). Cf. J k2
y˜ zˇa¯ n¯ı. ka 
2 adj. ‘something, a little’. Cf. OIA kimcid ˙ (3144), B k , k 
ze. and G kiz . kA 3 n.m. ‘reed; an arrow’. < kA
n.d.a- (3023). kA 4 n.m. ‘small stones in lentils’. Cf. OIA k¯anta-2 (3029). Cf. also kA r. and Psht. k¯an.ai ‘stone’.

kA 5 -kA – kizA
v˜ kA 5 -kA  sound of clucking hens. See kA -k¯a3 . kA z¯u.thi , ka z¯u.teh (G) n.f. ‘a stick’. Same as J k2zˇu
.thi .
kA ze. (B) pron.adj. ‘anyone’. Cf. J ka 
1 . + n@˜ı ‘no-one’. ka .tu
, -o
dimin. of kA 3 . ka .th`ah n.m. ‘prong (of a rake); a clock or watch hand’. < k´an..taka- (2668). ka .th2
y n.f. ‘a saddlebag; a stirrup’. At least second meaning < kan..thaka- (2681). Same as ka .th , but note different accents. Cf. k¯a.t . ka .th2y˜ -c.ak2y (n1) n.f. ‘a scale with a needle’. ← ka .th`ah , see second word. ka .th , -ah n.f. same as ka .th2
y. kA r. adj; n.m. ‘(with a) sidelong glance’. ← first component of next. kA r. 2y
c.hi (n2) adj. ‘one-eyed’. < k¯an.a(3019) and ← 2y
c.hi . ka 
n.d.˚, k2n.d.a` h (nasalization in sg. is only phonetic) n.m. ‘a rim (of pot, glass, etc.)’. Basically same as k2n.d.a` h . < kan..th´a(2680). ki et^ (B) adj.int. ‘how much, how many’. < *kiyatta- (3167). ki etk ı (B) adj. ‘how many’. Used in an affirmative, emphatic sense. ← prec. and cf. k . i k e´ n (G) adj.m. ‘black’. < kr.s.n.a´ - (3451). Cf. k´ıni . + lu  (G) n.m. ‘pepper’ (lit.: ‘black salt’). See second word. ki e¨ l (B) n.f. ‘a fight; a war’. Same as J k2y` li 2 .  k`ık2l, -ah n.m. – n.f. kik2l2
y˜ (G, J); k`ıkal n.m. – n.f. kikli yE
(B) ‘a lizard’. < *kr.kkala- (3418). ˇ n.m.pl.tant. ‘a group of singers, ki˙nk¯aro
(S) chorus’. Cf. J l¯azˇg2
r. k`ıcˇ i˙ng, -ah n.m. ‘a kitchen’. Eng. kiˇc`ı.thi 2n˙ g`u¯ı (n1) n.f. ‘the little finger’. Same

109

as B q2cˇ  a˙ng`ui (sub J 2n˙ g`u¯ı). kiˇchA
r, -´ah (G) n.m. ‘a type of packsack (worn on the back and held with a long rope)’. kic.`ı.t-k2c.2.th kar2
v˜ ‘to scratch (the ground as a chicken)’. Cf. sub Bur. 2 kac., Ys. kac. ˙-t‘kratzen’. kiz (G) pron.; adj.; adv. ‘something, a little, some’. < kimcid (3144). Cf. J kA 
2 and B k . ˙ h + na ‘nothing’. kizA
v˜ (4m) (G, J) v.i.; v.t. ‘to go off, get spoiled, decay; to shrink; to spoil’. Pres. itr. s`uh kizA th ‘it decays’. Pres. tr. s`uh kizA
th ‘he spoils (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh kiziA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to spoil (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh kizzA th ‘it gets spoiled’. Fut. tr. s`uh kizA
s.2th or k
ss.2th ‘he will spoil (s.th.)’. Perf. itr. s`uh k
z thu ‘it is spoiled’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ kizA
-˙ch¯e ‘he has spoiled (s.th.)’. Aor. itr. s`uh kiz
 or kiz`ıli ‘it decayed’. Cont. itr. s`uh k`ıza  b e
th ‘it decays continuously’. Cont. tr. s`uh kiza  b e
th ‘he spoils (s.th.) continuously’. Conv. itr. k
z-. Conv. tr. kizA
-. Cond. pres. itr. kizlu
. Cond. pres. tr. kiz¯alu
. Part. perf. tr.1 itr. kiz´ıli -. Part. perf. tr.2 kiz el. Imp. sg. tr. kiz`ah . Imp. pl. tr. kiz . Subj. itr. 1. sg. kiz´am, 2./3. sg. kiz`ah , 1. pl. kiz´ızˇ, 2./3. pl. kiz . Subj. tr. 1. sg. kizA
m, 2./3. sg. kizA
, 1. pl. kiz e
zˇ, 2./3. pl. kiz2y˜ . Adh. sg. itr. kiz`ay¯e.

110

k`ıt.-k2t.h – kis.A
v˜

Adh. pl. itr. kiz`ay˜ e¯ . Adh. sg. tr. kizA y¯e. Adh. pl. tr. kiz`ay˜ e¯ . < k¯ıryate (3201). k`ı.t-k2.th adj. ‘winding o.s. (as a snake)’. Cf. kir`ı.t-k2rat.h and k`ırr.u¯ . kitA b, -ah n.m. ‘a book’. Ar. kit¯ab.  k´ıni (G) adj.f. ‘black’. ← ki e´ n. kim2.th (G, J), Jpl. kimt.
 or kimt.a` h and Gpl. ˇ n.m. ‘a worm’. kimt.´ıh ; kim2.to, kim2.t3 (S) < k´r.mi- (3438) and suffix. ki y¨uEl (B) adj.f. ‘black’. ← adj.m. kA l1 . ´ ak(B) n.f. ‘hate’. Psht. kraka, Ar.ikr¯ah. kir¨ kir2
n.d.˚, -`ah n.m. ‘a type of mildew (the grain ears turn black and crumble)’. < kr.s.n.a´ (3451). kir¯ar.
, -`ah n.m. ‘an itinerant trader’. < kir¯a.ta- (3173). kir¯am2th n.f. ‘a marvellous or magic deed, miracle’. Same as k2r¯am2th . Ar. kar¯am¯at. kira  postp. ‘for, on account of; in order to’. Also used to mark the oblique case. Ex.: m 
-kira  p2th n
 th  (Ur. mujhe pat¯a nah¯ım) ˙ ‘I don’t know’. < *k¯ar´ıya- (3078). kira r.a h 1 , kira r. 
 n.m. ‘grocery, goods for sale’. < kray¯an.aka- (3584). kira r.a h 2 kar2
v˜ ‘(as children) to beat down with a stick those fruits which have been left back by the adults’. ← prec.? But cf. khir¯ar. . kir`ı.t-k2rat.h changing continuously the direction (while walking or driving). ← k2r`a.th . Cf. k`ı.t-k2.th and k`ırr.u¯ . ˇ n.m. ‘a lizard’. Lw. Sh. kirk2
lo, kirk2
l3 (S) Cf. J k`ık2l. kirg´ı.t-bA l (n1) n.m. ‘cricket (game)’. Eng. k`ırr.u¯ n.m. ‘turn, rotation (e.g., of a spinning top)’. Cf. k`ı.t-k2.th , kir`ı.t-k2rat.h , k2r`a.th kar2
v˜ and Niˇs. kir’aw-s.iN’a ‘Ziegenbock

mit schraubenartig gewundenen H¨ornern’. + kar2
v˜ ‘to roll’. k´ıl, -`ıh (G, J) (plur. only G) n.m. ‘an ibex, markhor’. Bur./Sh. kil ‘Steinbock, Markhor’, K. k¯ela ‘the ibex or Lad¯ak¯ı goat’. Dravidian? Cf. DED 1103 Tam. kalai ‘stag, buck’ (Kota kala;r. ‘Nilgiri ibex’). k`ıl (B) n.m. ‘a stake for fastening cattle’. Same as G k¯ılu . kil2y, -ah n.f. ‘a kind of costly medicinal herb (the root is used to “strengthen” man or animal)’. kil¯ar. , kil¯ar. e
(G, J) (plur. only G) n.f. ‘cream which is skimmed off from a mixture of milk and buttermilk’; J also ‘spoiled milk’. < k´ıl¯a.ta- (3181). kil  n.f. ‘an ibex, markhor’. ← k´ıl. kile˜y (G) n.f. ‘an ibex, markhor’. Same as prec. kiva
.t^ (B) n.m. ‘a worm’. Same as J kim2.th . kiˇsA r (G) n.m. ‘awn(s)’. < kim´ ˙ sA
ru- (3148). Cf. Yid. kiˇsa¯ r ‘spike of grain’. kiˇsm`ısˇ n.f. ‘raisin, currant’. Pers. kiˇsmiˇs. kis.A
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to knead dough’. Pres. tr. s`uh kis.A th ‘he kneads (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh kis.iA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to knead (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh kiz.zA th ‘it is kneaded’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ kis. e
or kis.`ıli ‘he kneaded (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh kis.a  or k`ıs.a  b e
th ‘he kneads (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh kis.ia  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to knead (s.th.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh kiz.za  or kis.u` za  b e
th ‘it is continuously kneaded’. Part. pres. tr. kis.2
y˜ -. Conv. tr. kis.a` h -. Cond. pres. tr. kis.lu
. Cond. pres. caus. kis.i¯alu
.

kis.Ah – ku l



Part. perf. tr.1 kis.´ıli -. Part. perf. tr.2 kis. el. Imp. sg. tr. kis.a` h . Imp. pl. tr. kis. . Imp. sg. pass. kiz.z`ah . Imp. pl. pass. kiz.z . < *kri´syate (3590). kis.Ah adj. ‘soft’. ← prec. kis.2v˜ (G) n.m. ‘dough’. Cf. J kis.2
v˜ . ˇ kis.2v˜ (J) adj.m.; kis.o  adj.m. – adj.f. kis.  (S) ‘black’. < kr.s.n.a´ - (3451). + J aml´ukh (n1) n.m. ‘a type of fruit’. See aml´ukh . + J b¯ati˙ng2
r. (n1) n.m. ‘aubergine, brinjal’ (lit.: ‘black tomato’). See b¯ati˙ng2
r.. kis.a¯ (G) ‘dough’. Same as kis.2v˜ . kis.  adj.f. ‘black’. ← kis.2v˜ . k˜ıs.hA r adj. ‘blackish, slightly black’. < kr.s.n.a´ - (3451) plus < dh¯ara-1 (6787). ˇ adj.; n.m. ‘black; soot’. < kirik r, -ah (J, S) (3175). Cf. Sˇ k ıh2
ri. k l1 , -ah n.m. ‘oil from the k2
v tree (is used internally for “cooling”, e.g., in case of jaundice)’. k l2 , -ah n.m. ‘a tent peg; name of two short wooden pieces fixed to the cˇ h2
l in a water mill’. < k¯ıla-1 (3202). Cf. k el. k¯ılu , kil´ah (G) n.m. ‘a stake for fastening cattle’. < k¯ıla-1 (3202). Cf. prec. and B k`ıl. k  (B) pron.; adj.; adv. ‘something, a little, some; several, a few’. Note the distributive (3144), reduplication k -k ı. Cf. OIA kimcid ˙
J ka 1 , and G kiz and k¯u1 . k -k ı sound of a bird of prey (prob. a kind of falcon). Bur. k˜ı
ı-k˜ı
ı e´ t- ‘schreien (Raubvogel)’. k c. (B) n.f. ‘a type of tree (ropes are made of its bark and its leaves are used as fodder for goats)’. Same tree as J k2
e¯ th .

111

k 
ze. (B) ‘anything’. Cf. k . + n@˜ı ‘nothing’. ˇ n.f. ‘charcoal’. Cf. k r. k ıh2
ri (S) kui˙chA
v˜ (2m) v.i. ‘to groan’. Pres. itr. s`uh kui˙chA th ‘he groans’. Pres. caus. s`uh kui˙chiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to groan’. Fut. itr. s`uh kui˙ch`as.2th ‘he will groan’. Perf. itr. s`uh k´u¯ıc˙ h thu ‘he has groaned’. Perf. caus. s`uh kui˙ch`a-˙ch¯e ‘he has caused (s.o.) to groan’. Aor. itr. s`uh ku˙ch
 or ku˙ch`ıli ‘he groaned’. Part. pres. ku˙ch2
y˜ -. Conv. itr. kui˙ch`ah - or ku˙ch`ah - or kui˙ch
- or ku
c˙ hi -. Cond. pres. itr. ku˙chlu
. Part. perf. itr.1 ku˙ch´ıli -. Part. perf. itr.2 ku˙ch el. Imp. sg. itr. kui˙ch`ah . Imp. pl. itr. ku˙ch . Subj. itr. 1. sg. ku˙ch´am, etc. Subj. caus. 1. sg. ku˙chiA
m, etc. Adh. sg. itr. ku˙ch`ay¯e. Adh. pl. itr. ku˙ch`ıy˜ e¯ . < *kucyate (3221). ku´ıc˙ hi , -`ah n.f. ‘an armful’. ku´ıc.hi , a` h n.f. ‘side, flank (of body)’. < kuks.´ı- (3213). k`uin.d.˚i adj.f. ‘(head) completely shaven; (animal) without horns’. ← k`un.d.˚. ku`ıli n.f. the Kola¯ı area east of Dasu town (where Shina is spoken). kuısˇi , -ah n.f. ‘pod (of peas, etc.)’. Kal. kuˇs´ıak ‘unshelled beans or peas, pods’. k´u¯ı, -`ah n.f. ‘a flat wooden trough for kneading dough’. k`u¯ıc˙ n.f. ‘a complaint’. + kar2
v˜ ‘to make a complaint’. ku l (B) adj.f. ‘bent, crooked’. ← k`ol. 

112

ku l-v¯ıl – kut.A
v˜  

ku l-v¯ıl (B) adj.f. ‘much bent or crooked, or   bent or crooked over a long distance’. Echo formation of prec. See k`ol-vol. k´u ız, -`ah n.f. ‘a wild green creeper- or fern-like vegetable found in early spring in high forests’. < OIA ku˜njik¯a‘fennel-flower seed’. Same as G kunˇz¯ı1 . k`ukh 1 , -`ah (note accent) (G, J) n.m. ‘a type of cuckoo with long beak’. < kukkubha(3210). k`ukh 2 , -`ah (note accent) n.m. ‘a kind of wild dog or big fox (attacks goats and sheep)’. < *kukka-1 (3206). k`ukh 3 n.m. ‘a sad song (sung by a professional singer)’. < *k¯ukk¯a- (3390). + kar2
v˜ ‘to lament, express one’s sufferings’. kuk@˜ı, kuko
(B) n.f. ‘a hen’. Same as J kuk . kuk2
v˜ n.m.pl. ‘poultry’. ← kuk , cf. next. kuk2v˜ bahu
, . . . -o
(n1) n.m. ‘a chicken house’. First word ← prec. (note change of accent), see second. kuk , -˜ah n.f. ‘a hen’. < kukkut.a´ -1 (3208). Cf. k`uk¯u-kuk¯u and kak¯ar2
v˜ . + bhay2
v˜ ‘to hatch (out) (eggs)’. kuk  tA zˇ n.f. or kuk  t2y` zˇ i or kuk  sumru
(n1) n.m. ‘a cockscomb’. ← prec., see sumru
; the other word (see t2y` zˇ i 1 ) from Pers. t¯aj. k¨uk¨u (B) same as kuk@˜ı. ˇ kuk´uy˜ (G) n.f. ‘a hen’; kuk`u, kuko
kuk`u˜ı (S); (B) n.m. ‘poultry’. Cf. J kuk  and B kuk@˜ı. k`uk¯u-kuk¯u sound of clucking hens. Bur. kuk e´ t-, kuk´uk e´ t- ‘(Henne) glucken’. ← kuk . k`uk¯uk-kuk¯ukh sound of the k2ku`ıli cuckoo. kuko n.m. ‘nibblings (like nut kernels, dried apricots)’ (children’s language). Cf. Bur. k´aka ‘N¨aschereien’. kuko˜v d.huk´urih (G) n.f. ‘chicken house’. See kuk´uy˜ and second word. ˇ n.m.pl. ‘poultry’. Same as J kuk2
v˜ . kuko 
(S)

kukbA n˙ g˚ (B) n.f. ‘the time between midnight  and early morning’. ← B k¨uk¨u plus J bA
n˙ g. Same meaning as J cˇ a¯ rbA
n˙ g. ku˙ngru
, -o
n.m. ‘a skeleton’. Perh. < ka˙nk¯ala-1 (2603) with change of first vowel due to last. Cf. under this lemma WPah.bhad. had.-kEkar where Turner considers contamination with pa˜njara- to account for the final consonant. ku˙ca` h , -
 n.f. ‘a narrow village lane’. Kal. kulˇca´ ‘path between houses in a village’. Psht. k¯uc˙ a, Pers. k¯ucˇ a. ku˙c2r (J); ku˙cu´ r, ku˙ca´ r (G); ku˙cu` r (B); ˇ n.m. ‘a dog’. < ku˙cu` ro , ku˙cu` r3 (S) *kuccura- (3219). + J lava  (n2) n.m. ‘a type of fox (usually moves in pairs)’. See lava . ku˙c`ıri (J); ku.c˙ ir (B) n.f. ‘a bitch’. ← ku˙c2r.  ku˙cirt.u
, -o
n.f. ‘a puppy’. Dimin. of prec. ku˙cr
@i, ku˙cro
(B) n.f. ‘a puppy’. ← ku.c˙ ir.  ku˙cru
, -o
(B, G, J) n.m. ‘a puppy’. Dimin. of J ku˙c2r and B ku˙cu` r. k`ucˇ h gh
l (n1) n.m. ‘butter’. A synonym compound meaning ‘butter-ghee’, but first word, which ← Psht. kuˇci ‘butter’, is used only here. Same synonym compound in B k`ucˇ h gh´ıu and Dm. kuˇc-gi´ru ‘butter’. Same kind of butter as J sˇiˇsA  gh
l. See second word. k´uc. (B) n.f. ‘waist’. < kuks.i- (3213). Same as J ku´ıc.hi . k`uc.-kuc.h call produced by a kind of pheasant (may¯ur). Bur. k´oc.koc. ‘(rotf¨ußiges Rebhuhn) schreien’. Cf. c.u` k2 -c.ukh and qiˇc2
v-qiˇc2v. kut.A
v˜ (3m) (G, J) v.t. ‘to pound, grind; to strike; to torment, torture; to shoot (an animal)’. Pres. tr. s`uh kut.A th ‘he pounds (s.th.)’.

k`ut.h 1 – kunzAh Pres. caus. s`uh kut.iA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to pound (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh kud.zA th ‘it is pounded’. Fut. tr. s`uh kut.a` s.2th ‘he will pound (s.th.)’. Perf. s2
y˜ kut.a` h -˙ch¯e ‘he has pounded (s.th.). Aor. tr. s2
y˜ kut. e
or kut.`ıli ‘he pounded (s.th.)’. Cont. pass. s`uh kud.za  or kut.u` za  b e
th ‘it is continuously pounded’. Conv. tr. kut.a` h -. Cond. pres. tr. kut.lu
. Part. perf. tr.1 kut.´ıli -. Part. perf. tr.2 kut. el. Imp. sg. tr. kut.a` h . Imp. pl. tr. kut. . Imp. sg. pass. kud.z`ah . Imp. pl. pass. kud.z . < kut..ta´ yati (3241). ˇ kv u` .t^ (B) n.m. ‘knee’. < k`u.th 1 (G, J, S); *kut..tha- (3243). + J ri˙ng2
v˜ ‘to kneel (down)’. k`u.th 2 (G, J) n.m. ‘a corner (in a room)’. Same as Sˇ ku .t. < *kun..ta-2 (3898) or from a non-Aryan root not found in OIA? Cf., e.g., Tam. k¯o.ti ‘corner’ (DED 1709). Cf. B g´u.t^. k`u.th 3 n.m. ‘a type of good smelling medical plant found in high altitudes and used by Hakims as a drug against internal “wounds” (mostly for women)’. < k´us..tha-1 (3370). kut.u` l adj.m. – adj.f. kut.u`ıli ‘strong (as a person)’. Prob. < *kut..ta-1 (3236) plus ext. kut.u´ lu (G) adj.m. – adj.f. kut.u´ lih ‘filled’. kur.u´ kh adj. ‘breeding (as a chicken)’. See comments sub kak¯ar2
v˜ . + kuk  (n2) n.f. ‘a breeding chicken’. kur.k 1 , -ah (J); kur.k@i (B) n.f. ‘a mousetrap; an iron trap’. Psht. kur.ka¯ı ‘a kind of bird trap’. Perh. from a Dravidian source, cf. DED 1563 and 1564 (Tam. k¯u.tu, k¯u.tai) with words frequently meaning ‘trap’.

113

kur.k 2 , -ah n.f. ‘a small house or hut close to a mosque in which the Maulvi and his pupils live’. < kut.¯ı- (3232). Cf. Tam. kut.ikai ‘hut made of leaves, temple’ (DED 1379). kur.v`ıli adj. ‘(a field) having its supporting wall collapsed (for a longer time)’. First component ← ku r., second < v´alati (11405). k`un.d.˚ adj.m. ‘(head) completely shaven; (animal) without horns’. < *kun..ta-1 (3260). kun.d.a` h , kun.d.
 (J) n.m.; kun.d.a´ h , kun.d.
 (B) n.f. ‘a fish hook’. Psht. kun.d.a, but also bng. k udO, k udi ‘(fish) hook’.



kun.d. er, -ah n.m. ‘a curl, lock’. < kun.d.al¯ak¯ara- (3269). kun.d.ru
, -o
n.m. ‘a bundle (of wood, cloth, etc.)’. < kun.d.a-3 (3266). k`uth , -`ah (note accent) adj.; n.m. ‘creased; loose, not tight, not properly closed; a crease, wrinkle, pleat’. Same meaning as v`uth . ˇ n.f. ‘a bitch’. < *kutta-1 (3275). kut2y˜ , -3 (S) Same as G khutey. kuthl , -ah n.f. ‘a handbag used for shopping’. < *kotthala- (3511). kuthlu
, -o
n.m. ‘a tied-up bundle (made of leather or cloth, and formerly used for keeping valuables)’. ← prec. ˇ adv. ‘at this particular time; just k´ud (S) now’. Cf. Paˇs. ka-d’ai ‘from now on’. kudA
eli n.f. ‘a thin stick used by the miller to get the grains fall from the mill-race into the hole of the mill wheel’. < kudd¯ala-1 (3286). k`un n.m. ‘a rifle butt’. Same as G kund´ah 1 . kunzAh , -
 or kunˇzl2kh (with suffix l2kh 1 ) adj.; n.m. ‘bent; twisted; the handle of a

114

kunˇz¯ı1 – kurcA

walking stick’. < *ku˜nca-1 (3223). kunˇz¯ı1 , kunˇzi e¯ (G) n.f. ‘a type of fern vegetable’. < OIA ku˜njik¯a- ‘fennel-flower seed’. Same as J k´u ız and B k˜unz . kunˇz¯ı2 , kunˇzi e¯ (G) n.f. ‘a key’. < ku˜ncik¯a-1 (3225). Same as J ku zˇ¯ı and B k˜unˇz . kundA
h 1 , kond´ae (G) n.m. ‘a rifle butt’. Same as J k`un and B kun. Psht. kund¯aG ‘the stock of a gun or musket’. kundAh 2 (G, J); kund
 (Jpl.); kund2
eh (Gpl.) n.f. ‘an iron ring to connect the wooden block on which the ploughshare is fixed with the ploughshare’. Psht. (Ar.) kunda. k`uph2r n.m. ‘unbelief’. Ar. kufr. kupht´av˜ , kuphta 
(G) n.m. ‘the night time till the first prayer’. Same as J khoptA . Mult. kuft˜a ‘bed-time, about 9 P. M.’ Psht. m¯as-xutan ‘the time of prayer before going to rest’. kuma
.th , kumt.
 adj.; n.m. ‘hunchbacked; a hunchback; a cow’s hump’. Cf. OIA g´ulma- ‘clump of trees’ (4217) where only S. (g¯umbat.u) and L. (gumbat.) have the meaning ‘bullock’s hump’. Cf. also s´eu. and l.rudh. gumt. ‘hump of cattle’. Thus, perh., a more direct Dravidian source: cf., e.g., Tam. kumir ‘hump of an ox’ (DED  1451). kum¯ae.thi , kum¯a.ti a´ h (G) n.f. ‘the outstretched arms (as a measure of length)’. < OIA *kumus..ti-, formed in analogy to kudis..ti-? Cf. Phal. mus..t ‘a measure of length (elbow to end of fist)’. The quality of the second vowel, however, is difficult to account for. kum e
.th , kumt.
 n.f. of kumA
.th . ˇ n.m.pl.tant. ‘eyelashes’. D.. and Sh. k`um3 (S) 2c.hiku;mo (do.). kumt.´ıli adj. ‘hunchbacked’. ← kumA
.th . ku˜y er, -ah n.f. ‘a wooden two-pronged

traction fork for tilling’. See Edelberg, fig. 11 and plate 15. k`ur conj. ‘but’. Ex.: m`ah b¯elu
k`ur t`uh bh´aiy¯e ‘I may go, but you should sit down’. ku r (B) adj.f. – adj.m. k`ur ‘hard (e.g., stone,   person); tight’. Same as J ku r, cf. next. kur2.th adj.m. – adj.f. kur2y`.thi ‘hard’. Bur. kura´a.ti ‘hart’, Sh. kura´a.to (do.). < kr¯ur´a(3602) (Berger) plus either suffix or a synonym (cf. Tam. kat..tu ‘hardness’). Cf. kur´ıa¯ r and Kal. kirk´o.t ‘dry and hard’. kurA
n.m. proper name of a billy-goat. kurA
-kur
1 (n2) n.f. ‘the small black fruit of the k2
v1 tree (a kind of olive)’. kurA
-kur
2 kh`u¯ı (n2) n.f. ‘a forage cap (formerly worn quite frequently in the area)’. Niˇs. k’uˇru ‘Kappe f¨ur Babies’, Par. kur., Kt. kur ‘cap’. Second word ← kh`u¯ı. kurA
s adj. ‘ill, sick (person)’. Cf. WPah. kasr ‘illness’. kur´ıa¯ r adj.; n.m. ‘hard, tireless; toughness, tenacity; endurance’. Bur. kuria´ar ‘Ausdauer’, Sh. kurya´ar (do.). Cf. ku r. Perh. < OIA kr¯ura-carita-. Cf. kur2.th . k`ur¯ı interj. ‘push off, get lost!’ (said to a dog). Perh. connected with OIA kurkur´a(3329). See Emeneau’s comments on OIA kurkur´a- (1971: 182): “That entry contains also calls to a dog with reduplication: Ka. kure kure, Malt. k´ur k´ur, and it is even possible that this call could be the basis of kurkur´a-, rather than the short verb root *kur- ‘to bark (or make other loud noise)”’. k`ur¯u, -ah or k`ur¯o n.m. ‘a big rat’. Prob. ← k2
r¯u. kurot.h (G) n.m. ‘a black variety of lentils’. Cf. kul´ath . kurcA
. It  n.m. ‘a sheepskin jacket’. Cf. kurt.u contains perh. words for ‘sheep’ and ‘hide’,

kurˇc  – k¯u2 see comments sub k2
r¯u and see c˙ A m. kurˇc , -ah n.f. ‘a ligament; cartilage’. Psht. kraˇcai ‘cartilage’. kurt.u
, -o
n.m. ‘a sheep born with ears curled inside’. Bur. kur´u.to ‘Schaf mit beschnittenen Ohren’, Sh.chil. k´on kur´u.to (meaning like J). The words prob. belong to one group with J k2
r¯u and Bur. k´ıro. The ending -t.u
is not the widely used dimin. suffix but derives < *rat..ta- (10593). Thus PIK *karu-rat.u ‘misshapen sheep’. kurtAh n.m. ‘a thick and long woolen shirt (the traditional shirt formerly worn in Kohistan)’. Pers. kurta. kurpA
v˜ (3m) (G, J) v.t. ‘to cut with scissors (hair, cloth, etc.)’. Pres. tr. s`uh kurpA th ‘he cuts (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh kurpiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to cut (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh kurpazA th ‘it gets cut’. Fut. tr. s`uh kurp`as.ath ‘he will cut (s.th.)’. Perf. tr. s`uh kurp`a-˙ch¯e ‘he has cut (s.th.)’. Aor. s2
y˜ kurp e
or kurp`ıli ‘he cut (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh kurpA  b e
th ‘he cuts (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. pass. s`uh kurpuzA  or kurp`uza  b e
th ‘it gets continuously cut’. Cond. pres. tr. kurpilu
‘if (he) cuts (s.th.)’. Imp. sg. pass. kurpuz`ah ‘have (it) cut!’ Imp. pl. pass. kurpuz  ‘have (it) cut!’ Subj. tr. 1. sg. kurp´am ‘should (I) cut (s.th.)?’, etc. Adh. sg. tr. kurpAy¯e . Adh. pl. tr. kurp`ıy˜ e¯ . Cf. OIA *karpa- (2941), J karp2
v˜ and kap2
v˜ , and G kapo 
(ibid.). kurs , -ah n.f. ‘a chair’. Ar. ku rs¯ı. k`ul1 , -ah (J); k`ul (B) n.m. ‘a single grain; a particle; a blackhead; a gem’. < kulaka-

115

(3331). Cf. B ku l2 . k´ul2 , -`ah (J) n.m. ‘people’; ku
l1 (B) n.f. ‘a meeting, assembly’. < k´ula- (3330). ku l2 (B) n.f. ‘flesh of fruit; a kernel’. ← k`ul. k´ul-mul or k´ul-ˇsul adj. ‘all; everything’. ← k´ul2 plus echo. kulA th , kul2th (J); kul´ath , kult´ah (G) n.m. ‘white bean’. < kulattha- (3335). kul¯ar (G) adv.; postp. ‘down; under’. < ku
la-1 (3416) plus a¯ r´a-1 (1295). kulA l, -ah (G, J) n.m. ‘a potter’; kul¯ayl´ey˜ (G) and kul el (J) n.f. ‘the wife of a potter’. < k´ul¯ala- (3341). ˇ n.m. ‘a lock’. ← Pers. kufl. kuli u` p (S) k`ul¯ı n.m. ‘a testicle’. < kulaka- (3331). + c˙ it.2
v˜ ‘to castrate an animal’. Note shift and change of accent in following expression: kul
 nik e
l mA s. (n1) n.m. ‘a eunuch’ (more lit.: ‘a man whose testicles have been removed’). kul
 (G) adv. ‘down, downwards’. Cf. kul¯ar and bil
. + gho 
‘to put down’. ˇ n.m. ‘a grain’. Same as J k`ul1 . k`ulo, k`ul3 (S) h kuˇst , -a n.f. ‘wrestling’. Pers. kuˇst¯ı. + kar2
v˜ ‘to wrestle’. kuh
@e (B) n.f. ‘a well’. Same as J k2h`ui and G khuv´ey. k˜uz (G) n.m. ‘a small water jar (with spout)’. Same as k˜oz. kun (B) n.m. ‘a wooden block on which the ploughshare is fixed; a rifle butt’. Same as G kund´ah . k˜unz  (B) n.f. ‘a type of fern vegetable’. Same as G kunˇz¯ı1 . k˜unˇz  (B) n.f. ‘a key’. Same as G kunˇz¯ı2 . k¯u1 (G) pron.; adj. ‘several, a few’. < katipay´a- (2696). Cf. B k . k¯u2 (G) int.pron. ‘who, what (sort of)’. s.is. > h¯ıs. (this series has representatives either with leftshift of a final front vowel or with palatalization of velar through palatal vowel). Words belonging to this series are BHS s.u¯ s.ya- ‘resounding’, J s. s.2v˜ h2vA
‘a light wind’, Phal. sˇ¯ı’ˇs ‘breath’, Niˇs. s.is.´ı k‘zischen’ and s.e˜ s. k- ‘pfeifen’ (teilweise sˇe˜ sˇ geh¨ort!), Kalam. sˇ ıˇs H ‘breath’, P. siskan.a¯ ‘to breathe with difficulty’, G h¯ıs. ‘breath’, Bur. his. ‘Seufzer’, Sh. h˜ı
ıs. ‘breath’ and he
e˜ s. ‘sigh’, and J dh s.. The last word appears to be a synonym compound with second element ← h¯ıs. and first element √ perh. from a derivation from PIE * dh¯u

255

‘breathe’ which is, however, difficult to determine. (b) OIA *´su¯ s.a- ‘blowing’ (12577) > *s.u¯ s. > *s.u¯ h > s.u¯ or > *h¯uh. Words belonging to this series are BHS s´os.a‘pulmonary consumption’, Niˇs. sˇo ‘Atem’ (auch s.o geh¨ort!), J s.2v˜ 3 -s.2v˜ or s.2v˜ 2.th ‘sound of zooming, roaring (wind)’, Bur. s.a
a˜ e´ t- ‘schnauben’ and 1 s.am man´- ‘(Wind) brausen’, Sh. sˇa
a˜ ‘atmen’, P. su  karn.a¯ ‘to breathe with a wheezing noise, to whistle as the wind’, G and J s.`ıu¯ ‘a whisper; whistle’, Sh. s.´ıo and Bur. s.´ıu e´ t- ‘pfeifen’, Kal. s.u k´arik ‘to snort (as a bull)’, Kam. sˇ’u ‘breath; soul’ and sˇ’u sˇ’u tia- ‘pant’, J s.u kar2
v˜ ‘to take breath’, Sh. s.u´ u and Bur. s.u´ u e´ t- ‘sich ausruhen’, Sant. siu ‘to whistle’, and perh. K. ha h ‘cold breath as it issues from mouth’ and Kho. h’ah ‘breath’, Bur. h˜aa
e´ t- ‘schnaufen’, Sh. h˜a (do.) and Kal. ha ‘breath’. J ph2s.-ph2s. kar2
v˜ ‘to breathe (as cow or buffalo), breathe hard or puff and pant (after a hard climb)’ and Kal. phus. ‘breath’ are, like J dh s., synonym compounds < OIA *ph¯ut-´su¯ s.a-. A third kind of derivation (prob. a present participle) seems to be the background for J sˇ
ıth n.f. ‘hiss (of a snake)’ and Niˇs. s.u¨ s.ti ‘rauschend’. dh s, dh´ıs (pl. rf) n.f. ‘breath’. Ys. h¯ıs. Same as prec. but second component < s´v¯as´a(12769). Also member of this group of allomorphs are Sˇ dh e
s and h e
s ‘breath’. + kar2
v˜ ‘to breathe; to pant’. dh`uA ; dhu˜v2v˜ n.m. ‘smoke’. < dh¯um´a(6849). ´ . v as. (B) dh´uA s. (J) n.m. ‘biting smoke’; dhu n.f. ‘fog’. Bur. dum´as. ‘Wolke’, Sh. dum´as. ‘Rauch’. Perh. < OIA *dh¯umab¯as.ma-.

256

dhukA
v˜ – dhuyA
v˜

dhukA
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to card cotton with sticks or with a carding machine’. Pres. tr. s`uh dhukA th ‘he cards (cotton)’. Pres. caus. s`uh dhukia
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to card (cotton)’. Pres. pass. s`uh dhugzA th ‘it gets carded’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ dhuk e
or dhuk`ıli ‘he carded (cotton)’. Cont. tr. s`uh dh´uka  b e
th (rising accent of main verb due to prec. aspiration) ‘he cards (cotton) continuously’. Conv. tr. dhuk`ah -. Cond. pres. tr. dhukilu
. < *dhukk- (6820). dh´uk-Ga´ m, -`ah (first word rf) (n1) n.f. ‘suffering’. First word < duh.kh´a- (6375) with leftshift of aspiration, see second. ´ur.¨ı (B) n.f. ‘dust’. < dh´ur. (J) n.m.; dh¨ *dh¯ud.i- (6835). Same as G dh¯ur.. dh`ut-˙c2r2ph (n2) adj.m. – adj.f. dh`ut-˙cer`ephi or dh`ut-˙c2r`ıphi (n2) ‘(a person) with a hare-lip’. First word ← dhu th , second ←  c˙ 2r2ph kar2
v˜ . dh`utA  r
A n˙ g (n2) n.m. ‘a lipstick’ (lit.: ‘color of the lips’). ← dhu th , see second word.  dh´un (J) n.m. ‘haze’; dhuni , dhun´ah (G) n.f. ‘fog’. < *dh¯um¯andha- (6858). dh´um-dh2mA l (n2) n.m. ‘pomp and show’. < *dhunman- (6824) and reduplication plus ? dh´um-dhum n.m. ‘a (rising) cloud of dust (e.g., after a blast; also seen in the upper Indus valley on hot summer days). < dh¯um´a- (6849). Related with Bur. duld´um ‘sich erhebende Wolke (von Staub, Rauch usw.)’ which is a synonym compound with the first part deriving < *dh¯ud.i- (6835). dhum¯ar.a` h or dhumb¯ar.a` h , -
ı n.m. ‘smoke hole in a roof’. < *dh¯um¯akhara- (6857). dhum¯alpu r, -ah n.f. ‘a breech-loader’ (used

before the introduction of Kalashnikovs). Bur. dimbalaph´ur. Tajik-Persian dunbolapur (Berger). dhuma r. n.f. ‘the first twenty days after the birth of a calf or colt’. dhuyA
v˜ (J) (4m) v.i. ‘to take a bath’; (G) v.t. ‘to wash, rinse’. Note alternating lengths of the root vowel. The caus. forms are almost identical with dhay2
v1 . The J forms: Pres. itr. s`uh dhuA th ‘he takes a bath’. Pres. tr. s`uh dhua
th ‘he bathes (s.o.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh dhaya
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to bathe (another person)’. Pres. pass. s`uh dh¯uzA th ‘he gets bathed’. Fut. itr. s`uh dhu
s.2th ‘he will take a bath’. Fut. tr. s`uh dhua
s.2th ‘he will bathe (s.o.)’. Fut. caus. s`uh dhaya
s.2th ‘he will cause (s.o.) to bathe (another person)’. Fut. pass. s`uh dh¯uz`as.2th ‘he will be bathed’. Perf. itr. s`uh dhu
thu ‘he has taken a bath’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ dhua
-˙ch¯e ‘he has bathed (s.o.)’. Perf. caus. s2
y˜ dhaya
-˙ch¯e ‘he has caused (s.o.) to bathe (another person)’. Perf. pass. s`uh dhou
z thu ‘he has been bathed’. Aor. itr. s`uh dhu
or dhu e
l ‘he took a bath’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ dhua
or dhu e
l ‘he bathed (s.o.)’. Aor. pass. s`uh dh¯uz
 or dh¯uz`ıli ‘he got bathed’. Cont. itr. s`uh dh`ua  b e
th ‘he takes a bath continuously’. Conv. itr. dhu
-. Conv. tr. and caus. dhaya
-. Conv. pass. dhu
z-. Cond. pres. itr. dh¯ulu
. Cond. pres. pass. dh¯uzilu
. Part. perf. itr. m. dhu
l-. Part. perf. itr. f. dhu´ıli -. Part. perf. tr. and caus. dhu e
-.

dhur˙cuko
– n2k2r.dA d
ı Part. perf. pass. dh¯uz´ıli -. Imp. sg. itr. dhu
. Imp. pl. itr. dhu . Imp. sg. tr. and caus. dhaya
. Imp. pl. tr. and caus. dhay2y˜ . Imp. sg. pass. dh¯uz`ah . Imp. pl. pass. dh¯uz . Subj. itr. 1. sg. dhu
m, 2./3. sg. dhu
, 1. pl. dhu
zˇ, 2./3. pl. dhu . Adh. sg. tr. dhuya
y¯e. Adh. pl. tr. dhuy`ay˜ e¯ . Cf. J dhay2
v˜ 1 and G dhi2
v˜ . < *dhuvati2 (6833). dhur˙cuko
n.m. ‘a (medical) plant with small sour leaves (used as a vegetable and against fever, jaundice, itchiness)’. Same plant as Sh. sumˇcuko´o. The Sh. form perh. < sumanas-2 (13492) and cukr´a- (4850), the first component of the J form perh. < *dhu
rv¯a (6501)? dh´u, dho  (B) n.m. ‘smoke’. Same as J dh`ua . dh¯ur., dh´ur.ah , (G) n.f. ‘dust’. Same as J dh´ur.. < *dh¯ud.i- (6835). ˇ Jpl. dh´uth (note accent), Spl. ˇ dhu th (J, S),  dh`ut3 n.m. ‘a lip, snout, bill; border, rim; corner, point, arrow point; the end of a field showing towards the valley; the lower end of s.th. (e.g., the end of a canal); corner of the eye; edge of a table; tip of a shoe’; dh´u t^, dhu.t^ (B) n.m. ‘mouth, snout; riverbank’. < OIA *dhutta- (cf. *dutta[5853]). dhu
r v.imp. ‘get lost!’ ← du
r with ‘spontaneous’ aspiration. But cf. the same kind of aspiration in Phal. dh¯oro, Sant. dhur dhur ‘off with you’ and Ko. dh¯ura ‘far’ (Masica 1991: 204). dhu m-dh¯am-nah adv. ‘grandly, with pomp  and show’. Ur. dh¯um-dh¯am se. Cf.

257

dh´um-dh2mA l. dhu  (G) n.m. ‘smoke’. Same as J dh`ua . ´e˜ı (B) n.f. ‘pine chips used as torch’. Same dh¨ as G dh2˜ı. ˇ n.f. ‘breath’. Cf. h e
s and J dh s. dh e
s (S) h dh¯ok`a , -
ı n.m. ‘a deceit, fraud’. Lw. (< *dhroks.a- [6894]). + diy2
v˜ 1 to deceit, cheat, dodge, mislead’. ˇ v.t. ‘to wash (clothes)’. Cf. J dh¯oz2
v˜ (S) dhay2
v˜ 1 . dho 
v.t. same as dhuy2
v˜ . dho k¯a n.m. ‘things or items which are placed on top of each other in a messy way’. < *dhokka-2 (5567). dho klu
, -o
n.m. dimin. of prec.

N n`ah 1 (G, J) postp. ‘of, because of, due to, from’. Psht. na. Same as na 
3 . n`ah 2 (G) adv. ‘not; no’. < n´a (6906). Cf. J n2y˜ 1 and n
, and B n´ aP a, na
h and na 
1 . n´ aP a (B) adv. ‘not; no’. < n´a (6906). Cf. G n`ah 2 . n`ah . . . n`ah adv. ‘neither . . . nor’. < n´a (6906). Cf. G n`ah 2 . n2i (G) adj.f. ‘new’. ← na
. n2
, n2
e (G) n.f. ‘a type of reed (it is used for making pipes for water pipes)’. < nad.a´ (6936). n2 ı t`ah adv. ‘otherwise’. ← n2y˜ 1 , see second word. Corresponds to Ur. nah¯ım ˙ to. n2k2r.dA d
ı (G) n.f. ‘mother of great-grandfather: father’s father’s father’s father’s wife, father’s father’s wife’s father’s mother, mother’s father’s father’s mother, mother’s father’s wife’s mother’s mother’. Perh. connection with Psht. n¯ık@

258

n2k2r.do
– nAtk´ey

‘grandfather’. Cf. p2r.d¯ad
 and d¯ad
ı. n2k2r.do
(G) n.m. ‘father of great-grandfather: father’s father’s father’s father, father’s father’s wife’s mother’s father’s wife, mother’s father’s father’s father, mother’s father’s wife’s mother’s mother’s husband’. Cf. prec., p2r.do
and do
. nakba
yli (G); n2kb el, -ah (J) n.f. ‘a white or black worm which is said to fall from the sky when ist snows (it is very thin and long and gets dangerous when swallowed while eating snow)’. n2kr´ız2y n.f. ‘the henna plant and the paste produced from it’. ← Psht. kankr¯ıza. n2khu r, n2kho r n.m. ‘claws (of panther, bear, cat, etc.)’. < OIA *nakkhura-. Cf. OIA nakkha- (6914) and nakhar´a- (6920). n`aq2l n.f. ‘mimicry; copy’. Ar. naql. + kar2
v˜ ‘to mimic’. n2x n.m. ‘a target (to shoot at) (e.g., a white pattern on a rock, a piece of paper, a hand mirror)’. Psht. naxa. + ri˙ng2
v˜ or sˇar2
v˜ ‘to shoot at a target’. n2xrAh , -
ı n.f. ‘a flirt, attraction, affectation’. Pers. nakhra. ¯¯ + kar2
v˜ ‘to show affectation, flirt’. n2xvA l same as n¯axvA l. nag2
r n.m. ‘the valley and town of Nagar’. n`aG2th n. ‘cash (payment)’. Ar. naqd. n2Ga¯ r  n.f. ‘noise; row, din’. Perh. ← Ar. naqq¯ara ‘kettle-drum’. n2
n˙ g kar2
v˜ ‘to take revenge (in a vendetta); to side with s.o.; to change loyalty or sides (in a conflict)’. Kal. naN k´arik ‘to take someone’s side in a dispute’. Cf. Psht. nang kavul ‘to act honorably’. naz2
r1 , -`ah (G, J), Jpl also -
ı n.f. (G also n.m.) ‘a sight, look’. Same as B naz´er. Ar. nazar. 

n`az2r2 , -ah n.m. ‘a sacrifice of an animal given in order to appease God (e.g., when a child has sustained a serious accident)’. Ar. nazr. ¯ + kar2
v˜ or diy2
v˜ ‘to perform such a sacrifice’. n2.th , -`ah (note accent) n.m. ‘a spanner; a can-opener’. Eng. nut. nAt.A
v˜ (G, J) (4m) v.t. ‘to play’. Pres. itr. s`uh nat.A th ‘he plays’. Pres. tr. s`uh nat.a
th ‘he plays (a game)’. Pres. caus. s`uh nat.ia
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to play (a game)’. Pres. pass. s`uh nad.zA th ‘it is played’. Aor. itr. s`uh nat.
 or nat.`ıli ‘he played’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ nat.a
or nat. e
l ‘he played (a game)’. Cont. itr. s`uh n`a.ta  b e
th ‘he plays continuously’. Part. pres. itr. (redupl.) n`ayt.-nat.hi ‘playing-playing’. Conv. itr. nat.a` h -. Cond. pres. itr. nayt.lu
. Part. perf. itr. nat.´ıli -. < nart´ayati (6979). nat.a´ h dio 
(G) ‘to dance’. ← n¯a.th . nat.u` kh , nat.k`ah (note accent) (J, G [no pl.]) n.m. – Jn.f. nat.u`ıkhi ‘a dancer’. Cf. Niˇs. n¯a.t-kar’a ‘(guter) T¨anzer’, Kam. n¯a.tk’ara ‘good dancer’, Kal. nat.e´ r ‘(good) dancer’, bng. n¯a.tka ‘dancer’. ← na
.th plus same agent suffix as, e.g., in mu .th`ukh . nat.k , -ah n.f. ‘a dancer’. Same as prec. nat.k´ui, nat.k´ey (G) n.f. ‘a dancer’. Same as prec. nA.tn
ı, nat.n e
(G) n.f. ‘a game’. < nartana(6978). nAtk´ey (G) n.f. ‘a nose-ring’. Kal. natky´ey ‘nose-ring’, Kam. n¯atk’ui ‘nose pin’.
-ˇca- > -˙c > -s?

hand, Hallberg notes (1992: 211) G ra˜undho and B rand2 ’hu ‘rainbow’ without leftshift of aspiration, and there is WPah.bhal. r*ný ‘rainbow’, which might require a different interpretation. a derivation < *r¯amadh¯anuka- ‘bow of R¯ama’ appears also possible. rhA
sˇ, -`ah n.f. ‘a big heap (usually of corncobs), heap of earth (at a construction site)’. < r¯as´´ı- (10720). rha n˙ g2
r., -`ah n.m. ‘a Gypsy’. < *ra˙nkha(10538) with leftshift of aspiration. rh¯esg2y` ri n.f. ‘a group (female relatives) of the groom (which accompanies him to the bride’s house)’. ← Psht. ruv¯eza ‘a marriage guest’ plus (Pers.) agent suffix gar. rh¯esg2r n.m. ‘a group (male relatives) of the groom’. See prec.

R. r.2
q-r.2qh adj. ‘being loose (tooth)’. Psht. r.aqawul ‘to shake’.

L RH rh2yzi ,

-ah

n.f. ‘a stone sling’. rhA
v˜ dAv˜ , rha 
d˜a (G); rha ndo (B) n.f. ‘a rainbow’. < dron.adh¯anuka- (6642) with leftshift of aspiration? Despite Fussman’s reservations (see Atlas 13 on Kho. dr¯onh¯anu) a basic meaning ‘bow-bow’ is perfectly plausible in view of the many synonym compounds in Dardic languages, and a recourse to the hero Dron.a of the Mah¯abh¯arata is not necessary. On the other

l´u
(B) v.t. ‘to reap (crop)’. Imp. l˜u. ‘reap!’ < lunA
ti (11082). lakh (G) adj. ‘hundred thousand’. Same as J lA
kh 2 . Lw. (< laks.a´ - [10881]). l2kh 1 adj.m. – adj.f. l2y` khi (J); l2ku adj.m. – ˇ ‘small; (a) little’; enclitic (J adj.f. l2ki (S) ˇ ‘resembling, like, almost’ (Ur. -s¯a). and S): Note J l2k-l2kh adj.m. – adj.f. l2y` k-l2ykhi ‘very (very) small’. Sak. laka ‘little, small amount’, Bur. luk ‘ein wenig’, Gy. (Burgenland) eklik ‘a little’. The forms

l2k2 – l2n˙ gr
ı2 Ash. ap@l e
k ‘little, few’ and Wg. apil´uk (do.) sub Turner 722 are not “Ext. with -la-” but synonym compounds < a´ lpa‘small’ and this lemma. Cf. also Psht. lag, lug ‘a little’. Ex.: n2v˜ -l2kh (n1) ‘almost new’. < lagh´u- (10896) plus -kk- ext. × by *lakka-1 (10877)? + m2s  (n1) n.m. ‘mutton and meat of other smaller animals (e.g. fowl)’ (lit.: ‘small meat’). l2k2 n.m. ‘a (small) boy’. < *lukka-1 (11072). l2k3 -l2kh adj. ‘trembling, shaking’. Bur. 2 laq man´- ‘zittern’; Sh. lak (do.), also Kho., Sant. lukluk ‘to tremble’. + kar2
v˜ ‘to shake s.o. about’. l2k2r. adj.; n. ‘(being) a beanpole (a long and thin person)’. < *lakkut.a- (10875)? But cf. Sant. lakla.kia. ‘tall and slim’. lak2y, -ah (J); lak2
y, lak e
(G); l¨ak´e.e (B) n.f. ‘wood’. < *lakkut.a- (10875). l2k`as.1 prob. only used in converb constructions: l2k`as. k2r e
p¯es.2
v˜ ‘to crush or grind s.o. or s.th. with great force’. Cf. Bur. laqbe´es´ ˙-t‘zerstoßen’, Sh. lake´es´ (do.). Prob. a compound of two synonymous verbal roots: regarding first root cf. Kal. lakh´ıik ‘to strike or attack swiftly’, regarding second root cf. below J v2s. kar2
v˜ ‘to beat s.o. with a stick’. l2k`as.2 -l2kas. biy´av˜ or l2kA
s.-l2k¯as. biy´av˜ (note change of accent) ‘to stalk, walk (in a proud manner)’. Bur. laqa´as. man´- ‘w¨urdig schreiten’, Sh.chil. lak´as.-lakas. (do.). l¨ake
i (B) n.f. ‘a tail’. Psht. laka¯ı. l2k e
r, -`ah adj.m. – adj.f. l2k
r, -`ah ‘small, little; young(er) (as relative)’. ← l2kh 1 plus OIA comparative suffix -tara-.

359

l2k¯es kim2.th (G) n.m. ‘a woodworm’. Cf. J lak2y and kim2.th (the words are connected with G genitive ending). l2kh d¯u or l2kh du
n.m.dual ‘both boys’. ← l2kh 2 plus du (note change of accent). Same kind of morphology as in k¯opr e
d¯u and bhaˇzdo
. l`ax2th , l`axtah n.m. ‘a switch, twig; a whip’. Psht. laˇs.ta (borrowed from OIA *las..ti-). l2gA (J) adj.; l2gyA
(G) adj.m ‘busy’. < lagna- (10893). l2g
ıl (G) adj.f. ‘busy’. ← prec. plus pp. ending. l2G
2r.1 adj. ‘naked; useless (also said about a man who does not marry)’. Psht. laGar.. l2G2r.2 n.m. ‘a pole, beam’. Same meaning as l2h2r. and Go´ r.2g˚ . laG2th adv. ‘quickly, speedily’. l2Ga¯ m, -´ah (G) n.m. ‘a bridle’. Pers. lag¯am. l2
n˙ g1 kar2
v˜ ‘to move or push s.o. or s.th. to the side’. Bur. la˙n man´- ‘zur Seite springen’, Sh.chil. lA n˙ g th- ‘to push to the side’. l2
n˙ g2 -l2n˙ g kAr2
v˜ or biy´av˜ ‘to limp’. < la˙nga-1 (10877). But cf. also Psht. and Pers. lang ‘lame’. l2
n˙ g3 -l2n˙ g kAr2
v˜ ‘to shake (a tree)’. Bur. la˙nl´an˙ ˙-t- ‘(Baum) sch¨utteln’. < la˙ngh´ayati (10905)? Cf. J lha˙ng2
v˜ . l2
n˙ g2r. adj. ‘bad, wretched (as a person)’. Ur. la˙ngar ‘mischievous, naughty’. l2n˙ gu`ı.thi adj.f. of next. l2n˙ gu .th 1 adj.m. ‘simple, straightforward (as a person)’. l2n˙ gu .th 2 , -ah n.m. – n.f. l2n˙ gu .thi ‘a Faqir’. l2n˙ gr
ı1 n. ‘a (male or female) cook’. Pers. langar ‘a public kitchen’ plus IA suffix. Cf. P. l¯an˙ gar¯ı ‘a cook’. ˇ n.f. in J meaning ‘a wedge, l2n˙ gr
ı2 (J, S)

360

l2cˇ i u
– lAr.A
v˜ 1

chisel (made of wood, iron, stone)’, in Sˇ meaning ‘the stone on which spices are ground’ (cf. Sˇ sˇul´uy˜ ); la˙ngr´ey, la˙ngr e
(G); l¨an˙ gre
i (B) n.f. ‘a mortar (especially for the preparation of nasvA
r tobacco)’. l2cˇ i u
(G) adj. ‘tired’. < *laccha- (10908). l2c. (G, J) adj.m.; n.m.; l¨ac.h (B) adj.m. ‘wrong, bad, evil; unsavory; an abuse’. Sh. l´as.o ‘greedy’, Kalam. laì Hy ‘bad’. < *latra- (10930). Cf. G adj.f. lEc.i . + G c.ha˜v n.m. ‘bad smell’. lac.2
v˜ same as las.2
v˜ . ˇ n.m. ‘an abuse’. Same word as J l2c.h2v˜ (S) l2c. but prob. obl. pl. + diy2
v˜ 1 ‘to abuse’. l¨ac.hi a¯ r (B) n.f. ‘badness’. See prec. lAzA
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to put to shame’. Pres. itr. s`uh lazA th ‘he is ashamed’. Pres. tr. s`uh lazA
th or laziA
th ‘he puts (s.o.) to shame’. Pres. pass. s`uh lazzA th ‘he is put to shame’. Fut. itr. s`uh laz`as.2th or l´ayss.2th ‘he will be ashamed’. Fut. tr. s`uh lazA
s.2th or laziA
s.2th ‘he will put (s.o.) to shame’. Fut. pass. s`uh laz´uss.2th or lazuz`as.2th ‘he will be put to shame’. Aor. itr. s`uh laz
 or laz`ıli ‘he was ashamed’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ lazA
or laz e
l ‘he put (s.o.) to shame’. Cont. itr. s`uh laza  or lazia  b e
th ‘he is continuously ashamed’. Cont. tr. s`uh l`aza  b e
th ‘he puts (s.o.) continuously to shame’. Cond. pres. itr. layzlu
. Part. perf. itr. laz´ıli -. < lajj´ate (10909). laz2.th adj.m. – adj.f. laz2y`.thi ‘ashamed’. ← prec. plus derivational suffix.

lAt.A
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to search’. Pres. tr. s`uh lat.A
th ‘he searches (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh lat.iA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to search (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh lad.zA th ‘it is searched’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ lat.A
or lat. e
l ‘he searched (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh l`a.ta  b e
th ‘he searches (s.th.) continuously’. Cond. pres. tr. layt.lu
. Part. perf. tr. lat.´ıli -. Note that there is an aktionsart construction with conv. plus har2
v˜ ‘to take’: lat.A
har2
v˜ ‘to search for o.s.’ Psht. lat.avul ‘to search, rummage, turn over’. The synonym J compound l´a.tp2l2.th suggests a basic meaning for lat.2
v˜ ‘to rummage through’ and thus etymological connection with OIA *pallat..t-. l2.tAh , -
ı n.m. ‘a kind of cotton material used in tailoring clothes’. Ur. lat..th¯a. l2.t  (G, J), Gpl. e, Jpl. -ah n.f. ‘a turban (usually the white turban of a Maulvi)’. < *lat..ta-2 (10918). lA
.tp2l2.th kAr2
v˜ ‘to rummage’. ← lat.2
v˜ plus < *pallat..t- (7968). lAd.d.u
, -o
n.m. ‘a die; a type of sweet’. < *lad.d.u-2 (10927). l2
r., -`ah or -
ı n.m. ‘a line (of objects), string (of beads)’. < *lad.a- (10921). lAr.A
v˜ 1 (3m) v.t. ‘to bind (a load) on the back of a donkey or on one’s own back’. Pres. tr. s`uh lar.A th ‘he binds (a load)’. Pres. caus. s`uh lar.iA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to bind (a load)’. Pres. pass. s`uh lar.zA
th ‘it is bound’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ lar. e
or lar.`ılh ‘he bound (a load)’. Cont. tr. s`uh l`ar.a  b e
th ‘he binds (a load) continuously’. Cond. pres. tr. layr.lu
.

lAr.A
v˜ 2 – lAphA
v˜ Part. perf. tr. lar.´ıli -. < lardayati (10966). lAr.A
v˜ 2 (3m) v.t. ‘to stir (soup)’. The paradigm is exactly identical with lar.2
v˜ 1 . < lat.ati (10916). ˇ n.m. ‘a scorpion’. Psht. lar.2
m, -`ah (G, J, S) lar.am. lar.2m , -ah n.f. ‘a scorpion’. ← prec. l¨ar.u.m¨ ´ ı (B) n.f. ‘measles’. l2
r.¯ı kar2
v˜ ‘to tell halftruths’. < lad.d.a (10917). l¨ar.u.´ (B) n.m. ‘a scorpion’. Cf. J¯at.k¯ı lar.´ı ‘a sting, bite’ and J lar.2
m. l2r.u
, -o
n.m.dimin. of l2
r.. l2r.zA n, -ah n.m. ‘woe, sorrow’. Cf. Psht. lar.za ‘shivering’. lan.d.2
y zA n (n1) (B, J); lan.d.e´ y, lan.d. e
h (G) n.f. ‘a worm-like and dangerous snake (lives in sandy areas)’. Kam. l¯an.d.’ei b¯abista ‘kind of snake’, Psht. lan.d.a¯ı ‘a small poisonous reptile like a snake’. l2th , l2y` tah n.f. ‘a kick’. < *latt¯a- (10931). Cf. l2y` t2v˜ diy2
v˜ . lat2
r-lat2r ho- ‘to stagger and sway under a heavy load’. < *latta-2 (10918). l2t-p2th ho- ‘to become dirty, soaked, soiled or spilled (by s.th. dirty)’. Ur. lath-path, Psht. lat-pat. lAdA
v˜ (2m) v.t. ‘to cook (food)’. The paradigm is defective. There is, for instance, no pres. itr. Pres. tr. s`uh ladA th or ladiA
th (!) ‘he cooks (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh ladzA th ‘it is cooked’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ lad e
or lad`ıli ‘he cooked (s.th.)’. Cont. itr. s`uh l`ada  b e
th ‘it cooks continuously’. Cont. tr. s`uh lada  b e
th ‘he cooks (s.th.)

361

continuously’. Conv. pass. ladz
ı-. Cond. pres. tr. laydlu
. < raddha- (10611). l2dAh , -
ı n.m. ‘a small blanket or carrying sack put on back of a carrying animal’. ladz el adj.m. – adj.f. ladz`ıli ‘cooked’. ← lad2
v˜ . ladru
, -o
n.m. ‘a soft and thin flat bread smeared with ghee’. Dimin. of l´ud2r. l2p-l2ph ho- or l2p-th2kh ho- ‘to light up, shine, sparkle, glitter’. Niˇs. lap’a ‘Fackel’, bng. lOpn.O ‘to shine, sparkle (e.g., fire)’ and lOplOp ‘sparkling’ and lapi or lupi ‘flame’. Cf. Gy. labol ‘to burn’. Meaning of th2kh is not clear. l2pk , -ah n.f. ‘a measuring scoop used by the miller (he is entitled to get three scoops of flour per sack)’. < *lappa-2 (10940). lap2
n˙ g adj. ‘exiled (as a person who has to leave family and home after a gunfight)’. < *lappha-2 (10943). l2pt.u
, -o
m.f. ‘a small piece of bread for eating’. Dimin. of lA ph 1 . lAphA
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to catch (s.th. in the air) (also as a dog a piece of bread)’. Note that besides a normal cont. tr. form there is a second form which is obviously not a passive. My language consultants had difficulties to explain its meaning, and in all probability this is the only survivor of an old paradigm with acaus. forms. Pres. tr. s`uh laphA th ‘he catches (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh laphiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to catch (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh laphzA th ‘it is caught’. Perf. pass. (irregular) s`uh lapu´ızi thu ‘it has been caught’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ laph e
or laph`ıli ‘he caught

362

l2phA
 – l2
m-c.2m

(s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh l`apha  b e
th ‘he catches (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. acaus. s`uh lapha  b e
th ‘he catches (s.th.) continuously without intention’. Cond. pres. tr. layphlu
. Part. perf. tr. laph´ıli -. < *lappha-1 (10939). l2phA 
n.m. ‘dewlap of a bull’. Cf. Sant. lapot ‘dewlap of bullock’. l2bl2b´a, l2bl2b e
h (G) n.f. ‘uvula’. Cf. buli buli. ´am (B) n.m. ‘a flame; high fever’. l2m1 (J); l¨ Psht. lamba ‘flame’, P. lamb ‘flame’, Bur. 1 lam man- ‘brennen’, Sh. lam and Kho. ´ l¯am (do.), D.. l2m irina ‘to kindle’. Same base also Bur. 3 lam ‘Kopfweh’, Ys. ‘Rheumatismus’, Sh.chil. l´am ‘sudden pain’, J l2
m-c.2m ‘very sharp pain’ (see there further parallels). That both meanings belong to the same lemma is shown by J l2
m-b2r.aqh ‘lightning and thundering’ (see below within this lemma) and l2
m-b2r.aqh ‘very sharp pain’. From Pers. lam‘a (Ar. lam‘). + J ho- ‘to shine, burn’. + J b2r.a` qh (n1, but l2m changes to l2
m) n.m. ‘lightning and thundering’. Paˇs. la:[email protected] ‘lightning’. ← b2r.a` qh . l2m2 biy´av˜ ‘to walk quickly’. Bur. 2 lam man´- ‘rasch davonlaufen’. Cf. P. lamb¯a lambe hon.a¯ ‘to go away’. lA
mA
v˜ 1 (J); l¨am ´ u
i (B) (3m) v.i. ‘to fight, quarrel, wrestle’. Pres. itr. s`uh lamA th ‘he fights’. Pres. caus. s`uh lamiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to fight’. Pres. caus. pass. s`uh lamzA th ‘he is caused to fight’.

Fut. itr. s`uh lam`as.2th or l´ams.2th ‘he will fight’. Aor. itr. s`uh lam
 or lam`ıli ‘he fought’. Cont. itr. s`uh lama  b e
th ‘he fights continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh l`ama  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to fight continuously’. Conv. itr. l´aymi -. Cond. pres. itr. laymlu
. Part. perf. itr. lam´ıli -. Imp. itr. B l¨am. lAmA
v˜ 2 (J); l¨amu
˜(B) (3m) v.t. ‘to hang (up)’; lamo 
(G) ‘to cause to hang’. The J forms: Pres. tr. s`uh lamA
th ‘he hangs (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh lamiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to hang (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh lamzA th ‘it is hung’ or ‘it hangs’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ lamA
or lam e
l ‘he hung (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh lama  b e
th (homonymous with cont. itr. of prec.) ‘he hangs (s.th.) continuously’. Conv. pass. lamu´ızi -. Cond. pres. tr. lamilu
. Part. perf. tr. lam´ıli -. < lambayati (10956). l2m´u.th , -´ah (G) n.m. ‘a tail’ – n.f.dimin. l2m´u.thi , -´ah . Same as J lava.th . l2m´un, l2ma n´ah (G) n.f. ‘the lower front and back portion of a big men’s shirt’. Psht. laman, Bur. lam´an. Pers. d¯aman. l2
m-c.2m or l2
m-ˇc2m or l2
m-ˇzh2m1 or l2
m-b2r.aqh ‘very sharp pain’. Same meaning as c.2
m-c.2m. Bur. lamc.a´ m bi´ai ‘(st¨andige) Schmerzen im Kopf oder in den Gelenken’, Sh. lamc.a´ m (do.). ← l2m1 (note change of accent), see b2r.a` qh (also sub l2m1 ). The elements -ˇc2m and -ˇzh2m1

lAmz2 v – l2v4 -l2v are not used independently, but suppose they originally had the same meaning *‘flash’ as b2r.a` qh , then they must be connected with OIA *cammakka- (4676) and *jhamm-3 (5341). lAmz2 v v.i. ‘to hang’. ← lam2
v˜ 2 . l2
m-ˇzh2m2 adj. ‘decorated, embellished, spick and span (as a room)’. Morphologically identical with l2
m-ˇzh2m1 ‘very sharp pain’ (quoted sub l2
m-c.2m) and displaying the same semantic bipartiteness as l2
m-b2r.aqh . l2mb`ah (bim¯ar ) n.f. ‘a disease affecting wheat’. Bur. l´oom ‘Art Krankheit des Weizens’, Sh. lo´om (do.). l2
m-b2r.aqh has two meanings: see l2m1 and l2
m-c.2m. ˇ ‘red’. Same l2mlu adj.m. – adj.f. l2mlui (S) as J lh2mlu
(but note different accents). lamb2
r, -`ah n.m. ‘a number’. Bur. lamb´ar, P., Ur. lambar. ← Eng. l2mr
ı, l2mr  n.f. ‘the fat-tailed sheep’. ← Psht. lamavar ‘fat-tailed sheep’ plus IA suffix. l2y1 ; l2y` 2v˜ n.f. ‘the stalk of a plant, branch of a tree’. < latik¯a- (10928). Cf. lA 3 . + diy2v˜ 2 ‘to plant (seedlings)’. l2y2 n.f. ‘sediment, silt in fields (due to irrigation), mud from ponds (which is used to fill in cracks in room walls and to seal canals)’. < l´aya- (10962), regarding semantics cf. entries sub pralaya- (8755). l2y` khi adj.f. ‘little; small’. ← l2kh 1 . l2yˇz2
n (G, J) adj. ‘sticky’. Cf. Pers. lazij ‘sticky’. l2y` thi , -ah n.f. ‘a kick’. Same as l2th . l2y` t2v˜ diy2v˜ ‘to kick’. Obl. pl. of l2th . l2yli (G) n.f. ‘a song’. Cf. Psht. lala¯ı ‘lullaby’ and Ur. lol¯ı ‘lullaby’ (< *lod.a- [11136]).

363

+ dio 
‘to sing’. l2
r1 adj. ‘bad (as a person)’. Psht. lar ‘lower, below’. l2r2 (G, J), G has pl. lar´ah adj. ‘defeated’. Psht. larai ‘defeat’. + J kar2
v˜ and G gho 
‘to defeat s.o.’ l2r2y n.f. ‘a defeat’. Cf. prec. l2r2y-b2r2y (G, J) n.f. ‘defeat and victory’. See prec. and J bar2y. l2
r3 -l2r adj. ‘swaying, reeling’. Bur. lar ‘schwankend’, Sh. la´ar, and lal´ar ˙-t‘wedeln’, Paˇs. lar- ‘to shake, tremble’. Par. has larz- ‘to tremble’ which is connected with Pers. larza ‘shaking’. Same meaning as lat2
r-lat2r ho-. l2
l2m, -ah adj.; n.m. ‘(an) infertile, barren (soil). See l2lm
ı. l2l2lA
-l2l¯a or l2l2lA
-l2l2l¯a kar2
v˜ ‘to warble, trill (also sound produced for putting a small child asleep)’. Sh. lal´ai, lail´ai ‘tr¨allern’ (sub Bur. l´aai man´-). l2lm
ı adj. ‘not irrigated (as a field)’. Psht. lalm¯ı ‘unirrigated crops’. l2
v1 , -`ah n.m. ‘amount of cereals (1/5 of the whole amount) to which the persons who cut the grain are entitled’. < l´ava-1 (10974). l2
v2 , -`ah n.m. ‘a pinewood chip (formerly used as torch)’. < *loka-2 (11120). l2v3 -c.2v n.m. a howling sound (said to be sometimes uttered by some unknown animal at night, this is always a sign that a person engaged in a bloody vendetta is on the way). Cf. Bur. laoja´o g˙ ar´- ‘schnattern’. A compound of two synonymous words: < l´apati (10935) plus ← c.2v˜ 2 . l2v4 -l2v or l2v-ˇz2v adj. ‘shining, glittering (also as bijouteries)’. Bur. l´aolao man´‘glitzern’, Sh. l´alau. ← l2
v2 .

364

l2v – lA 3

ˇ n.m. ‘branch of a tree’. Same as J l2v, lA (S) lA 3 . lav2
n.d.˚ or lavA
n.d.˚ or lav2y´ n.d.i , lav2n.d.a` h adj.; n.f. ‘(being) a floozie, bit of a tart’. < *lavan.d.a- (10984). lav2y˜ , -˜ah (J); l¨ava
(B) n.f. ‘a fox’. ← lava . lav2y
sˇ i , -`ah n.f. ‘a ladybird’. < OIA *loka2 -ma´saka- (see Turner 11120 and 9917). lava.th , -`ah (note accent) (J); lav2
.to, lav2
.t3 ˇ n.m. ‘tail of an animal’. Dm. li’mE.t (S) ‘tail’, Kalam. lumat. Hy ‘tail’. A synonym compound < l¯uma- (11096) plus *lat..ta-2 (10918). Regarding first component see Turner’s comments sub 6419. lava.th -z.h er, -ah or l`av˜a.th -z.h er c˙ 2klu
, -o
or lava.th -z.h ri , -ah (n2) n.m. ‘a type of bird with a long white feather tail (a kind of tree-pie)’ (lit.: ‘tail-line bird’). See components. l2v¯ar.2
y˜ n.f. ‘a kind of antiquated gun’. ← Psht. lavar. ‘a bludgeon’. ˇ n.m. lava  (J); lava , -˜a (plural trisyllabic) (S) ‘a fox’. < *lomaka- (11153). lav e
l, -`ah n.m. ‘a betrothal, engagement’. < l´abhate (10948) plus ? + kar2
v˜ ‘to betroth, engage’. lAs.A
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to lick’. Instead of -s. of the root also -c. is always possible. In fact, the affricate, which is the original sound, is obligatory in cond. pres. Pres. tr. s`uh las.A th ‘he licks (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh las.iA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to lick (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh laz.zA th ‘it is licked’. Fut. tr. s`uh las.a` s.2th or l`as.s.2th (falling accent due to following sibilant) ‘he will lick (s.th.)’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ las. e
or las.`ıli ‘he licked (s.th.)’.

Cont. tr. s`uh l`as.a  b e
th ‘he licks (s.th.) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh las.a  or las.ia  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to lick (s.th.) continuously’. Cond. pres. tr. only layc.lu
. Part. perf. tr. las.´ıli -. With same meaning also conjunct verb l`as. kar2
v˜ . Sh. las. .th- ‘to lick’, Bur. las. ˙-t- ‘lecken’. See next. lAs1 -lAs kAr
2v  ‘to devour (food as a dog)’.



Intens. of prec. l`as.2 kar2
v˜ ‘to plaster (a wall)’. Bur. la´as. ˙-t‘verputzen’, Sh. la´as., Sh.chil. las.pat. (do.), D.. la;s. irina ‘to smear’. l`as.3 adj. ‘tight (clothes)’. + kar2
v˜ ‘to close tightly; to seal’. Same as l`ıs.1 kar2
v˜ . las2
n., -´ah (G) n.m. ‘a birthmark (regarded auspicious when on the right half of the body, and inauspicious when on its left half)’. Lw. P. lasan. ‘a dark spot or patch in the skin’ (< laks.an.a´ - [10882]). l2h2r., -ah n.m. ‘a pole, rafter; a wooden stick used to beat down walnuts from the tree’. Same meaning as l2G2r.2 . lA
1 (G, J) adv. ‘also, too; furthermore’ (both pre- and postverbal). Ex.: s`uh lA
e
th or s`uh e
th lA
‘he also comes’. lA 2 only in connection with the following verbs: + diy2
v˜ ‘to misplace, mislay, lose; to pour out’. + biy´av˜ ‘to disappear, to stray; to run away, flee; to seep away, to spill (a liquid)’. ← 2
l2 (cf. 2
l diy2
v ‘to throw away’). lA 3 n.m. ‘branch of a tree’. < lat¯a-1 (10928). Cf. l2y1 . + c˙ it.2
v˜ ‘to prune a tree’.

l Ak^1 – litk
ı l Ak^1 (B) n.m. ‘resin’. See next. lA kh 1 , -ah n.m. ‘sealing wax’. Lw. (< l¯aks.A
[11002]). lA
kh 2 (J); l¯ak^2 (B) adj. ‘hundred thousand’. Same as G lakh . Lw. (< laks.a´ - [10881]). l¯azˇg2
r, -`ah n.m. ‘a group of singers, chorus’. l¯a.t´ın or l¯a.t´ın˙ g n.m. ‘a lantern’. Ur. (Eng.?). l¯a.tu
, -o
n.f. ‘a seedling, plant; twig’. Dimin. of lA 3 . lA n.d.˚, l2n.d. (G, J) n.m. ‘a penis’. < *lan.d.a-1 (10917). lA ph 1 , l2p`ah or l2ph n.f. ‘a piece of bread which is eaten with pulse, vegetables, etc.’ Cf. Bur./Sh. lap ‘Mundvoll’, Psht. lapa ‘a handful’ and Kal. .lap ‘suddenly (eat)’. Not quite clear whether < *lappa-1 (10939) and/or *lappa-2 (10940). Cf. l2pt.u
. lA ph 2 , l2p`ah or l2ph n.m. ‘a snowflake’. lA p3 -l¯aph kar2
v˜ ‘to cut into pieces’. Cf. lA ph 1 and P. l¯apan.a¯ ‘to cut the ears of tall crops’. l¯ay`ıqh (J); l¯ay2
q (G) adj. ‘fit, fitting, suitable’. Ar. l¯a’iq. l¯ayphi (G) n.f. ‘a snowflake’. Same as J lA ph 2 . lA l1 adj. ‘beautiful; dear’. Psht. l¯alai ‘dear’, ultimately < l¯alya- (11030). lA l2 , -ah (J, G [no pl.]) n.m. ‘dripping saliva’. < l¯al¯a-1 (11027). lA l3 zˇhuvA r (n1) n.m. ‘a type of precious stone’. A near-synonym expression ← Pers. l¯al and jauhar. l¯al2cˇ (J); l¯al2
cˇ h , l¯al2cˇ a´ h (G); l¯al´.ıcˇ (B) n.f. ‘selfishness, greed’. Prob. lw. Ur. (< l¯alitya- [11029]). l¯alˇc
ı adj. ‘selfish, greedy’. ← prec. l¯a.l.t´ın same as l¯a.t´ın. lA
s.-ga-l¯as. n.m. ‘name of the highest mountain of Indus Kohistan’. l¯asb2nd`ah , -
ı (G, J) n.f. ‘a jewellery formerly

365

worn by women: it covered the back of the hands and consisted of small pearls’. ← Psht. l¯as ‘hand’ and band ‘fastening, bond’. l¯ahu , -o n. ‘driftwood’. ← Psht. l¯ah¯u ‘flooded’. + ho- ‘to float (on or in the water)’. l´ıu¯ , -¯o adj.; n.m. ‘wild, uncouth, dangerous, frightening; any wild animal of the forest’. Same as G lev´ah . Psht. lev@ ‘wolf’ (which derives from Av. da¯evya- ‘teuflisch’!). ´ el (B) n.f. ‘dripping saliva’. Same as J lA l2 . li¨  likA
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to write’. Pres. tr. s`uh likA th ‘he writes (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh likiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to write (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh ligzA th ‘it is written’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ lik e
or lik`ıli ‘he wrote (s.th.)’. Cont. tr. s`uh l`ıka  (rf) b e
th ‘he writes (s.th.) continuously’. Cond. pres. tr. liklu
. Psht. l¯ıkal (lw. < likh´ati [11048]). l`ık-l2kh adj. ‘staggering, reeling’. Bur. liql´aq -m´an- ‘torkeln’. ← l2k3 -l2kh . l´ın˙ g-l2n˙ g kAr2
v˜ ‘to wallow (buffaloes in a mud water place); to stagger, reel (when drunk)’. Both meanings Pers. lang¯ıdan ‘to wallow; to limp’. Cf. also Bur. la˙n man´‘sch¨utteln’, li˙nl´ın˙ g ˙-t- ‘sch¨utteln’ (the Sh. words quoted here by Berger (“sich versp¨aten, verschwinden”) are semantically quite different). l´ıcˇ , l
ıˇc (B) n.m. ‘white secretion of the eye (after sleep)’. Psht. l@cˇ ‘a disease of the eyes’. l`ır.i n.f. ‘thick fog’. Psht. lar.a. l`ır.o¯ kh n.f. ‘a dust cloud’. ← prec. plus < a¯ k¯as´a´ - (1008). litk
ı n.f. ‘small pieces of rubber used to fix the elastic band at a slingshot’.

366

lindAh – l`u¯ı1

lindAh , -
ı n.m. ‘a bow’. Psht. linda.

+ ghin diy2
v˜ ‘to shoot with a bow’ (Ur. dhanus. se m¯arn¯a). l`ınd¯a n.m. ‘air bubbles (in boiling water)’. + diy2
v˜ 1 ‘to come up as air bubbles’. l`ıp1 -l2ph adj. ‘flashing, lighting up’. ← l2p-l2ph ho-. l`ıp2 -l2ph kar2
v˜ ‘to gobble up, devour hastily’. Bur. lipl´ap ˙-t- ‘hastig verschlingen’, Sh.chil. l´ıp-lap (do.). See lA ph 1 . l´ıph2r. adj.m. – adj.f. liphr. , -ah ‘dowdy, down-at-heel, scuffy’. < *lappha-2 (10943). l
m-l2m kAr
2v  ‘to look around’. Cf. Bur./Sh. li´ım-la´am ‘hier und dort sichtbar’, and Psht. lem@ ‘eye’. lim2y` li adj.f.tant. ‘cloudless, clear’. < nirmala- (7366). l´ıli adj. ‘visible; (well-)known; appearing’. Ex.: s`uh b`u.t2v˜ l´ıli ho 
th ‘this is all well-known’ and t`uh xuˇsA l l´ıli ho 
th ‘you seem to be happy’. Bur. le´el man´- ‘bekannt werden’. < *lokate (11122) or rather, as considered by Turner, < lokita-. l´ıl2s ho- ‘(to have) missed (a target)’. Same meaning as tir`ıs-t2r2s. lili o
(G) n.m. ‘a vegetable whose name is said to be in Psht. banaxˇsah (cf. Psht. banjax ‘name of a plant, the seed of which contains cowitch’). liˇsA
v˜ or luiˇsi A
v˜ (examples of second allomorph given only for pres.) (3m) v.i. ‘to hide o.s.’ Pres. itr. s`uh liˇsA th or luiˇsi A th ‘he hides himself’. ´¯ h or luiˇsiA
th ‘he Pres. caus. s`uh liˇsA
th or liˇsiat causes (s.o.) to hide himself’. Pres. caus. pass. s`uh liˇzzA th or luiˇsi zA th ‘it is

hidden’. Fut. itr. s`uh liˇsa` s.2th or l`ısˇs.2th (falling accent due to following sibilant) ‘he will hide himself’. Aor. itr. s`uh liˇs
 or liˇs`ıli ‘he hid himself’. Aor. caus. s2
y˜ liˇsA
or liˇs e
l ‘he caused (s.o.) to hide himself’. The verb is typical for Sh. and used quite rarely in Indus Kohistani. < *li´sati (11067)? l`ıs.1 kAr2
v˜ ‘to close tightly; to seal’. Same as l`as.3 kar2
v˜ . Bur. 2 lis. ‘verschlossen’, Sh. lis., Kal. liˇse´ k ‘to close s.th. tightly’. l`ıs.2 kar2
v˜ ‘to collect (items) together’. lihA z postp.: s`uh lihA z ‘therefore; in this respect’. Ar. lih.a¯ z.  l¯ıc.h, l¯ec.a´ h (G) n.f. ‘a louse’. Same as J lh
ıs.. h ´ z. < l z., -a or l`ız. n.f. ‘a sickle’. Same as B le˚ . lav´ıtra- (10988) via *letr¯ı. l
thi , lit`ah n.f. ‘a splinter of wood’. < *litta(11056). l¯ınd , -ah n.f. ‘the trigger of a gun’. l
ıl same as l´ıli . ˇ n.f. ‘a louse’. Same as J lh
s.. l
ıs.1 , l¯es.3 (S) ˇ l s.2 , l`ız.3 (S) n.f. ‘a sickle’. Same as J l z.. lui (G) n.f. ‘dawn, daybreak’. < *locis(11129). luiA
v˜ (2m) v.i. ‘to lie (on a bed)’. Pres. itr. s`uh luiA th ‘he lies’. Pres. caus. s`uh luiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to lie’. Fut. itr. s`uh luiA s.2th ‘he will lie’. Imp. itr. sg. luiA
. Conv. itr. luiA
-. Subj. itr. 1. sg. lu
m, etc. lu´ın˙ gi , -ah (note accent) n.f. ‘a small shawl for girls’. Psht. lunga¯ı. luiˇs2
v˜ same as liˇs2
v˜ . l`u¯ı1 , -ah n.f. ‘a ‘disgraced’ woman’. Prob. basically ‘(a) robbed (woman)’ and thus ←

l´u¯ı2 – lu
next. l´u¯ı2 , -`ah n.f. ‘a theft’. ← lu 1 . + J kar2
v˜ and G gho 
‘to steal’. l`ukh n.m. ‘asphalt’. ← Pers. luk ‘gum-lac’. + kar2
v˜ ‘to tar (a road)’. luk`uit.a¯ n.f. ‘a stepmother: father’s brother’s wife’. It means basically ‘small mother’ and corresponds semantically exactly with G pulo .tiA
and with bng. lod.ijE . < *lukka-1 (11072) plus prob. a second ‘defective’ word (OIA *kut..ta-2 or *but..ta-1 ?) plus J yA 1 ( with -i- reflecting the y- of ya 1 ). lukhA
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to ask for; to long for; to ask, call (s.o. to come); to challenge, aspire’. Causative has the special meaning ‘to invite; to call up, summon’. Pres. tr. s`uh lukhA th ‘he asks for (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh lukhiA
th ‘he invites (s.o.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh lugzA th ‘he is asked’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ lukh e
or lukh`ıli ‘he asked for (s.th.)’. Cond. pres. tr. lukhilu
. lukh2.th adj.m.; n.m. – adj.f.; n.f. lukh2y`.thi ‘begging; a beggar; a scrounger, sponger’. ← prec. plus derivational suffix. lukhiy2
v˜ v.t. ‘to invite’. See lukh2
v˜ . l`un˙ g1 , -ah n.m. ‘long hair; a thin plait worn by women near the ears’. l`un˙ g2 , -ah n.m. ‘ear of corn’. Cf. bng. lu g ‘a shoot, young plant’ and Kam. l’¨un˙ ‘newly sprouted grass’. lu˙ng
ı n.f. same as lu´ın˙ gi . lux2r.1 or lux2r.mA r adj.m. – adj.f. lux2y` r.i or lux2r.m2y` ri ‘lying, mendacious’. ← Psht. laGar. ‘naked, bare, exposed’ plus suffix (as in g¯ılmA r). lux2r.2 or lux2r.mA r adj.m. – adj.f. lux2y` r.i or lux2r.m2y` ri ‘very foggy’. ← Psht. luGar.an ‘smoky’ plus same suffix as prec.

367

luˇca` h , -
ı adj. ‘meaningless, senseless; idle, mean, base (person)’. < *lucca- (11073). lut.A
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to loot, plunder’. Pres. tr. s`uh lut.A
th ‘he loots (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh lut.iA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to loot (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh lud.zA th ‘it is looted’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ lut.A
or lut. e
l or lut.`ıli ‘he looted (s.th.)’. Cond. pres. tr. luit.lu
. < *lut..tati (11078). l`u.tur, -ah adj. ‘shameless, naked; of bad quality’. Bur. l´u.tur ‘schlechte Wolle’, Sh.chil. lut.u´ r ‘useless’, Niˇs. l¨u.t ‘junger unverheirateter Mann’. Perh. < a sideform of *lut..ta-1 (11076) (*lut..tara-?). l`ur. mA s (n2) n.m. ‘the small pieces of meat and fat which are sometimes served at the beginning of a Kohistani meal’. < *lud.a(11076), see G m¯as. lun.
ı, lun. E
(G) n.f. ‘a type of tree (its leaves are used as fodder for goats)’. Cf. P. l¯unak ‘name of various plants’. Same tree as J tumra . lun.d.a¯ bA z, -ah n.f. ‘a prostitute’. < *lun.d.a(11076) plus Pers. suffix. Cf. loc. cit. the identical Paˇs. form, and J lav2
n.d.˚. + mA s. n.m. ‘a gay; a randy goat’. l´ud2r, -ah (rf) n.m. ‘a special soft and thin bread made from wheat meal, salt and ghee’. Same as l´od2r. < a sideform of *lodda-2 (11137). lumb´ur. adj.m.; n.m. – adj.f.; n.f. lumbu´ır.i ‘(a person who is) wicked, mean, base’. < *lumba-1 (11087) plus prob. a second ‘defective’ word (OIA *kud.a-1 or lud.a-?). ˇ n.m. ‘a thief’. < l¯us.a´ yati1 (11098). l´us.o (S) luspik2
r, -`ah n.m. ‘a loudspeaker’. Eng. lu
(G) pl.tant. ‘people’. < lok´a-1 (11119).

368

lu 1 – l¯embu


lu 1 , -ah n.m. ‘a thief; disgrace of one’s sister after a man has cast an eye on her’. Cf. c˙ u
r1 , c˙ u
ıri , l`u¯ı1 ,2 . In connection with the meaning of ‘disgrace’ the following sentence is typical: u` h mA s. m  lu thu (lit.: ‘that man is my thief’) ‘that man has disgraced our family’. < *l¯u.tati (11078). -lu
2 a dimin. suffix. lu
.th , l´u.th n.m. ‘looting, plundering’. Ur. l¯u.t, Psht. l¯u.t, ultimately < *lut..tati (11078). + kar2
v˜ ‘to loot, plunder’. l¯ul , -ah adj.; n.f. ‘(being) a prostitute’. Psht. lola¯ı ‘prostitute’. ← Pers. lol¯ı ‘public singer’. ˇ l´u
, l˜u. (B); lu  (G) n.m. ‘salt’. lu 
, l˜uv˜ ah (J, S); < lavan.a´ - (10978). legA same as l2gA . lec.h (B) adj.f. of l¨ac.h . ´ z (B) n.m. ‘a sickle’. Same as J l z. le˚ . . len.d.A
(B) n.m. – n.f. len.d.e
i ‘a bald head’. Same as J l¯en.d.A
. lend´e. (B) n.f. ‘a catapult, slingshot’. ← Psht. lenda¯ı ‘a bow’. ´ei (B) n.f. ‘hollow of the knee’. ← Psht. lend¨ linda¯ı ‘the tendons under the knees’. lemA
v˜ 1 or lembA
v˜ (3m) v.t. ‘to rub in, put on (cream); to plaster’. Only those forms where final -b of the root is obligatory are given as such below. In all other cases -b is optional. Pres. tr. s`uh lemA th or limA th ‘he plasters (s.th.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh lemiA
th or limiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to plaster (s.th.)’. Pres. pass. s`uh limzA th ‘it is plastered’. Fut. tr. s`uh lim`as.2th or l´ıms.2th ‘he will plaster (s.th.)’. Aor. s2
y˜ limb e
or limb`ıli ‘he plastered (s.th.)’.

Cond. pres. tr. limlu
. Imp. tr. sg. lem`ah . < limp´ati (11066). lemA
v˜ 2 or lembA
v˜ a vector verb meaning ‘to begin or start an action’. It has two finite forms: l´emi - or l2y´ mi -. Ex. from a tale: sˇa¯ z¯ad e
s2tA r b¯asˇ2y˜ l´emi thu ‘the prince has started to play the sitar’. < lambhayati (10961). levA
h , lev
ı (G) n.m. ‘a wild animal’. Same as J l´ıu¯ . lev2n2y adj. ‘mad, crazy’. Psht. levanai. l¯e (G) adv. ‘near’. Cf. J al2
y˜ . + iy2o 
‘to come near, approach’. l¯ek`ıni conj. ‘but, however’. Pers. (Ar.) lekin. l¯ekho 
(G) v.t. ‘to count’. ← next. l¯ekh´ah (G) n.m. ‘measuring; counting’. < lekhya- (11108). l¯en˙ g , -ah n.f. ‘the leg below the knee’. ← Psht. le˙ngai ‘leg’. l en.d.˚1 n.m. ‘a hut camp (of army or workers engaged in road construction)’. ← Eng. lane. l en.d.˚2 n.m. ‘a line (drawn); line of a song, row (of objects, people)’. Also used metaphorically in the sense of ‘affiliation (with a particular clan or party)’. Ex.: s`uh 2s  l en.d.a (lit.: ‘he of his line is’) ‘he is  thu his follower/supporter/henchman’. ← Eng. line. l¯en.d.A
n.m. ‘a bald head’. < *len.d.a-1 (11054). l¯end2
y, l¯end e
(G) n.f. ‘the trigger of a gun’. Same as J l¯ınd . l¯eb2
r, -`ah (J, G[no pl.]); l¯ebA
r (B) n.m. ‘a porter, day laborer’. Eng. + J k2m¯e c.iy2
v˜ (n2) ‘to hire a laborer’. ← kA m2 . l¯embu
, -o
n.m. ‘a lemon’. < nimb¯u- (7247).

l¯elA m – lo
 l¯elA m n.m. ‘plundering, looting’. ← Pers. lail¯am ‘auctioning’? + kar2
v˜ ‘to plunder, loot’. l¯elu n, -ah n.m. ‘nylon’. ← Eng. l¯ev2
l, -`ah (J); lev´u.l (B) n.m. ‘a spirit level’. Eng. ˇ n.f.; l¯es..t (G) n.m. ‘a type of l es., -3 (S) peacock’. Bur. le´es. ‘blaugr¨uner Fasan’, Sh. le´es. ‘Art bunter Vogel’. Same as J lh e.th . < *lohis..tha- (11169). lEc.i (G) adj.f. ‘wrong, bad, evil; unsavory’. ← l2c.. + gho 
‘to betray (a person)’. loi (G) n.f. ‘dawn’. See lui. l´oe (G) n.f. ‘a fox’. See l¯o1 . lo´esˇi n.f. ‘a small broom used by the miller’. G lh¯osˇ, Sh. lay¯esˇi ‘broom’. l`o.th n.m. ‘a lump of earth, melasses, etc.; a snowball’ < *lot..ta-2 (11077). lot.sˇA r, -ah n.m. ‘a kind of harrow’. ← prec. plus ← sˇar2
v˜ . l´od2r (rf) same as l´ud2r. lospik2
r same as luspik2
r. lohA
yli , loh¯ayl´e (G) n.f. ‘a betrothal; a bride’. < l´abhate (10948) plus ? Cf. J lav e
l. + gho 
(G) ‘to betroth’. lohA
l (G) n.m. ‘a groom’. See prec. l¯o1 (G) n.m. ‘a fox’. < *lopi- (11142). lo 2 (G, J) n.m. ‘dawn’. < *loka-2 (11120). Cf. G lui. l¯o (B) n.m. ‘people’. Same as G lu
.
 (3m) v.t. ‘to reap’. The paradigm displays lo a complicated behavior of the nasalization which is explained in the grammar. Pres. tr. m. s`uh lua th ‘he reaps (crops)’. Pres. tr. f. s`uh lo eth ‘she reaps (crops)’. Pres. caus. s`uh lua 
th or luya 
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to reap (crops)’. Pres. pass. s`uh lo zA th ‘it is reaped’.

369

Fut. tr. s`uh lu 
s.2th or lu v`as.2th ‘he will reap (crops)’. Fut. caus. s`uh l˜uA
s.2th or l˜uyA
s.2th ‘he will cause (s.o.) to reap (crops)’. Fut. pass. s`uh lo o 
ss.2th (three syllables) ‘it will be reaped’. Perf. tr. s2
y˜ lo 
-˙ch¯e ‘he has reaped (crops)’. Perf. caus. s2
y˜ l˜uyA
-˙ch¯e ‘he has caused (s.o.) to reap (crops)’. Perf. pass. s`uh l˜ou
z or l˜ou´ızi or lo u´ z thu ‘it has been reaped’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ lu 
or lu 
li (note accent) ‘he reaped (crops)’. Cont. tr. s`uh l`ua  b e
th ‘he reaps (crops) continuously’. Cont. caus. s`uh lua  or luia  b e
th ‘he causes (s.o.) continuously to reap (crops)’. Cont. pass. s`uh lo`uza  b e
th ‘it is reaped continuously’. Conv. tr. lu 
-. Conv. caus. lua 
-. Conv. pass. lo`uz-. Cond. pres. tr. lo lu
. Cond. pres. caus. luia lu
. Cond. pres. pass. lo zlu
. Part. perf. tr. l˜u
ıli -. Part. perf. caus. l˜u˜ı e
l-. Part. perf. pass. lo z´ıli -. Imp. tr. sg. lo 
. Imp. tr. pl. l˜u . Imp. caus. sg. l˜uyA
. Imp. caus. pl. l˜uy2y˜ . Imp. pass. sg. lo z`ah . Imp. pass. pl. lo z . Sub. tr. 1. sg. lu 
m, 2./3. sg. lu 
, 1. pl. l˜u 
ıˇz, 2./3. pl. l˜u . Sub. caus. 1. sg. l˜u˜ıA
m, etc. Subj. pass. 1. sg. lu z´am, etc. < lunA
ti (11082). The infinitive derives from

l¯okA t.h – lh2n.d.
ır

370

PIK *l˜ua´ v˜ . l¯okA .th , -ah n.m. ‘a type of small yellow fruit (Eriobotrya japonica)’. Ur. lok¯a.t. l¯oc.h 2
r (G) n.m. ‘the morning star’. Sh. low´ei la´cha´ar, Bur. lac.ha´ar ‘Morgenstern’. Same meaning as J l¯otA
r. Despite the color of the star < OIA *loka-l¯aks.aka-t¯ar¯a- ‘red star of the dawn (cf. 11120, 11003, 5798)? Or, since the Kohistanis say the star is white, < OIA *loka-´svitra-t¯ar¯a (cf. 12772)? lo z, -ah n.m. ‘a promise’. Psht. lauz, ← Ar. lafz. See lo s. + kar2
v˜ ‘to promise’. lo .th 1 , -ah n.m. ‘a load’. ← Eng. lo .th 2 , -ah n.m. ‘a bank note’. ← Eng. l¯o.ta` h , -
ı n.m. ‘a waterpot’. < *lot..ta-3 (11133). ˇ n.f. ‘a polo ball’. < *lot..ta-2 (11077). lo .ti (S) lo
r. mA s (n2) n.m. ‘a meat dish eaten during ¯Id’. Cf. l`ur. mA s. l¯otA
r, -`ah n.m. ‘the morning star’. < *loka-2 (11120) plus t¯ar¯a- (5798). A similar form also in Paˇs.kur. l¯etoro
‘bright star’ (sub 5798). l¯ol2
r, -`ah n.m. ‘a road roller’. ← Eng. lo s, -ah n.m. ‘a promise’. Same as lo z. + kar2
v˜ ‘to promise’. Note: m -miˇs2r lo s k´ar ‘promise me (that) . . .’ And: m`ı-t2l lo s m2nzu r thu ‘I accept the promise’.

LH ˙ A lhAng
v˜ (4m) v.i.; v.t. ‘to pass (time); to spend time (together); to lead a person on a way, accompany a guest some distance after a visit’. The semantics of the verb corresponds exactly with Ur. guzarn¯a, guz¯arn¯a.

Pres. itr. .t
m lha˙ngA th ‘time passes’. Pres. tr. s`uh lha˙ngA
th ‘he leads (s.o.)’. Pres. caus. s`uh lha˙ngiA
th ‘he causes (s.o.) to lead (another person)’. Pres. pass. s`uh lha˙ngzA th ‘he is led’. Aor. itr. .t
m lha˙ng
 or lha˙ng`ıli ‘time passed’. Aor. tr. s2
y˜ lha˙ngA
or lha˙ng e
l ‘he led (s.o.)’. Cont. itr. s`uh lh´an˙ ga  b e
th (rising accent of main verb due to prec. aspiration) ‘it passes continuously’. Cont. tr. s`uh lha˙nga  b e
th ‘he leads (s.o.) continuously’. Cond. pres. itr. lhay˙nglu
. < la˙ngh´ayati (10905) with leftshift of aspiration. Cf. l2
n˙ g3 -l2n˙ g kar2
v˜ . lh2n˙ g2
y1 n.f. ‘the heaven’s tree (Ailanthus altissima, but according to Razval Kohistani meliea azedarach)’ (said to be the favorite sitting place for the bulbul, its seeds are used as worm treatment with cattle)’. Sh. laga´an.. lh2n˙ g2
y2 d.id.ru
, -o
(n2) n.f. ‘a kind of starling’ (Ur. main¯a). Cf. next. lh2n˙ gA
-d.id.´ıri , . . . -`ah or lh2n˙ gA
-d.id.ru
, . . . d.id.ro
(n2) n.f. ‘the bulbul (Pycnonotus)’. First word ← lh2n˙ g2
y1 , regarding second cf. P. d.ad.her.h¯a ‘a bird of the babbling thrush family’ and OIA d.id.im¯an.aka- ‘name of a bird of the Pratuda class’. lh¨a.t^ (B) n.m. ‘the safety catch of a Kalashnikov’. Prob. same as J lh2.ta` h . lh2
.th (rf) adj.m. – adj.f. lh2y´.thi ‘lazy’. < *lat..tha-1 (10917) with leftshift of aspiration. Also Psht. lat. ‘lazy’. lh2.tAh , -
ı n.m. ‘a big bolt; the trigger of a gun or pistol’. < *las..ti- (10991) with leftshift of aspiration from MIA lat..thi-. lh2n.d.
ır, lh2n.d. e
r or lh2n.d.e¯ r`a adj.; n.m. ‘young (as a child); a boy, young man’.
2cˇ ha r ˇ aks.ot.a- > c.hu
1 (J); 2c.ho
(S) agnis..th´a- > 2n˙ g¯e.t2
y a´ gra- > ag´ar1 a˙ngana- > a˙ng2
r. (J), a´ n˙ go  (B) a´ n˙ g¯ara- > 2n˙ ga r a˙ng¯arya
- > a r ı a˙ngul
ıya- > a n˙ gu´ıli a˙ngus..th´a- > a˙ngt.ho (B) *a˙ngus..thiya- > a˙ngt.h`ui (B) *a˙ng¯ud.i- > 2n˙ g`u¯ı accha-1 > 2c˙ h *ajakat.a- > 2zˇ 2
r. aj˜na¯ nin- > 2n¯ar.
ı *ajya- > in d.2
b1 zˇ ı  *at..t-2 > in h2.tA l *at..takk- > 2.tka

*ad.- > 2r. e kar2
v˜ and in h2r.A
n˙ g **ad.d.akka- > h2r.2
kh *at..takkal¯a- > at.k2
l *attha- > 2th adaks.a- > 2d`ac.h ady´a- > a
z adhunaiva > h ı an¯ah¯ara- > niha
r2 a´ nna- > a n any´a- > a´ n-an (G); ha 
1 (J) a´ p- > in kh2s.a *apanthaka- > 2va
n1 a´ param > -o- (J); -¨u- (B) apav¯ada- > h2v2
¯ı *apa´sr¯apan.a- > o¯ sˇ2
v˜ apun.ya- > 2va
n2 ap¯up´ıa- > a¯ oh (G); h´av3 (J) †*ap¯uraka- > in 2rg2.th a´ paiti > biy2
v˜ 1 (see also *vrajyati) abhikaroti > h er.

Abhr
A-1 – *isprAs.u¯

478 Abhr
A-1 > 2z

abhr´ıya- > 2z2
v

*ayask¯ara- > 2kha
r

araghat..ta- > ar2.th 1 aras´a- > 2r2s ardh´a-2 > 2r. *ardhakud.ava- > o` er.¯ı ardhadr´on.a- > 2r.-d ı2 ardhar¯atra- > Er.i -ra l *ardha´s¯ırs.a- 2r.-s.`ıs. alavan.a- > al2v˜ ala
bu- > aloe (G) a´ lpa- > ap2.th †*avakasati > v2
v˜ 1 avam¯urdha- > m2
n1 a´ vara- > -o
r, -vo
r *avavahati > v2
v˜ 2 , v2h¯e *avipas..tha- > 2va
.th a´sakta- > 2sˇ2th a´subha- > in sˇ2kA l a´subha- plus *put..ta-2 > sˇup2.th a´ s´ru- > a 
c.h as..ta
- > a .th ˇ at.hA
sˇ (B); at.h¯asˇ as..ta
da´sa- > 2.tha l2sˇ (J, S); (G) as´au > uh (J); o´ h 2 (G) asmad- > z2y˜ aho > 2ho

*¯atmanaka- > apo  (G) a¯ tma
nam > 2ma  a¯ ntr´a- > a 
z. a¯ ntrika- > a˜yz. a
patati > ap2r.o 
(G) a¯ pt´a- > hato 
1 (G) a¯ m > A 1 a¯ m´a- > 2v˜ 1 *¯amucati > ui2
v˜ 2 a¯ mr´a- > 2
m a¯ mr.s.yate > o s.2
v˜ a
y¯ati > i2
v˜ **¯ay¯apayati > A
v a¯ r´a-1 > a
r a¯ rambh´a-1 > 2r.2
m kar2
v˜ a¯ rdr´a- > a c.h (J); a` z. (B) a¯ ryik¯a- > yA 1 a¯ lapati > alo 
2 (G) a¯ lu- > 2lu
*¯as´cariya- > 2sr`a-b2bl`ah **¯as´ron.ika- > 2s.`ın˙ g a¯ s.a¯ d.h´a- > 2ha
r. a¯ s.a¯ d.h¯ıya- > 2s.2y a
sate > a 
s a¯ sita- > in hisA
r a¯ sy´a- > 2y˜ 2 *¯ahallati > alo 
1 (G)

I ¯ A a¯ k¯as´a´ - > in . *¯ak¯as´iya- > hag2
y a¯ kula- > in k2.ta¯ ku l a¯ ks.ika- > a` c.h a
ks.eti > c˙ h e2 *¯ad.u- > 2r2v˜ a¯ n.d.a´ - > 2r.a` h (J); at.a´ h and han.o´ a li (G) l`ıro¯ kh

iyattak´a- > 2yt´ukh ´ıs..tak¯a- > .th *isprAs.u¯ (see s´va´sru
-) > c.o` es.

*ukkA- – *kAt.t.A-2

U *ukkA- > o` k-bokh *ujjavati > uz e *ujj¯a.ta- > uˇza r. ujjvala- > uz´al or uz´alu (G) *utthala- > uth2l u´ tthita- > uith2
v˜ *ut´sr¯apayati > uc.h2
v˜ u´ tsa- > u c˙ h *ut-sthita- > ut.h¯ıro 
(G) udak´a- > v ı ud´ara- > v2y` ri 2 *udguru- > ug´uru udgr.ta- > ugl2
v˜ ´ar. (B) udgh¯a.ta- > ugh¯ i uddh´ı- > u´ d (G) ˇ *uddh¯ud.i- > o` dh˜o (S) *uddh¯ud.i- × dh¯um´a- > u dh2m u´ dbharati > bh´ar2 ho 
*uparalla- or *upparalla- > bo
**upparalla-p¯ad.i- or **uppari-p¯ad.i- > bu´ır.i u´ pavi´sati > b¯ısˇo 
(G) upavis..ta- > in bayt.h¯az2
v˜ *upavis..ti- > b`ı.thi up¯an´ah- > bia n (B); p2r.u´ ˜ı (J) up¯ant´a- > u´ n *ubbakka- > ub¯aykhi (G) *ullat.yate > ul..t2
v˜ ˇ u´ s..tra- > u .t (S)

¯ U u
dhas- > u` ¯ı ˇ umb´ısˇ u¯ navim´ ˙ sati- > a¯ mb`ısˇ (J); a¯ mb ıˇs (S); (G); u
biˇs (B)

479

R. r.´ks.a- > c.h

E ˇ y esˇ (B), ayayˇs (G) e´ k¯ada´sa- > 2ga l2sˇ (J, S), h ˇ ekh (G) *ekka- > 2
k 1 (J); e` k (S); i *ekkala- > k2yl 2 (G); k el2v˜ (J); *ekkasth´a- > akt.hi2
v˜ , 2kt.h
ı ed.a- plus -kk- ext. > eg˚ ed.¯ı- >  eran.d.a- > ar2n.d.˚ ev´a-1 > 2
y2 , -¯ı

O *okk- > o
qh *oggara- > ugra

K ka-2 > k¯u2 , kaˇsa 
(G); k2s ı (J) kah. punar > ka 
1 k´aks.a-1 > k2c˙ h (G); k2sˇa l (J); khaˇca` l (B) k´an˙ kata- > k2
n˙ g *ka˙nk¯ala2 > k2n˙ ga l1 *kacca-1 > k2cˇ a` h 1 kaccha- > k2c˙ h , k2s kajjala- > k2zˇ 2
l k´a.ta-1 > kar.kar.ey (G); in h2
t-k2r.
ı (J) ˇ kat.a-2 > k2r.  (S) *kat.a¯ n˙ ka- > k2r.2
n˙ g-k2r.2n˙ g kat.a¯ ha-1 > kar.h2y *kat..t- > kh´a.t-khat. (B) *kA.t.tA-2 > k2.tu
, kh2
.th 2

480

kAd.Amb¯ı- – kut.A-1

kAd.Amb¯ı- > ka
m1 *kan.a- plus d.olla- > k2n.d.o l kan..ta-1 > k2n.d.˚ and in ph¯ek2n.d.˚ k´an..taka- > ka .th`ah kan..tak¯ara- > k2n..ta r kan..th´a- > k2n.d.a` h , k2n, ka 
n.d.˚ and kh2
r. (J); ka
n3 (G) kan..thaka- > khan.d.  (B); k2n.d.  (J) kan.d.u¯ - > ka
n2 kan.d.u¯ y´ati > kan2
v˜ katipay´a- > k¯u1 (G) kadala- > k¯el`ah kanis..th´a- > k e.th`ah k´andu- > k2yndlu
 kapi-2 > k2
v1 kapol´a- > khol (G) *kapp¯ala- > k2pa l kaphon.i- > khv@˜ı (B) kambal´a1 - > k2m2l kar´oti > kar2
v˜ karkat.a-2 > kh¯akur.e´ h (G); kh2k2y (J) karkara-1 > k2
r-k2r karkara-2 > k2kr  k´arjati > kaz2
v˜ k´arn.a- > ka n1 k´arn.a- plus vartaka-1 > k2nv2.th k´arn.ik¯a- > kann
ı (G) karta-2 > in kh2.te¯ r˜o (G); kh2yt.r2
v˜ (J) *kartt¯ara- > kat.a¯ r@i (B) *karpa- > karp2
v˜ karpara- > kap2y` ri k´arman-1 > ka m2 *karmayati > kam2
v˜ 2 *karm¯apayati > kam2
v˜ 1 karm´ın- > k2m
ır. karmis..tha- > k¨am¨ ´ a.t^ (B) i kalaha- > k2y` l 2  kali-2 > k2y` li 3  kalp´ayati > kapo 
(G)

**kaly¯adya- > k¯al`ez. (B) kas.a´ - > k2s.2y and in phut2s. kas.ati > khas. ka
ka- > qa *k¯akka- > k2ku
, k¯aku
k¯aca-3 > ka 1 *k¯acca- > ka c˙ k¯a.tha- > ka r. k¯an.a´ - > k¯an.˜ıa
(G); kA r. (J) ˇ ka
n.d.a- > ka˜v (G); kA 3 (J); ko n.d.˚ (S) *k¯ar´ıya- > kira  k¯ala-1 > ka l (B)  k¯al´a-2 > ka
l 1 k¯al´ayati > k¯al2
v˜ k¯alya- > k¯al e
*k¯avaraka- > qa v´ıli ka
s´a- > k¯ara
(G) kA
sik¯a- > in gh2y˜ kh2
y˜ (G) kimcid > kiz (G) ˙ kim´ ˙ sa
ru- > kiˇsa¯ r (G) k´ım > g`ıh 1 *kiyatta- > ki et^ (B); k2yt`ukh (J) kir¯a.ta- > kir¯ar.
ı kiri- > k r k´ıl¯a.ta- > kil¯ar.  kilima- > k2yli e¯ l (G) k¯ıdr.s´a- > khia (G) k¯ıryate > kiz2
v˜ k¯ıla-1 > k l2 , k el *kukka-1 > k`ukh 2 kukkut.a´ -1 > kuk ı kukkubha- > k`ukh 1 kuks.´ı- > k´uc. (B); ku´ıc.hi (J) *kuccura- > ku˙c2r *kucyate > kui˙ch2
v˜ *ku˜nca-1 > kunˇza` h , ku c˙  ku˜ncik¯a-1 > kunˇz¯ı2 (G); ku zˇ¯ı (J) ku˜njik¯a- > kunˇz¯ı1 (G); k´u ız (J) kut.A-1 > in xutkur. ı

kut.¯ı- – *khA d.Akut.¯ı- > kur.k 2 kut..ta´ yati > k`a.t2r2 and kut.2
v˜ *kut..tha- > k`u.th 1 *kud.a-2 > ku r. *kun..ta-1 > k`un.d.˚ ˇ *kun..ta-2 > k`u.th 2 (G, J); ku .t (S) 2
 kun.d.a- > in sˇ`ısˇ3 -k˜ur.u kun.d.a-3 > kun.d.ru
kun.d.al¯ak¯ara- > kun.d. er k´utah. > gul`ah ˇ *kutta-1 > khutey (G); kut2y˜ (S) *kutt¯ura- > khutr¯u (G) kudd¯ala-1 > kuda
eli *kudris..ti- > ku d¯ı.th (G); k¯od.
ıt.h (J) *kuppa- > ko ph *kura- > in ka n1 -kur  k´ula- > k´ul2 kulaka- > k`ul1 , k`ul¯ı kulattha- > kula th k´ul¯ala- > kula l *kulla-3 > k¯ol2
r kuv¯akya- > k¯ava kh k´us..tha-1 > k`u.th 3 k´uha > in gua  (G) *k¯ukk¯a- > k`ukh 3 ku
la-1 plus a¯ r´a-1 > kul¯ar (G) *kr.kkala- > k`ık2l kr.ti-2 > kar2y *kr.tyagharik¯a- > k2cˇ a¯ r  k´r.mi- > kim2.th kr.s.´ı- > khis.  kr.s.n.a´ - > ki e´ n (G); kir2
n.d.˚, kis.2v˜ (J) kokila-2 > k¯ol`ah 2 *kot.a-4 > k¯or  kot.i-2 > kro r. kot..tap¯ala- > k¯o.tva
l *kotthala- > kuthl  *koppara- > k¯opr`ah komal´a- > k2v˜ 2l

481

*korad.a- > k¯or.a` h *korati > k¯or2
v˜ (J) and in khuk¯oro 
(G) *kola-4 > k`ol (B); k¯ol (G) and in k¯ol¯ero 
(G) *kaurma- > kom (G) kray¯an.aka- > kira r.a h 1 *kri´syate > kis.2
v˜ kr¯ur´a- > kur2.th , ku r kr´os´a- > ko 1 , kr
ı˜u kvathita- > k2r.  *ks.an.ati > c˙ ha
r. kar2
v˜ ks.an.ut e
> c.hA r.2
v˜ 2 ks.ar´a- > c.hA r ˇ *ks.a¯ n.a-2 > cˇ h¯an. ı (S) *ks.a¯ n.ayati > cˇ hA r.A
v˜ ks.ipt´a- > c.h´ıt2 -c.h2th kar2
v˜ ks.¯ıy´ate > c.hi2
v˜ 1 ks.¯ır´a- > c.h
ır ks.¯ır´avat- > c.hu r2 ˇ ks.¯ır´ın- > c.hu ıri (S) *ks.udati > c.hu
2 kar2
v˜ *ks.upyate > c.up2
v˜ ks.ur´a- > c.h u¨ r (B); c.hu
r1 (J) *ks.ed.ati > c.h¯er.2
v˜

KH *kha˙nkh- > kha˙ng2
v˜ , kha n˙ g *kha˙nkh¯alayati > k2n˙ ga l2 khat..ta´ yati > kh2
.th 1 *khad.d.a- > kh2
d.ah , kha r. khan.d.a´ -1 > kh2n..tu
*khan.d.aghara- > k2n.d.2
r khan.d.u-1 > kh2n.d.˚ kh´ara-2 > kh2
rah kharv´a- > kh2po kh´ala-1 > kh2
l1 khalla-1 > kh2l2y *khA d.A- > kh2r.lu



khA dAti – *gollA-

482 kh
A
v˜ dAti > kh2

kh¯adana- > kh¯an`ah kh¯adayati > khay2
v˜ khicc¯a- > khiˇc  kh´ıdyate > khiz2
v˜ khil´a-1 > kh´ıl *khis- > kh`ıs2v˜ *khut..ta-3 > kh´u.th *khut..ta-4 > kh2.t2v˜ , khut.a` h *khud.a-2 > kh´ur. khura- > khu
r  *khull- > kh¯ola †*khu´ss´a- > kh¯osˇu *khokkha- > kh¯ok`ah khola-1 > kh`u¯ı *khosa- > kho

G *gad.a-3 > g2r.a` h . See also gala-1 plus *gad.a-3 *gad.a-6 > g2r.-b2r. g´ad.ati > gar.2
v˜ *gad.agad.a- > g2
r.2 -g2r. *gad.d.-2 > g2
d. *gad.d.a-2 > g`or.2 kar2
v˜ *gad.d.a-bad.d.a- > g2
d.-bad. *gad.ha- > g2r. 1 and in gh2r.´ıA l2 gan.a´ - > gha
r. gan.d.a´ -1 > g2n.d.˚ gan.d.a-2 > g2n ı gandh´a- > in c.ha˜v g2n (G) *gappa- > g2p˚ 2 gabh¯ır´a- > in gh¯er`ah mA s. *garda-2 > g2d  garbh´ın.¯ı- > g2b 
ı (G); gh2b ı (J) garvita- > z.h
ıli gala-1 plus *gad.a-3 > galg`e.re. (B)

*gal¯ı- > g2y` li *galaughika- > galo 1 *galh¯a- > gal (G) *gahura- > go r *g¯ad.d.a- > g2y` d.ih , ga d.ih g¯arjara- > g¯az2
r g¯alayati > gal2
v˜ g¯ala- > g2lah g¯ali- > g el *g¯av¯a- > ga
*gid.d.a- > g
ır. g¯ıti- > g l gu˜nja-2 plus mukt¯a- > guiˇzmut  gud.a´ -1 > in d.hirgu
**gud.a´ -1 stara- > guthro gud.a´ -2 > g´ur. (B); gu
r. (J) *gud.d.a- > gur.  gun.a´ - > gh¯un. (G) gumph´ati > gum2
v˜ gurjar´a- > g`uzur *gulu- > in h2
t2y˜ gulˇc ı **gulu-pahu˜nca- > gulu`ıc˙ i gulph´a- > gup  g¯ud.h´a-1 > d.u´ n˙ g2 g¯utha- > gu
2 (G); gu 2 (J) *g¯uttha- > g´ut^ (B) *g¯uttha- plus *rad.- > gutr¯er. (G) *g¯uniya- > g˜ur.`ıa  g´r.dhya- > gh ız gr.hn.A
ti > ghin2
v˜ genduka- > g e
n geh´a- > g e
g´o- > go godha
- > ghu
1 godhu
ma- > gu 
1 gorasa- > g¯or2s gor¯up´a- > gu
r2 gola-1 > g¯ol`ah *gollA- > g¯ol (G)

go´sAkr.t- – citrA
go´sAkr.t- > gv o´ sˇa¯ (B) **go´sraya-kula- > g¯os.u´ıli gos..th´a- > go
.t^ (B) gaur´a- > gu r1 granth´ayati > ghan.d.2
v˜ granth´ı- > ghar.A
v˜ 2 (G); gA r. (J) gra
ma- > gA  *gr¯am¯ardhin- > ga˜v2n.d.
ı *graiviya- > g¯er`ah

GH gh´a.tate > gho 
(G) ghat.¯ı- > gh
@e. (B); gh2r.2
y (J) *ghat.¯ıt¯ad.a- > gh2r.´ıa¯ l1 ghat..ta´ yati1 > ghat.2
v˜ ghan´a-2 > gh2v˜ *gharaghara- > gh2
r-gh2r gharin.¯ı- > gh2r 
ı gh´ars.ati > ghas.2
v˜ gh¯a.ta¯ -1 > gh`u¯ı2 diy2
v˜ gh¯ata- > ghA
l *gh¯ana-1 > gha r. ı gh¯as´a- > ghA
*ghi˙ngira- > ghi˙ngr.@e. (B) ghir- > gh ıri *ghu˙ngana- > ghu˙ngr. ı *ghu˙nghura- > ghu˙ngru
2 ghun..ta-1 > gh`un.d.˚ *ghun..ta-2 > gh´un.d.^ (B) *ghurati1 > ghur2
v˜ 1 *ghurati2 > ghur2
v˜ 2 ghr.t´a- > ghi u
(B); ghi u¯ (G); gh
ıl (J) ghot.a- > gho ghr¯an.a´ - > gha 2

483

C ca > z´ah (G) cakrav¯ak´a- > c˙ A
g˚ ca˙nga- > in 2c˙ h´akh *cat.a- > c˙ 2
r1 *cat..t- > c˙ at.2
v˜ *cat..tu- > cˇ 2.tu
catur´a-1 > c˙ A r cat´urah. > c˙ 2ur c´aturda´sa1 > c˙ o` d2sˇ (B); cˇ ondeˇs (G); c˙ 2nd2sˇ (J) caturh¯ayan.a- > c˙ ua .tu
catus.ka- > cˇ o¯ v k¨ei (B) *catus.k¯as..tha- > cˇ o¯ kA .th *catus.p¯a.ta- > cˇ o¯ pA l **catus.phera- > in cˇ A r-ˇca¯ p er candr´a- > c˙ A
n *capp- > c˙ 2ph *cappayati > c˙ ap2
v˜ *cappet.a- > c˙ a¯ p er. *campavelli- > cˇ amb¯el ı c´arati > c˙ ar2
v˜ c´aran.a- > c˙ ar2
v˜ kar2
v˜ car¯a- > c˙ 2
r2 *carpa- > cˇ 2pu
*carpat..ta- > cˇ ip2y´.thi **carp¯an˙ ga- > c˙ 2pA
n˙ g carmak¯ara- cˇ¨ım˜ıa r (B) c´arman- > c˙ A m *c¯a.t.ta- > cˇ a¯ .t ı c¯ar´ayati > c˙ a¯ r2
v˜ *c¯ala-1 > cˇ a¯ lu ca
s.a-1 > c˙ 2v˜ 1 cikka-3 > c˙`ık^ (B) *ci˙nga- > c˙`ın˙ g *ci˙ngh¯a.ta- > 2y˜ 2 cˇ i˙ng2
v˜ *cit.h- > cˇ it.h2
v˜ 2 citrA
- > c.`ıc.h

cint
AyAti – j¯ıval´a-

484

cint
AyAti > c˙ in2
v˜ ˇ cˇ
ıph kar2
v˜ (J) *cipp- > c˙
ıp karo 
(S);

cir´a- > c˙ ır1 c¯ıd.a¯ > c˙ iv2i (B); c˙ ug ı; cˇ ır.i (J) c¯ımara- > c˙`ım(b)2r *c¯ırayati > c˙`ır-˙c2r kar2
v˜ and c˙ e¯ r2
v˜ c
ıra- > c˙ ır2 diy2
v˜ c¯ır¯ı- > cˇ iˇc
ıri, cˇ ir. ı cukk´ayati > in c˙ u` k-˙c2p er. kar2
v˜ cukr´a- > c˙ u` kh *cucci- > c˙´ıc˙ hi **cut..tita- > c˙ it.2
v˜ c´un..tati > cˇ u 
r.2 kar2
v˜ c´un.d.ati > cˇ u¯ n.d. ı *cutta- > cˇ ut (G) *cumbhati > c˙ um2
v˜ *cul- > c˙ ul2
v˜ cu
d.a-1 > c˙ 2r. ı, cˇ u 
r.1 *c¯ura- > cˇ u¯ r ı c¯urn.a- > c˙ u` n, cˇ un`ah cet´ayati > c˙ er2 caitr´a- > cˇ¯ıt2
r1 *con.d.a- > c˙ 2n.d.˚, cˇ o .th *coddati > c˙ o d diy2
v˜  cor´a-1 > c˙ u
r1 , c˙ o
r3

CH *chakkat.a- > cˇ h2kr.a` h chagal´a- > c˙ h¯al (G); c˙ h el (J) *chajja- > c˙ haz (G); cˇ h2yzˇ i (J) *chat.- × *chan..t- > cˇ h˜ar.k2
v˜ *chatti- > in 2
kh 1 -ˇch2ta , cˇ h2
th *chapp- > cˇ hA ph diy2
v˜ ch´ardati > c˙ har.u
chard´ı- > c˙ hA r. chala-1 > cˇ h2
l2 *chala-2 > cˇ h2
l1

ch¯ad´ayati1 > c˙ h2
v˜ ch¯adi- > c˙ h ı (B) *ch¯apa- > c˙ h2vui (G) ch¯ayA
- > c˙ ho 
l chikk¯a- > cˇ h´ıgi (G) chitti- > c˙ h`ıt-˙chith kar2
v˜ chidyate > c˙ hiz2
v˜ *chilla-1 > c˙ hil2 (G) *chilla-2 > c˙ hil1 (G) cheda- > cˇ h e
l *chokkara- > cˇ h¯okr¯a-bA z *chot..ta- > c˙ hot.h (G)

J j´an˙ gh¯a- > z¯an˙ g (G) j´a.ta¯ - > z´av (G) *jat..ta-1 > z2.t e
l, za .th j´atu- > z2y jant´u- > za n1 janyay¯atra- > zha 
l *janyav¯asa- > zh elo s *japp- > zh2
ph jamba- > z´a¨ b^ (B) j´ara- > z2r2 jara
yu- > zal2y jalauk¯a- > z¨alo 
(B) j¯an˙ gala- > z¨an˙ g˚ le
i (B) j¯ana
ti > in k2
y˜ zˇa¯ n¯ı *j¯am¯atraka- > z.2v˜ a z.a` h ja
yate > z2
v˜ j¯ar´a- > za
r ja
la- > zˇa¯ l 1 jihva
- > z ıb  *j¯ırati > zari 2
v˜ j
ıvana- > zin (G) j¯ıvant´a- > z2
nd, zˇond´un  j¯ıval´a- > zˇ
ıli

j´us.t.i- – *d.a˙nga-1 j´us..ti- > zˇhuit.a *j¯urAti > z¯or2
v˜ j´r.mbhate > zha  j˜na¯ pyate > na ph jyais..tha- > zˇ e.th jy´otsn¯a- > zˇu 
2 (B) jvar´a- > z2
r1 , zh2
r2

JH *jhakk-1 > zh2
kh , zha
k (-zh¯ukh ) *jhakk-3 > zhakurz2
v˜ *jhakk-5 > zˇha qh *jhagg¯a- > zh¯ag^ (B) *jhat.- > zˇh2r.2q-ˇzh2r.2qh *jhad.¯ı- > zˇhar.e´ y (G) *jhan..ta- > in buˇz2n.d.˚ *jhapp-2 > zh´ap2r *jhal-2 > zh2
l *jh¯a.tayati > zˇha r. *jh¯ama-1 > zh2v˜ *jh¯amaka-1 > zh2v˜ 2y˜ *jhil- > zh´ıli 1 jhun..ta-1 > zh´un.d.˚ *jhun..ta-2 > zhun.d. ı †*jhot..ta-3 > zˇhu´ı.thi *jhola-1 > zˇh¯ola
h (B); zˇo¯ l2
y (J)

T. *t.akk-1 > .ta
kh *t.akk-1 plus ka
ri- > .t2k2r
ı *t.akk-2 > .tak2
v˜ and t2kd Ar

.takkar¯a- > .tak2
r 2 .ta˙nka- > .th˜un˙ g˚ (B) 5 .ta˙nka- > .ta¯ n˙ gu
*t.at..tu- > .t2.tu


485

*t.app- > .t2p-t.2ph 2 *t.appa-2 > .t2ph , .t2pa l *t.appa-3 > .ta ph *t.abbara- > .tab2
r *t.al-2 > .tal2
y *t.alla-1 > .ta l1 *t.a¯ n..ta- > .ta 
.t^ (B) *t.ikk- > .t
ıkh 2 *t.ikka-1 > .tika 1 *t.ipp-2 > .t¨ıp^ (B); .t`ıp-t.iph 3 (J) *t.ukk- > .tu` k3 -t.ukh *t.ukka- > .tukr`ah , .th´okh 2 *t.u˙nga-1 > .th´okh 1 *t.eppa-1 > .t`ıph 1 .teraka- > .t er *t.okka-1 > .tukr ı *t.okka-2 > .to¯ ka
h (B) *t.ot..ta-1 > .tu¯ .t ı *t.oppa-1 > .to¯ p´e.e (B) *t.ola- > .tu l2

T.H *t.hagg- > .thag2
v˜ *t.hass- > .th2s kar2
v˜ *t.h¯ıkka- > .th
ıkh *t.hell- > .th ıli *t.hot..tha- > .tho
.th 2 *t.homba- > .tho mb`ah *t.hoss- > .th¯osa

D. *d.akk-3 > d.ako 
(G) *d.akka-1 > d.a kh †*d.agga-3 > d.ag gho 
(G) *d.a˙nga-1 > d.i˙ng2
r

*dAn˙ gArA-1 – tur¯ı-

486



*dAn˙ gArA-1 > d.2n˙ g2
r1

dAn˙ gArA-2 > d.a˙ng2
r2

1 h *d.abba- > d.2b`a 1 *d.abba-2 > d.2
b1  d.ambara- > in d.umˇc ex *d.avala- > d.o l2 *d.a¯ kka-1 > d.a¯ k`ah *d.a¯ .t.tha- > d.a¨ d.´o¨ (B) **d.a¯ pita- > d.e¯ v2
v˜ d.ibba-3 > d.2
b2  d.imba-2 > d.´ım3 d.imba-4 > d.´ım1 ˇ *d.ud.d.a-2 > d.o` d.o (S) *d.ubb- > d.u b  *d.era-1 > d.e¯ r`ah *d.o˙nga-1 > d.u˙ng`ah *d.obb- > d.o¯ b (G) d.omba- > d.u
m2

D.H *d.ha˙nk- > d.h2n˙ g ı *d.had.h.a-1 > d.h2
d.˚ *d.had.d.ha-3 > d.har.2
n˙ g *d.han.d.ha- > d.ha 
n.d.˚ *d.han.d.ha- plus kulya
- > d.h2n.d.kulu
*d.happ- > d.h2
ph 1 kar2
v˜ *d.happa- > d.h2pu
d.h¯ala- > d.ha l *d.hi˙nka-3 > d.h´ın˙ gi 1 *d.hi˙nga- > d.h´ın˙ gi 2 *d.h¯uss- > d.h´us *d.hera-1 > d.h¯er ı *d.hera-2 > d.h¯er (G) *d.hokka-2 > d.h´okh d.h¯ola- > d.h¯ol (G)

T t´a- > in t
ıza (B) t´aks.ati > tac.h2
v˜ tat.a- > .t2r.a¯ , t2r.a¯ *tad.ati1 > t2r.2qh tan.d.ul´a- > tal2
v˜ t´atas > t`ah t´atra > t2
l3 *tanaka- > t´an, t´an2 (G) tanik¯a- > t2y˜ 2 *tapaka- > t2v2 t´apas- > t´au¯ , t2
v1 tapt´a- × tapti- > t2th 1 tapti- > t2t ı2 t´apyati > tap2
v˜ *tamana-2 > tam2y˜ t´amisr¯a- > tam2y
s.i t´arati > tar2
v˜ tarav¯ari- > tarvi y´ El (B); t2lv er tarik¯a- > t2r 
ı2 *targa- > takr.a` h tala- > t2
l1 tas..ta´ - > .tha .th t´asya > t2s ı t¯at´a- > t2ta , ta 1 *t¯atiya- > t2t ı1 ta
nva- > ta  t¯ap´a- > t¯a2 (B) t¯amr´a- > t¯amb`ah t¯ar´ayati > t¯ar2
v˜ t¯ar¯a- > ta r1 ta
lu- > ta l1 tittir´a- > t¯ıt2
r t´ıllati > til2
v˜ *timbaru- > t´¨ımbAr (B); t`umbur (J) tundi- > tu`ıni tur¯ı- > in c˙ 2g2r t¯uru


tuvA
m – **dhuttatuvA
m > c˙ 2
v˜ 3 , t`uh 1 *tu´syA- > tiˇs (G) t´us.a¯ ra- > tuiha r *t¯uriya- > tur ı t´r.pyati > c.ip2
v˜ , t`aph 1 tr.s..ta´ - > cˇ`ı.thi *tr.s.y¯a- > c.
ıs.1 tr.s.ya
vant- > c.is.a` h tail´a- > t
ıl *trat..t- > c.2.th 1 *trappa- > t2r2ph 1 diy2
v˜ , tarp2
v˜ *trayeda´sa > cˇ
ıˇs (B, G); c.igo l2sˇ (J) *tr¯ayah. > c.A *tr¯ayah. and p´anth¯a- c.ap2n **tr¯ay¯an˙ gula- > c.2gu´ıli

487

duhit´r.- > dh
ı du
rv¯a- > z.u b  dola-1 > d.u¯ l ı *dola-2 > d.o¯ ru
*drakk- > z.iko 
(G); z.hik2
v˜ (J) *dramn.a- > z.2
v˜ 2 dramma- > d.amr.e´ y (G); d.hamr. ı (J) dra
ks.a¯ - > z.a c.h *dris..ti- > d.
ıt.hi dron.¯ı-2 > z.u **dvaravis..ti- > darb2.th *dvala- > in lh2mb2lu

DH



TH *thapp- >thap2
r. *thar- > th2
r (-th2r) ho*th¯anna- > thA n *thukk- > thu´ıkhi *thur- > th´ur-thur hoth¯uth¯u- > th`ut¯u

D dan.d.a´ - > d.a
n.d.˚ darati > d.h2ru
darbh´a- > z.2b  davara- > d.o¯ r ı **d¯ad¯apula- > da
l1 da
rd.hya- > d.2d. (G) dina- > in 2r.-d ı1 d¯ırgh´a- > z.`ıg˚ duh.kh´a- > in dh´uk-Ga´ m **dukka- > duk e


*dhakk- > d.hak2
r dhat.a-1 > dh2
r.2 kar2
v˜ *dhad.a- > dh2
r.1 dh´ana- > dh2
v˜ dh´anus- plus ka
n.d.a- > dh2
v˜ k¯a dhandha- > dhan`ah *dhapp- > dh2
ph *dhamm- > dh2
m, dhamz2
v˜ *dhammakka- > dh2mk
ı dhara- > in b2y` li dh2
r dh´arati > dhar2
v˜ dhar´an.¯ı-1 > dh2r ı dh¯a.t¯ı- > dh¯ar.a` h dh¯ana
-1 > dh´a  (B) dh¯aneya- > in dh2r.ia
l dh¯apayati > dhay2
v˜ 2 dh¯ar´ayati > dh¯aro 
(G) dha
ra-2 > dha
r2 dha
r¯a-2 > dha r1 dh¯avayati2 > dhay2
v˜ 1 dha
sas- > dha s *dhukk- > dhuk2
v˜ **dhutta- > dhu th 

*dhunmAn- – p´at.hati

488 *dhunmAn- > in dh´um-dh2ma l *dhuvAti2 > dhuy2
v˜ *dh¯ud.i- > dh´ur. dh¯um´a- > dh`ua , dh´um-dhum *dh¯um¯akhara- > dhum¯ar.a` h *dh¯um¯andha- > dh´un *dhokka-2 > dho k¯a

N n´a > n`ah nakul´a- > no l`ah *nakkha- > na
kh **nakkhura- > n2khu r nagn´a- > n2nd  nad.a´ - > n2
, n2lk`ah n´ayati > nio 
(G) nayan´a-2 > na
(B) nart´ayati > nat.2
v˜ nartana- > nat.n
ı (G) n´arya- > n2
r n´ava-1 > n2v˜ 1 n´ava2 > n2v˜ 2 navam´a- > n2v2v˜ n´aviya- > n2y2
v˜ n´as´yati > naˇs2
v˜ nasta- > n´ath (G); n2thu r (J) nast¯a- > in natk´ey (G) nah´ı > n2y˜ 1 n¯ad.¯ı-1 > n¯ar.u
(G) n¯ad.¯ı-3 > n¯ar. ı na
bhi- > na 2 na
man- > nav2 (G); na 
1 (J) n¯amin- > n¯am ı n¯ara˙ng´a- > n¯ar2n˙ g nih.sattva- > nis2
th *nig¯ati > in 2n˙ ga nid¯agh´a- > in n ıl-b2sa
n (n1)

nidra
- > n ız. nidr¯al´u- > niz.a
l nimb¯u- > l¯embu
niranna- > in nir`ank2y n´ıreti > nh¯al2
v˜ 1 *nird¯ati > n¯ın.d.˚ (G) nirmala- > nim2l, lim2y` li nirlajja- > nil2z *nirl¯ıyate > n¯ıl2
v˜ 1 n´ıvartate > n`ı.thi *n¯ıd.a¯ ti > n ıd.˚ n¯ır´a- > in n¯ılta
n
ıla- > n ıli n¯ıh¯ar´a- > niha
r1 nr.tt´a- > na
.th netra-3 > n E
t (G) nem´ı- > n2
y˜ 3 naiva > n
ı

P *pakk- > p´ık-p2kh kar2
v˜ pakv´a- > p2kh 1 *pakvavat.a- > p2k¯or.
ı paks.a´ - > p2y` c.hi , pa
c.h *paks.atat.aka- > p2c.h2r p´aks.man- > phi´p¯ı (B); p2p2y˜ (J) *paggala- > ph¯ag2
l *pacchi- > p2cˇ h
ı pacy´ate > pa˙c2
v˜ p´an˜ ca- > pa z p´an˜ cada´sa > p´ 2nˇz¯ısˇ (B); p2nˇz¯ısˇ (G) ˇ p2nz2
l2sˇ (J); p2nd2
l2sˇ (S) pa˜ncam´a- > p˜anzo 
(G) pat.-2 > p`a.t3 -pat.h pat..ta-1 or pat..ta-2 > p`a.th 1 ´ . .t^ (B); p2.t
ı and in d.a -p2.th pat..ta-2 > phu p´a.thati > par.2
v˜ 1

pAnA-1 – pes.ayati

pAnA-1 > pa r. ı1

pAnA-2 > in p2n˙ g2.th

*patta-2 > p2t
ı (G); pa
th 2 (J) *patta˙nga- > pat´an˙ g *pattama- > p2t2y˜ *pattara- > pat´ar (G) **pattima- > p2
e¯ t2v˜ 1 p´attra- > p`a.th 2 , in c.ap2r.i a  ghA
and in p2c.ha l pattral´a- > p2c˙ h2
l **pathabhaks.a- > p2c.h **panthak¯arin- > p2n¯er ı *panthap¯ala- > p2nva l p´anth¯a- > pa n3 **panthik¯a- > p¯ayn (G) p´ara- > p¨ar´o  (B) p´ara- plus *d¯adda- > p2r.d¯ad
ı paralokika- > p2r´ıli (z e
) paripavana- > p2ry u 
(G) *paribudhyate > parzo 
(G); p¯orz2
v˜ (J) ´an *parima- > in p¨are
˜ı zˇh¯  par´ut > p´ o¯ r k¯al (B); par (G)   h paruttn´a- > p¯or`uk parn.a´ - > p2n.d.˚ p´arpat.a- > p2pa , p¯ap2r.a p´ar´su- > p2s..tu`ıli  pal¯an.d.u´ - > pala  *pallat..t- > pal..t2
v˜ pallava-1 > pal´uh , pal´ui (G) pa´sup¯ala- > p2ya l *pa´sca- > p´asˇ1 (G) p´as´yati > payˇs2
v˜ *pas..ta¯ na- > p2.tha  ˇ p¯aks.a- > p¯as.a´ v (G); pa s. (S) p¯a.ta- > in kh2r.pa
1 *p¯ad.i- > in p2khur pA
n.d.ara- > p2n2r p¯at´ayati > p¨aye
l (B) pa
da- > pav (G); pa 1 (J)

*p¯adad.a- > pa r.2y pA
na- > pa 
p¯an
ıya- > p´ i aı (B) p¯ar´a-1 > pa
r1 p¯al´ayati > p¯al2
v˜ p¯alaky¯a- > p¯al2kh p¯as.i- > p2e¯ s. picchil´a- > pi˙ch´ıli , phi˙c´ıli pi˜njara-2 > pinˇz2r`ah p´ın.d.a- > p`ın.d.˚ pitt´a- > p ıth  pittala-2 > pit2
l p´ıtriya- > piˇco
(G); p
ıc.h (J) pip¯ıl´a- > p¯ıl (G); p¯ıla (J); pihi’l¯ı (S) *piph¯ıla- > ph¨uy´el (B) p´ıbati > puy2
v˜ *pilla- > pilu
pis..ta´ - > p´ ¨ı.t^ (B) p¯ı.tha- > p¯ır. ı p¯ıtala-1 > p` ¨ıl (B); p ıli (J)  p
van- > p´ıu  p¯ıvara- > p¯ıru
v (B); p¯eru
(G) *p¯ıvala- > pil¯ar.u
*p¯ıvra- > p¯erv2y put.a- > p¯or.2
y˜ ˇ *put..ta-2 > ph´u.th 2 (J); ph`ı.ti (S) *pun.d.a- > pho 
n.d.˚ putr´a-1 > pu
c.h pur¯an.a´ - > pura  **pula-d¯aru- > phul¯uz. (G) pul¯aka-1 > pula 1 *pu´ss´¯ı- > puˇsu
p¯ura-1 > pu r p¯ur´ayati > p¯or2
v˜ pu
ran.a- > pu r2v˜ p¯ury´ate > po s2
v˜ *pet..ta-1 > p¯e.t ı *ped.a- > p´ e˚r. (B) pes.ayati > p¯es.2
v˜

489

*po˙nga-2 – *b¯ıjadh¯ana-1

490 *po˙nga-2 > p2n˙ gu
, pu˙ngr.u
*potAlA- > pula 2 **potAlA-tuntukA- > pulo .t (G)



*podda- > phodu
ˇ paun.d.ra- > po
n.d.˚ (S)

*pautya- > po
s (B) pa´utra- > po z. pautr¯ı- > p¯oc.i (G) paus.a´ - > p¯o (G) pr´adad¯ati > c.u
˜ (B) prapatti- > in ap2th prapautra- > p2h¯oc. (G) prapautr¯ı- > p2h¯oc.i (G) prabha
- > c.o¯ (B) prabh¯akara- > s.a¯ ru
prabh¯ana- > c.a˜v (G) *prabh¯ala- > c.o
l1 pralabhate > c.a¯ l2
v˜ pr´al¯ına- > p¯elo
(G) *prastr.ta- > ph2ta pr´ahin.oti > c.ay2
v˜ prahelik¯a- > c.o
l2 priyak¯ara- > p´ i a¯ r (B) *pris.u- > c..ıs. (B); c. ıs.2 (J); p¯ız.u , phic.h (G) *prerate > c.e¯ l2
v˜ pr´erayati > p¯er2
v˜

PH *phakk-1 > phak2
v˜ *phat..t-1 > in v e2 -ph2.th *phan..ta- > in galf2y´ n.d.i *phapph¯ı- > ph2
e¯ **phapph¯ı-str¯ı- > ph¯az.u
**pharpat..ta- > ph2
p2.th ph´ala-1 > ph2
l2 kar2
v˜ ph´alati1 > phal2
v˜ 1 ph´alguna- > ph2ga
r.

*ph¯a.t.takka- > ph¯a.t2kh pha
la-1 > pha l1 ph¯alayati > in h ı-phA l *phu˙nga- > ph´un˙ g2 *phutta- > phut ı phupphusa- > ph2
ph phulla- > ph´u l (B) *phuss-2 > ph`us-phus *phussa- > phusr´ah (G); ph¯osa  (J) **ph¯ut-´su¯ s.a- > ph2s.-ph2s. kar2
v˜ ph e
na > ph
ın.d.˚ *phera- > in ph2rk¯uro
(G?); ph
ır (J) † *pher¯apayati > phirv2
v˜

B baka- > b2n˙ gl`ah 2 *bakk- > b2k-b2kh *bad.abad.a- > b2
r.b2r. ban.d.a´ - > b2n.d.˚ b´adara- > b ır2 bandh´a- > b2
nd1  barb´ara-1 > bh2
r-bh2r barbara-2 > bab2
r b´ala- > v2
l2 and in balq2s2
y bahuk¯ara- > ba hA
r (G) bahura- > b¯ar
ı (kA
l) *b¯a- > bA 3 *b¯ajjara- > b¯azˇ 2
r b¯ad.ha- > b¯ar. ı2 ˇ *b¯as.ma- > in b2s.k2l3 (S)

*b¯ahirima- > z.hu 
b¯ah´u- > bh¯o (B); b¯o1 (G) **b¯ahu-¯an˙ kut.a- > bh¯ag2
n.d.˚ ˇ b¯ahu- plus kaphon.i- > bak`u˜ı (S) bibh´eti > bhiy2
v˜ b
ıja- > b¯ız (B); b ı (J) *b¯ıjadh¯ana-1 > bh˜ayu
(G); biy2y˜ (J)

*buccA-1 – *man.d.haka*buccA-1 > buˇcr.u
*but..tA-1 > in t¯alb´u.th bud.abud.a- > b´ur.-bur. *bud.d.ha-2 > bud.A **bud.d.ha-2 bh¯ariy¯a- bhud. ıri **bud.d.ha-v¯ıra- > bud. er *bud.yati > bur.2
v˜ *butta- > b`uth 2 *buba- > bubA *bubhuks.aka- > buc.h`ah *bubhuks.a¯ - > buc.h e ˇ buli- > buli buli (G); bulku
(J); bulbul ı (S) b¯u.ta- > b¯ur.a¯ (G?) *b¯u.t.ta- > but. ı *b¯ura- > b´ur *b¯usta- > buth (G) *bet..ta- > in b2.tkumA r bed.a¯ - > b¯er.a` h 1 *bot..ta-1 > b¯o.te´ v (G) bodh´a- > in 2bho *bora-2 > b¯or2
y *br¯akati > b´ıa¯ -bi¯a kar2
v˜

491

bhin.d.a¯ - > bh¯en.d. ı bh¯ıti- > bh
ı *bh¯ıla- > bh ıli *bhutta-2 > bh´uth 1 *bhulla- > bh´ul *bhusa- > bhu
s1 *bhussa-1 > bhu
s2 *bh¯ukka- > bhukh (G); bhuk ı (J) bhu
mi- > bhe
˜ı (B); bhu˜ı (G) bh¯umicala- > bhuinA
l bhu
yas- > bh`u¯ı *bh¯ura- > bh´ur bh¯urja- > zhu z, z.hu s. bhr.jj´ati > bh ez2
v˜ , mh ez2
v˜ bhr.s..ta´ -1 > bh2.t
ı *bhe˙nga- > bh En˙ gA
(G) bhed.ra- > bh¯eru
*bhola- > bh´ol bhramar´a-2 > bh¯orA bhr¯aturj¯ay¯a- > z.h¯az2
y bhra
tr.- > z.ha bhr¯atr.putra- > z.h¯ec. (G); z.h2l ıc.h (J) bhr¯atr.vala- > z.h¯av2l ı bhr¯atr´a- > in z.ha
s. riˇsteda r

BH bhakt´a- > bhA
th bhagin¯ı- > bh 
ı bha˙ng´a-2 > bhA n˙ g and in bh2n˙ gru s bhajana- > bha 
1 *bhabb¯a- > bhab´av (G); bhA
ph (J) *bhar- > bh2rbh2r ı bh´avati > hobh´as.ati > bhas.2
v˜ bh¯ar´a- > bhA
r1 *bh¯arta- > bh¯ar.a` h 1 bh¯avayati > bh¯el2
v˜ †*bh¯as.ma- > bhA s. **bh¯asyaka- > bh2ysA

M ma- > m`ah m´aks.ik¯a- > m2y
c.hi *mat.- > m2
r.-m2r. s e kar2
v˜ *mat..ta- > mA
.th *mat..tara-1 > mat.2
r, mo .t2
r *mat..tha-1 > m2.th`ah man.d.a-5 > mar.a  **man.d.a-cikka- > ma r.cˇ
ık^ (B) man.d.apa- > ma
n.d.o¯ (B); m´ad.2v (G) man.d.apik¯a- > mh2n.d.2
y1 *man.d.haka- > mh2
n.d.a 

492

mA
tsyA- – *meghiya-

mA
tsyA- > ma˙ch
ı dhao 
(G) **mAthA-yotrA- > m ız. †*madhup¯ala- > m2v¯al
ı *madhuravr.ks.a- > m2rA c.h m´adhya- > m2z, m2
n2 , mh2nzo
l, -ma  manus.y´a- > m esˇ mantr´ayate > man2
v˜ mantrak¯ara- > m2nd¯ar
ı m´anthati > in kal`ay mad2
v˜ m´anth¯a-1 > madh2y manth¯ana- > madha  (B) *manda- > ma da
h (B) mandurA
-1 > m2dhu´ıri m´anyate > mano 
(G) mayu
ra- > in kh2n-m2yu r m´arate > mar2
v˜ *maricca- > m´ar2c˙ h (G); m2rˇc2k ı (J) markaka- > mak2y mark´a.ta-1 > m2k¯a m´artya- > m2c.u
, mA s.2 **martyopak¯ara- > m¯as.v¯ar ı m´ala- > mal (B); mo
l1 (J) ma´sa´ ka- > m2sˇo masu
ra- > m2su r mastika- > m2y` thi mahallaka- > mhA
l mahallaka- plus sv¯asr.ka- > mh¯elz`u¯ı mahis.a´ - > mh2y
s.i m¯ams´ ˙ a- > m2s ı *m¯aks.a- > mA
s.1 ˇ m¯ac.hu´ıri *m¯aks.ikakara- > m2cˇ hA ri (S), ˇ and in m¯ac.h2y˜ gu`ıli (J) m¯aks.ik´a- > m¯ac.`ı (S)  m¯agh´a- > ma  (G) m¯atul´a- > mo lu
m¯atul¯ı- > mO2lih (G); mh˜u 
ıli (J) **m¯atr.-phupphu- > m2phu
*m¯ana-5 > mA n ma
nus.a- > mu s. (B) m¯ama- > m´am (G); m¯amu 
(J)

m¯ar´ayti1 > m¯ar2
v˜ mA
rgati > ma˙ngio 
(G) m¯arga´siras- > ma˙ng2
r (G) m¯alin- > m¯al
ı1 mil´ati > mil2
v˜ 2 milana- > milA
n (G) mi´sr´a- > miˇs2
r m
ılati > mil2
v˜ 1 *mukka-1 > m`ukh mukta- > m`uth *mukna- > muk2
l m´ukha- > mu 
**mukhasth¯a- > mu
˜ı.th2v˜ mucy´ate > mu˙c2
v˜ *mut..tha-1 > m`u.th *mun..ta- > m`un.d.˚1 *mun..tara- > m`un.d.2r2 mun.d.a- ‘head’ > mu n.d.˚1 mun.d.a-1 > mun.d. ı, mu n.d.˚2 mudg´a- > mu˙ng2y mudgara-1 > m´un˙ gur mudra
- > mundr ı *murati1 > mh¯or2
v˜ *murut.ati > murr. ı mus..t´ı- > mu´ı.thi , mu 
.th 1 m´usala- > m`usul mu
tra- > mu z. mu
la- > mul ı **m¯ul¯a-mat..tu- > mul¯o.t (G) **m¯ul¯a-lat.¯ı- > mul2
y (G) m¯ulya- > m`ul m¯us.a- > mu s. mr.taka- > m`ur.2y m´r.ttik¯a- > m2.th´ıli *mr.ttya- > mA c˙ h *mr.ndati > man.d.2
v˜ 1 mr.s..ta´ -1 > m`ı.thi m e
khal¯a- > h2m el *meghiya- > m´ıu˜ (G)

m
eghyA- – lajj´ate m e
ghyA- > m ıkh 1 *men.d.A-2 > m´ın.i (G) men.d.ha-2 > men.d.hA l m e
das- > m`ıu  mela- > m¯el`ah m´o.tati > m¯or.a` h *modana- > mo v˜

Y yantr´a- > zˇa¨ ndra
h , y´ a z.˚ (B); ya z. (G, J) y´ava- > y2
v yavan¯ala- > z´u ı1 yavya
- > zˇa¯ b (G); yA b (J)   y¯ac˜na
- > in zˇ2y
zˇ i p2rta l kar2
v˜ yukt´a- > yu
th yug´a- > zˇu 
1 (B); yu 
1 (J) **yugadan.d.a- > zˇo d.2y *yut.ati > zˇu¯ r.2
v˜ yun´akti > yup2
v˜ 1 yus.mad- > c˙ hoh (G) yu
k¯a- > z´u ı2 y´oktra- > y¯oz.1 *yot.a- > z`or., zˇo¯ r.a` h *y´otsn¯a- > yu 2

R rakta-1 > rA
th r´aks.ati > rac.h2
v˜ raks.ap¯alik¯a- > r2c.h`ıli **raks.ap¯alita- > r2c.hA
l raks.a¯ -1 > r¯ac. ı raks.ya- > r e
c.h *ra˙nkha- > rha n˙ g2
r. ra˙nga-1 > rA
n˙ g1 ra˙nga-2 > in r2
n˙ g kh¯el ı

493

rajan
ı- > r¯an
ı r´ajju- > rA z2 *rat..ta- > in kurt.u
ran.d.a- > r2n.d.˚ r´atha- > rir.a` h raddha- > lad2
v˜ ra´sm´ı- > r2
sˇ2 r´asa- > r2s rasya- > ras2y˜ *rahati > r2o 
(G) r¯ajamugda- > r2g´um ra
tr¯ı- > rA (B); rA l1 (J) r¯as´´ı- > rhA
sˇ ris.- > riu (G) r¯ıyate > riz2
v˜ rut´a- > ru 3 -ru  rud´ati > ro 
*rulla- or *lulla- > ru l1 r¯uks.a´ - > r`us. ru
pya- > ru ph 2 *revad.a- > reor.
ı r´oka- > r ı *rokka- > ru
kh *rot..ta-1 > r2.tu
*rod.a-2 > r¯or. ı r´oda- > rui dio 
*romantra- > or.ma 
s. ros.a- > ro s. r´ohin.¯ı > r`u ı1

L *lakkut.a- > lak2y lagna- > l2gA la˙nga-1 > l2
n˙ g2 -l2n˙ g kar2
v˜ la˙ngh´ayati > lha˙ng2
v˜ *laccha- > l2cˇ i u
(G) lajj´ate > laz2
v˜

494 lAtAti > lar.2
v˜ 2

*lAttA-2 > l2.t ı

*lat..tha-1 > lh2
.th *lad.a- > l2
r. lad.d.a > l2
r.¯ı kar2
v˜ *lad.d.u-2 > lad.d.u
*lan.d.a-1 > lA n.d.˚ **lan.d.a1 -v¯ıra- > lh2n.d.
ır lat¯a-1 > lA 3 latik¯a- > l2y1 *latta-2 > lat2
r-lat2r ho*latt¯a- > l2th *latra- > l2c. l´apati > in l2v3 -c.2v *lappa-2 > l2pk ı *lappha-1 > laph2
v˜ *lappha-2 > lap2
n˙ g, l´ıph2r. lambayati > lam2
v˜ 2 lambhayati > lem2
v˜ 2 l´aya- > l2y2 lardayati > lar.2
v˜ 1 l´ava-1 > l2
v1 lavan.a´ > lu 
*lavan.d.a- > lav2
n.d.˚ lav´ıtra- > l ız. *las..ti- > lh2.ta` h las¯ık¯a- > in k2cˇ h l2s
ı *lasta- > lh¯at (G); lh2
th (J) l¯al¯a-1 > lA l2 liks.a
- > lh
ıs. *litta- > l
ıthi limp´ati > lem2
v˜ 1 *lukka-1 > l2k2 and in luk`uit.a¯ *lucca- > luˇca` h *lut..ta-1 > in s.is.lu
.th *lut..tati > lut.2
v˜ *lud.a- > l`ur. mA s *lun.d.a- > lun.d.a¯ bA z lunA
ti > l´u
(B); lo 
(J)

lAtAti – *vaptra

*lumba-1 > in lumb´ur. *l¯u.tati > lu 1 l¯uma- plus *lat..ta-2 > lava.th ˇ l¯us.a´ yati1 > lh´us. (J); l´us.o (S) h lekhya- > l¯ekh´a (G) *let..tha- > lh`e.th *len.d.a-1 > l¯en.d.A
le´sa- > lh
ıˇs lok´a-1 > lu
(G) *loka-2 > l2
v2 , lo 2 *loka-2 plus t¯ar¯a- > l¯otA
r **loka2 -ma´saka- > lav2y
sˇi *locis- > lui (G) *lot..ta-2 > l`o.th *lot..ta-3 > l¯o.ta` h *lopi- > l¯o1 (G) *lomaka- > lava  (J) lo
hita- > lhu ˇ *lohis..tha- > l¯es..t (G); lh e.th (J); l es. (S)

V vam´ ˙ sa´ - > ba z *vam´ ˙ siya- > bh esˇ (B); b e
sˇ (J) vam´ ˙ s¯ı- > baˇs2y` li vacy´ate > baˇc2
v˜ vat.a-1 > b2
r. vat.a-3 > bh¯ar.a` h 2 *van.ijy¯ak¯ara- > b2nˇza¯ r`ah *van..tha-1 > b2.th`ah vats´a-1 > ba˙chu
vadhu
- > b2
u¯ vadh¯u.t¯ı- > bh¯o.thi v´ana-1 > in ba k¨uk´uh (B) **vana1 -kan..tha- > bA n.d.˚ **vana1 -mandurA
-1 > bh2nv
ıri v´anya- > b2
eni *vaptra- > v`at2r

vAy
Am – s´a´ my¯avAy
Am > b`eh *vAyitrAkA- > bic.h2
v˜ v´ara-1 > b2
r *vari- > in goˇsv¯ar  varn.ayati > ban2
v˜ vart´ayati > bat.h2
v˜ , vat.2
v˜ varta-1 > v2
.t2 -v2
.th *varta-3 > bA
.th v´arti-1 > b¯at ı and in cˇ urb¯a.t ı v´ardham¯ana- > v2dA n vars.a´ - > bar´ıs. v´alati > in 2r.-v2
l, kur.v`ıli , k¯od¯av2
l, b2
l1 kar2
v˜ , b2
lk¯u, b2
lb2l valayati > bhal2
v˜ val¯ıka- > b2y` li v´asati > bhay2
v˜ vasant´a- > b2sA
n v´ahati > b2˜ı (G) vahy´a- > bu zˇ v¯akya- > bA kh v¯a.ta-1 > bA 2 ˇ v¯at´a- plus *t.un.d.a- > b¯a.tu` n.d.˚ (S) v¯atala- > b¯al´e.e (B) v¯ati˙ngan.a- > b¯ati˙ng2
r. va
dya- > b¯anˇza` h , vA z1 v¯ay´u-1 > bay´av (G) v¯ar´ayate > b¯aeri2
v˜ , vA r4 v¯ara-2 > in c˙ hot.i -v¯ar and z.h¯o-v¯ar (G); bA
r, vA r1 (J) va
ra-4 > b¯ar`ah 3 v¯araka- > b¯ar`ah 2 vA
ri- > bh2y´ ri and in c.h2mb2r v¯artt¯a- > bA
l1 **v¯artt¯a-¯al¯apa- > bA
lala  vA
la- > bA l2  vA
s´yate > b¯asˇ2
v˜ v¯as´a-2 > bhA
**v¯as´ukapaks.in- > b2c.a¯ c. (G) v¯ahayati1 > b2
v˜ 1

495

vim´ ˙ sat´ı- > b
ıˇs vikartati > b¯ec.2
v˜ vik¯ala- > b`ıa¯ l *vik¯alak¯ala- > bilA
l *vigrucyate > big¯os.2
v˜ vighraha- > bilgA 2 virudhyate > birˇz2
v˜ v´ıl¯ıyate > bilz2
v˜ **vilopa-kus..ta- > bilu
.th viv¯ah´a- > biA
o (G) ˇ vis.a´ - > b´ıs. (S) vis..tara- > bit.h2y` ri vist¯arita- > b2th er *v¯ıdhradhanus- > biz.o 
r. v¯ır´a- > b ır1 *vun¯ati > b2
v˜ 2 vr.kk´a- > z.u
kh vr.ks.a´ - > b ıc.h v´r.ks.ate > v2s. kar2
v˜ vr.ddhatara- > v2d. er ven.´ı-1 > e¯ n. (G) *vetuka- > biy2
v˜ 2 ves..ta´ yati > b¯e.tho 
(G) ves..ta´ - > b¯er. ı vesana- > ves2
n. (G) vy¯aghr´a- plus bid.a¯ la- > bh2giA
r. (G) vyA
tta- > bA t¯u vyus.ati > bhu s.1 *vrajyati > biy2
v˜ 1 (see also a´ paiti)

S´ s´a´ kti-1 > sˇ2th s´akvara- > sˇa` khur s´at´a- > sˇav (G); sˇ2
l1 (J) s´am´ayati > sˇam2
v˜ s´a´ mba- > sˇ2m2 s´a´ my¯a- > sˇamk´ey (G)

496

s´A
yAnA- – **samaka-san´oti

s´A
yAnA- > sˇ2v˜ 1 *´sArAti > sˇar2
v˜ s´ar´ad- > sˇErov (B); sˇa´ r2v (G); sˇ2r2l (J) s´arabh´a-1 > sˇ2rA
*´sarn.a- > sˇa¯ n (B); in sˇ2ndA l (J) *´salakka- > sˇ2lA
kh s´aly´a-1 > sˇy a¨ l1 (B) s´a¯ ka-2 > sˇA s´a¯ khy´a- > sˇa ko s´a¯ n˙ khika- > sˇo¯ n˙ g (B) s´a¯ rayati > sˇar2
v˜ s´a¯ li- > sˇ e
l s´im´ ˙ sa´ p¯a- > sˇ`ısˇ2v˜ s´imh¯ ˙ an.a- > sˇa  s´´ıks.ate > c.hi2
v˜ 2 s´¯ıtal´a- > sˇ´ıli s´¯ırs.a´ - > s.`ıs. s´ukt´a- > sˇu th s´ukr´a- > sˇa` k2r2 s´un.d.a¯ -1 > sˇu´ n.d.2y s´u´ ddhi- > sˇ´ıd  s´ubha- > sˇo
2 s´ubh¯an´a- > sˇo¯ n (G) s´us.kita- > sˇ`ıkh s´u´ s.yati1 > sˇiˇs2
v˜ s´u
la- plus kan..ta-1 > sˇilk2n.d.a` h s´u¯ lyati > sˇil2
v˜ ˇ s´r.g¯al´a- > s.i A
l (G); sˇA l (S) *´sr.n˙ kha- > s. ı *´sr.n˙ khati > s.u  kar2
v˜ s´r.´n˙ ga- > s.´ın˙ g s´r.n˙ g¯a.ta- > s.i˙ng el s´r.n.o´ ti > s.uy2
v˜ s´r.ta´s¯ıta- > in sˇiˇsa  gh
ıl s´es.a- > in s.is.a 1 s´y¯am´a- > in sˇ2v˜ 2 -n ıl *´srat..ta- > s.o` .th s´r´ayati × s´ajati > s.2
v˜ ˇ *´sr¯aya- > in s.o` yn.i (S)

*´sr¯u- > in s.u` l2 *´sred.a- > s.o s´ren.ya- > s.
ır.i **´sr´on.i-sn¯aru- > s.2ynA
r (G) s´laks.n.a´ - > n´ a r. (B) s´v´as´ura- > sˇu r3 ˇ *´sva´suriya- > sˇe¯ r ı (G, S) s´v¯as´a- > in dh ıs

S. s.a´ .tka- > cˇ hik`ah , s.ok`ah s.an.d.h´a- > sˇ2n.d.˚, sˇar. s.a´ s.- > s.o` h s.od.a´sa- > s.o` v2yˇsi

S s´a-1 > s`oh , s`uh ˇ sa- plus p´ota-1 > s2p`ui (S) h samkut ˙ . ati > sukr.a` sambh¯ ˙ alayati > s2mbA l samm¯ ˙ ati > sav2
v˜ 2 *samm¯ ˙ apayati > sav2
v˜ 1 sammukha> in samg˜o (B) and in sa  a˙ngo 
˙ (G) s´aktu- > s2tu
sakth´an- > s2y` thi s´akhi- > suhl ı *satera-1 > s ır1 saty´a- > s¯ac˙ h (G) san´oti > san2
v˜ sapt´a > sA th 1 sapt´ada´sa > s2tA l2sˇ sam´a-1 > s2
y˜ 2 **samaka-san´oti > sa˙ngs2
v˜

samy´ak – *happhsamy´ak > s2
m sA
rAndA- > sa
n.d. (G)

sA
rAs- > s2
r1 sarasara- > s2
r7 -s2r kar2
v˜ sarp´a- > s¯ap1 (G) sarpin.¯ı- > sapn.e´ y˜ (G) s´arva- > in s2b-du
or s´av (G); s2phA (J) salil´a- > s2y` li sah¯aya- > s¯a (G); s2hA (J) **s¯ammukhastha> s¯am`u.th ˙ sA
n.d.a- > s2n.d. (B); sA
n.d.˚1 (J) sa
pta- > s2t`ah sA
ra-2 > sA r2 simh´ ˙ a- > in s´ıu¯ 1 -k2r¯u sikat¯a- or sikatil´a- > s`ıg2l siddha-2 > s`ıd¯a s´ındhu- > s ın *s¯ı.t.ta- > sit. ı s
ıt¯a- > s ı1 s¯ım´an- > s´ıu 1 , s ı2 ˇ s¯ıvana- > sib2n.o 
(S) s
ıvyati > siy2
v˜ su- plus d´aks.a- > sud`ac.h sukh¯ayate > connected with s el1 sughat.a- > sugA *sutthan¯a- > sut2
y˜ (G) supt´a- > s`uth *supna- > s`ıu 2 *supp¯ara- > sip¯ar
ı *sumbha- > sumb`ah surasa- > sur`us suru˙ng¯a- > sur´un˙ g suv´arn.a- > suvA n1 suva
stu- > s´ua¯ th , so
th *suvel¯a- > suh´ıli *su´sobha- > sˇo sˇa¯ susthira- > sutr`ah *s¯un˙ ks.a- > s.u s. s¯uc
ı- > s`u ı

497

su
tra- > sut2
r su
pya- > su ph s¯ur¯ı- > su ıri sr.t´ı- > s`ar.2kh s´etu- > s ı1 sehun.d.a- > so
n.d.˚ saira- > s
ır3 *sotr¯ı- > s`u¯ıc. *skar- > khar2
v˜ *sk¯ara- > kh¯ar (G) *skus..ta- > khuth (G) *stabhira- > in 2
kh 1 -t.h¯era sth´avi- > .th¯ıl ı sth¯ul´a- plus *thobba- > tholth´oph **sth¯ulavr.ks.a- > thul ıs. *sparvati > phar2
v˜ *spharati1 > ph2
r-ph2r kar2
v˜ sph¯a.tayati > phu
(B) *sph¯a.tyate > phat.2
v˜ and ph2.to r *sphiy´a- > phi2
v˜ *sphut.yati > in h¯ı ı phu`ı.thi sphun..tati > ph`un.d.˚ sphura- > in phuru˙ngu
sphot.a-1 > phu
(B) sphot.a-2 > ph`u¯ı *sy¯ar¯an.ik¯a- > sar2
y˜ *sy¯al¯ıvod.hr.- > s¯an.d.u
sr´akva- > s.A
kh srastara- > sat2y` ri *svakya- > s2kh sv´apati > so 
(G) sv¯asr.ka- > s2zu


H hat..t¯ı- > h2.t ı had.d.a- > hA r.˚ *happh- > h´ıp-h2ph kar2
v˜

498 h´arati > har2
v˜ hArinA
- > har´on (G)

hAridr A-1 > h2l ız. hal´a-1 > hal2 (B); ho
l (J) hal¯ıs.a¯ - or hales.a¯ - > h2l´ısˇi h´asta- > hat (G); hA 1 (J) h´asta- plus *dhuvati2 > h2d´u¯ı hastaka- > hat¨u, hat¯o (B) *hastak¯ara- > h2ytA
r hastatala- > hatel (B); haz2y´ li (J)  hast´ın- > h2t
ı *hasyate > has2
v˜ h¯ayi > h2y-h2y h¯ara-2 > hA
r1 and in m2.thru


h´arati – *herAti **h¯araka-pippa- > h2r´ıph *h¯asiya- > h2y` si hikk¯a- > h´ıkhi h´ın.d.ate > hin.d.2
v˜ *hin- > hır.-h˜ır. him´a- > h´ıu  *himacala- > hi˜ya 
l **hima-c¯araka- > hinˇc2
r hil´ati1 > hil2
v˜ *h¯ul- > hu
l h´r.daya- > h2l¯al
ı, h`ıu¯ , h`ıl, h ı *hem¯anta- > hivA
n *herAti > hEro 
(G)

Appendix A Selected numerals 2
kh 1 du c.A c˙ 2ur pa z

s.o` h sA th 1 a .th n2v˜ 2 d2y` sˇi 2ga l2sˇ doa l2sˇ c.igo l2sˇ c˙ 2nd2sˇ p2nz2
l2sˇ s.o` v2yˇsi s2tA l2sˇ 2.tha l2sˇ

one two three four five six seven eight nine ten eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen sixteen seventeen eighteen

a¯ mb`ısˇ b
ıˇs 2k¯ob
ıˇs d´ue¯ b¯ısˇ c.a` yeb¯ısˇ c˙ 2urob¯ısˇ pa zob¯ısˇ s.o` e¯ b¯ısˇ sA tob¯ısˇ a
.th¯ob¯ısˇ n2v¯eb¯ısˇ d2yˇsob¯ısˇ 2ga l2sˇ ob¯ısˇ d´ubiˇs sˇ2
l1 pa zb¯ısˇ z´ır lA
kh 2

nineteen twenty twenty-one twenty-two twenty-three twenty-four twenty-five twenty-six twenty-seven twenty-eight twenty-nine thirty thirty-one fourty hundred hundred thousand hundred thousand

Appendix B Days of the week

Saturday Sunday Monday Tuesday

sˇ2m1 y2kh sˇ2mb`ah duˇs2mb`ah s2sˇm`ah

Wednesday cˇ a¯ rˇs2mb`ah Thursday p¯asˇ2mb`ah Friday zˇum`ah

Appendix C Months of the year luku`ı.thi
ıd

January (lit.: ‘small Id’) x¯al ı February gh2y˜
ıd March (lit.: ‘big Id’)  2yni April has´an-hus saf2r May June (lit.: ‘the first a¯ vl2y˜ bh 
ı sister’)
July (lit.: ‘the second du2y˜ bh ı sister’) 

c.a e bh 
ı

August (lit.: ‘the third sister’)
 September (lit.: ‘the c˙ o¯ r2y˜ bh ı fourth sister’) xud e t¯al2y˜ yu  October (lit.: ‘the month of the worship of God’) sˇo¯ q´ad2r November h r¯oz`a December

Appendix D Place names near the Indus

Place names found on the maps and in the relevant literature are given without diacritics. 2l
2m-

bur`ızˇ f. k2m
ıl f. k2ya l m. k2v E
f.

k
ır. da s m.

kir¯am¯aru m.

k¯eru
m. kh2nd`ıa¯ m. kh2yn.d.˚b2y` ri f. kh´ıl f.

khuk`ıa¯ l m.

kh¯ed2
r m.

Alam bridge (‘Alam’ is also a male name) (town of) Komila (village and valley of) Kay¯al a place near ‘Hollywood’ (lit.: ‘(place with) olive trees’) a place near Shing Nala (lit.: ‘black plain’) name of a settlement (with a good restaurant) north of Jij¯al below the Karakorum Highway a place north of l´ıu¯ the Khandia valley a village above b2sˇa` h (lit.: ‘mountain-gorge’) a village in Khandi¯a valley (lit.: ‘fallow land’) a village above sˇiˇs2y˜ (lit.: ‘ferry place’ ← kh
ıkh ‘ferryboat’)  of a village name above sˇo¯ lg2yri

g2ya l or g2y¯alu
f. g2lo zba n.d.˚ m. gil´ıthi f. g
ıˇs na lah f. g e
n f. go
n2r f¯ara
m m. c˙ 2n e
r f. cˇ h2mu guru m. cˇ hila s m. c.ak2y f.

Gay¯al valley and settlement area a place (with a few huts) above Jij¯al at the highway Gilgit Guci (near Chilas) a village behind Thalpan Guner Farm

a village above khuk`ıa¯ l Chamugar.h (ˇch2mu  also male name) Chilas a village near Chilas barrier and petrol pump (lit.: ‘triangle’, namely of Swat, Kohistan and Hazara) z¯ed-kha r. m. a village above m2yt.hi zˇ2l2lba d m. Jalalabad (below Gilgit) zˇa¯ lipu r m. Jalpur zˇiˇza l m. Jij¯al Jut.i¯al zˇo¯ .t`ıa¯ l m. z.iglo .th m. Jagl¯ot. (in Tangir valley, said to be named after (Schina?) z.igl¯o.ta` h ‘mulberry’)

Place names near the Indus

d.o¯ d.sˇa l m. d.h2su
m. t2n˙ g´ıri or t¯an˙ g´ıri m. t2t-v ı m.

Dud¯ısh¯al Dassu the valley of Tangir

Tatapani (lit.: ‘hot water’) t2tt¯a-p¯an
ı m. Tatapani (see prec.) t2to m. Tatapani (see prec.) t¯ura village above k2m2
r m. kir¯am¯aru (Psht. ‘black mountain’) th2l´ıcˇ f. a village above Raikot th2
lp2n m. Thalpan th´ur m. Thur d2r.2
n˙ gDarang-Das (said to da s m. mean lit. ‘plain of rest’) duga m. a place above Gay¯al (lit.: ‘two rivers’?) dub er Dub¯er (lit.: ‘D. gorge’) kha m. the valley of Darel d2r´ıli f.  Pattan p2.ta m. p2r. ıname of a Kohistani b2n˙ gl`ah f. village below Gilgit p˜ar.2mba m. a village above s`umur n¯al`ah (said to mean lit. ‘leave-fence’, the place is called in Urdu p¯an¯ıb¯ag ‘water ¯ garden’) p2ynha m. a village above l2h2r p ed2nname of a place below da s m. Jagl¯ot. b2rs´ın m. Barseen (Psht. ‘upper Indus’) b2sˇa` h f. name of a place above Dud¯ıshal

bas2yri f. biˇsa m m. but`ıa¯ l f.

503 same as kh2yn.d.˚b2yri ? Besham the old name of Besham same as Dub¯er Bunji Buner Farm

b er. m. b`oe˜ z. f. bo
n2r f¯ara
m m. m2ndr e
z f. name of a place above k¯eru
i name of a village m2yt.h f. above m2ndr e
z (lit.: ‘chalk earth’) r¯aeko .t m. Raikot l2h2r m. a village at the beginning of the Bankhar. valley l´ıu¯ m. name of a village above Kay¯al sˇ
ır. na lah f. Shing Nala sˇit`ıa¯ l m. Shatial sˇiˇs2y˜ a village above Jij¯al (kha r.) f. (lit.: ‘dry gorge’) sˇo¯ lg2yri f. a village near c.ak2y (Psht. ‘rice field’) s¯az2
n m. Sazin s ı f. Seo (lit.: ‘bridge’) s`umur a village above Sazin h n¯al`a m. sur`us-v ı m. a village above p2ynha (lit.: ‘sweet water’) sk`ua¯ r m. a village above Jalalabad h2
b˜ar. m. Harban h2
b˜ar.Harban-Das da s m. Hudur hud.u´ r m.

Appendix E Place and clan names

They appear to have a slightly different, i.e. older, morphology and tonology than the usual IK words. First, the rising accent outnumbers the falling accent; second, there are plural formations differing from the normal ones; third, there are place names with local adverbs representing reconstructed forms from the usual local adverbs. The word x el ‘clan; family’ is omitted below.

1.

Khandi¯a valley clans

z.h¯am`ah , zˇat.a` h , mh¯ola
, sad´am, g¯osˇa` h , sˇa¯ ba
z, s¯oy`ah , bhaka
r, say´ıd. 2.

Khandi¯a valley place names

khar`an˙ g n.m., c˙ apr2v˜ n.m., p2r ı n.f., b¯er ı n.f., d.a 
sˇ n.f., zˇ h¯amra n.m., s¯oya l n.m., thu
ıt.hi n.f., b¯ar.¯ıgo n.m., ba˙ngru
-dar n.m., kan.d.r2v˜ n.m., gabira l n.m. 3.

Bankhar. clans

khat e
, z¯um`ah , rust´um, mh¯ola
, mal`ıkh , mirkh´an, p¯al`us, c.h¯ala
, zukt.a` h , n¯orˇsa
, gh¯uma
, d¯uda
, bil´an, m´ıa .

4.

Bankhar. place names

sˇo¯ lg2yri or sˇe¯ l2v˜ n.f. (lit.: ‘field for paddy cultivation’), b¯el`ah n.m., sa˙ng2y n.f., c.ak2
y n.f. (lit.: ‘scales’), k¯aph´ur b¯an.d.a` h n.m. (lit.: ‘infidel’s pastures’), d`an2v˜ n.m., sˇik el kha r. (n1) n.m. (lit.: ‘dry gorge’), minza r n.m., u` Guz-s2
r (n1) n.m. (lit.: ‘walnut lake’), s
ır n.f., b¯ar. ı n.f. (lit.: ‘fertile earth’), c.hurt.2v˜ n.m. (lit.: ‘waterfall’), khan2
y n.f., cˇ url2kh n.m., dus`ah n.m., dilb2
r-¯aba d (n1) n.m., kan.d.o¯ g2
y n.f., c˙ o¯ ya  n.m., d.h¯ır ı n.f. (lit.: ‘(stone)heap’), d.a` b2r n.m. (lit.: ‘small place’), kaˇsm¯ır ı n.f., ba 
n.f., bakr ı n.f. (lit.: ‘flint’), mh¯era b n.f.

Place and clan names

5.

505

Kay¯al valley clans

sˇa¯ zma
n, mohb2th , mh¯am2
n, k`aprah , x´usˇ, razo
. 6.

Kay¯al valley place names

kaya l kha r. (n2) n.m. (lit.: ‘Kay¯al gorge’), sˇiˇs2
l n.m., b¯an.d.lu
n.m., kaya l gA  (n2) n.m. (lit.: ‘Kay¯al village’), b2yl`ah d.ar´a.th (n2) n.m. (lit.: ‘b2yl`ah division’ or perh. ‘division close to the river’), b2yl-kh2n (n2) n.m. ‘name of a mountain’ (perh. like prec. ‘mountain close to the river’), a¯ r˙cit.´ıli n.f., c˙ apr2v˜ n.m. (lit.: ‘huts’), d.hu
ph n.m. (lit.: ‘highly located place’), l`u.tas n.m. 7.

Pattan area clans

mh¯orˇza
n, bigo
, bhuyu 
, mh¯amb`ah , sˇ2ma
l, d¯ora
n, khaˇso
, kis. 
ı, mh¯orb`ıkh , b¯ad2r, zaro
, sadm
ır, n¯ılu
, ph2ykra
, b¯oro
, ya
, s¯ın`ah , y¯as`uh , sal´ım.

8.

Pattan area place names

p`a.ta  ga  (n1) n.m. ‘Pat.t.an village’, d.a g n.m. (lit.: ‘open field’), guˇz2
r b¯an.d.a` h (n2) n.m. (lit.: ‘pastures of the Gujjars’), qala n.m. (lit.: ‘castle’), sˇam2
l gu`ıli  (n2) n.f., c.hava
-dar n.m. (lit.: ‘the c.hava
valley’), m¯ez e , y˜az.o l n.m. (lit.: ‘mill place’), s¯emo -dar n.m. (lit.: ‘the s¯emo  valley’), m2ni -kha r n.f., tar`es n.f., mun.d.r2v˜ bA n.d.˚ n.m., mandr e
z n.f. 9.

S.in˙ al area clans (between Ranolia and Dub er)

manz`uh , g´arbuh , c.h¯al e
, d.`ın˙ guh , mia ga
n, s¯eda
n. 10.

S.in˙ al area place names

s.i˙na l ga  (n1) n.m. perh. ‘village of s.i˙ng el (‘a type of edible rose’), q2la n.m. ‘fortress’, d¯ama n n.m. ‘lower slopes (of a mountain)’, k2s n.f., v2sˇ`ıa¯ r. n.f., dh2ru
n.m., g2n.d.u
n.m.

506 11.

Place and clan names

Z. ag area clans (Pashtuns in Dub er valley)

s¯ed
ır, m¯ola
, d.hu˙ngu
, b¯ad2
r, mia ga
n, k2.ta` h , p`ıpil¯ı, d.ub
ı, t2n˙ g¯ıva
l, g2n.d.o
r, biˇsa¯ mo
r., mad`an. 12.

Z. ag area place names

z.a g˚ ga  (n1) n.m., f2q ır p2.t e
(n1) n.f. ‘the Faqir fields’ (Psht.), khurku
n.m., b`ar z.a g˚ (n1) n.m., s2
r n.f. ‘lake’, ph¯ez`ah n.f., gh el n.m. 

13.

Ranolia area clans

ay¯am`ah , sˇ2b
ı, d.um e
, .th¯ın.d.a` h , zˇa¯ y`ah , n¯oru
, c.h¯al`ah , gu y`ah , haˇso
, dh2mba
r, s2l e
. 14.

Ranolia area place names

mu
n ga  (n1) n.m. ‘lower village’, ta
l ga  (n1) n.m. ‘upper village’, c˙ o¯ ya n.m., zh¯era 
n.f. (also name of a tree), dha r n.m. (lit.: ‘mountain range’), sˇ2b`ah x el d2r`ah (n2) n.m. (said to mean ‘valley of the sˇ2b
ı clan’ but the endings of the first and third word are unclear), d.um
ı x el d2r`ah (n2) n.m. (said to mean ‘valley of the d.um e
clan but ending of third word is unclear), n¯ır. ı n.f., a´ lv2l n.m., kan2
y˜ n.f., t´ax n.f., thap2
n n.m., Gun.d.u n.m., m2n`ıh x el b¯el`ah n.f. ‘settlement of the Mani clan near a river’, zˇ el n.m., gh el n.m., rund¯er`ah n.m. 15.

Dub er area clans

mh¯ola
, sˇ2d2
m, g¯o.th2
r, go
sˇ, s¯oy`ah , zˇh2n.d.2
l, .tir.2
m, s e
f, sˇa¯ ba
z (lit.: ‘royal falcon’), sˇ¯ıxd2r
ı. 16.

Dub er area place names

b er. n.m. (residence of the influential and esteemed landlord Aurangzeb), k´ac˙ n.f., ga  n.m. Dub¯er town (lit.: ‘village’), c˙ 2na
g2y (n2) n.f., b¯el`ah n.f. (lit.: ‘settlement near a river’), dha r n.m. (lit.: ‘mountain range’), s¯ıxd2
r n.m., sˇ2lk ı n.f., g2ya n.m., mu
z. g2l ı (n1) n.f., s
ır n.f. (lit.: ‘fertile field’), b2r dha r (n1)

Place and clan names

507

n.m. (lit.: ‘upper mountain range’), suix el dha r (n1) n.m., b2n
ıl n.f., sˇ2r. n.f., ruid.a .th n.m., mh¯eda n n.m., kunz`ıa¯ n.f., n¯ır. ı n.f., 2la n.m., cˇ ans2
r n.m. (lit.: ‘moon lake’).

17.

Jij al area clans

bh¯ad´ur, q¯ad´ur, kha
, muhab2th , ph2ykra
, z2ykra
, l¯orkh2
n, sˇa¯ kh2
n, pirda
th , ima
m, sˇ2.to
. 18.

Jij al area settlements

s
ır n.f., kan.d.r2v˜ n.m., alb`ath n.m., c.ha
c.h n.m., ga  n.m., b2gru´ıli n.f., in.d. el n.f., si˙nga  (n1) n.m. (lit.: ‘river village’), bu
l ga  (n1) n.m. (lit.: ‘upper village’), d. e
n.f., d.hu
ph n.m., dha r n.m. (lit.: ‘mountain range’), mu
n g`ab2r (n1) n.m. (lit.: ‘lower g`ab2r), g`ab2r n.m., sˇ e
n.f., gu m n.m. 19.

Jij al area place names

m¯al ı d er (n1) n.m., d.al2v˜ n.m. c˙ ug ı g ı (n1) n.f. (lit.: ‘pine tree’), ripa n.m., k¯asˇ2
y n.f., kha r. n.m. (lit.: ‘brook’), m e
n n.f., zˇ ı n.f., b2
eni z.u n.f. (lit.: ‘stone oak grass-slope’), g2lo z ba n.d.˚ n.m. (lit.: ‘the pasture (named) g2lo z), khuk`ıa¯ l n.m., sˇiˇs2
y˜ n.f.

%DITEDBY2AJENDRA3INGH 

QBHFT
1BQFSCBDL
*4#/
 
WJJJ

QBHFT
1BQFSCBDL
*4#/
9

4PVUI
"TJB
JT
IPNF
UP
B
MBSHF
OVNCFS
PG
MBOHVBHFT
BOE
EJBMFDUT
"MUIPVHI
MJOHVJTUT
XPSLJOH
PO
UIJT
SFHJPO
IBWF
NBEF
TJHOJm
DBOU
DPOUSJCVUJPOT
UP
PVS
VOEFSTUBOEJOH
PG
MBOHVBHF
TPDJFUZ
BOE
MBOHVBHF
JO
TPDJFUZ
PO
B
HMPCBM
TDBMF
UIFSF
JT
BT
ZFU
OP
SFDPHOJ[FE
JOUFSOBUJPOBM
GPSVN
GPS
UIF
FYDIBOHF
PG
JEFBT
BNPOHTU
MJOHVJTUT
XPSLJOH
PO
4PVUI
"TJB
ɨ
F
:FBSCPPL
PG
4PVUI
"TJBO
-BOHVBHFT
BOE
-JOHVJTUJDT
JT
EFTJHOFE
UP
CF
KVTU
UIBU
GPSVN
*U
CSJOHT
UPHFUIFS
FNQJSJDBM
BOE
UIFPSFUJDBM
SFTFBSDI
BOE
TFSWFT
BT
B
UFTUJOH
HSPVOE
GPS
UIF
BSUJDVMBUJPO
PG
OFX
JEFBT
BOE
BQQSPBDIFT
XIJDI
NBZ
CF
HSPVOEFE
JO
B
TUVEZ
PG
4PVUI
"TJBO
MBOHVBHFT
CVU
XIJDI
IBWF
VOJWFSTBM
BQQMJDBCJMJUZ &BDI
WPMVNF
PG
UIJT
ZFBSCPPL
IBT
GPVS
NBKPS
TFDUJPOT *
*OWJUFE
DPOUSJCVUJPOT
DPOTJTUJOH
PG
TUBUFPGUIFBSU
FTTBZT
PO
SFTFBSDI
JO
4PVUI
"TJBO
MBOHVBHFT **
3FGFSFFE
PQFO
TVCNJTTJPOT
GPDVTJOH
PO
SFMFWBOU
JTTVFT
BOE
QSPWJEJOH
WBSJPVT
WJFX QPJOUT ***
3FQPSUT
GSPN
BSPVOE
UIF
XPSME
CPPL
SFWJFXT
BOE
BCTUSBDUT
PG
EPDUPSBM
UIFTFT *7
"
GPSVN
GPS
EJBMPHVF
DSJUJRVFT
DPNNFOUT
BOE
EJTDVTTJPOT
SFQPSUT
PO
SFTFBSDI
BDUJWJUJFT
BOE
DPOGFSFODF
BOOPVODFNFOUT
*O
UIF
XPSET
PG
UIF
&EJUPSJO$IJFG
APUIFS
UIBO
FYDFMMFODF
BOE
OPOJTPMBUJPOJTN
XF
IBWF
OP
BHFOEB
BOE
OP
UIFNBUJD
QSJPSJUJFTA
ɨ
JT
QJPOFFSJOH
ZFBSCPPL
XJMM
JOUFSFTU
BMM
UIPTF
JO
UIF
m
FMET
PG
TPDJPMJOHVJTUJDT
MBOHVBHF
TUVEJFT
HSBNNBS
MJUFSBUVSF
BOE
TPDJPMPHZ

7 7 7 - / 5 4/ . 05 " ,) 3 ( % 2 3 #/ -

N4HE9EARBOOKOF 3OUTH!SIAN,ANGUAGES AND,INGUISTICS